DELHI FACTORIES RULES, 1950
[27th July 1950]
PREAMBLE
In exercise of the powers conferred by Section 112 of the Factories
Act, 1948. (LXIII of 1948), read with the Government of India, Ministry of
Labour Notification No. Fac. 41 (38), dated the 11th January 1948, the Chief
Commissioner of delhi is pleased to make the following rules, the same having
been previously published with his notification No. F. 9(13)/48-P. & D.,
dated the 19th March 1949.
CHAPTER I Preliminary
Rule 1. Short title, extent and commencement.
(1) These Rules may be called as the Delhi Factories Rules, 1950.
(2) These Rules shall extend to the whole of the Delhi Province.
(3) These Rules, except Rules 29 to 33, 53, 62, 65 to 71 and 95
shall come into force on 15th August, 1950 and Rules 29 to 33, 53, 62, 65 to 71
and 95 shall come into force on such dates as are specified therein.
Rule 2. Definitions.
In these
Rules unless there is anything repugnant in the subject or context:—
(a) "Act" means the Factories Act, 1948.
(b) "Appendix" means an appendix appended to these
Rules.
(c) "Artificial Humidification" means the introduction
of moisture into the air of a room by any artificial means whatsoever, except
the unavoidable escape of steam or water vapour into the atmosphere directly
due to a manufacturing process:
Provided
that the introduction of air directly from outside through moistened mats or
screens placed in openings at times when the temperature of the room is 80
degrees or more, shall not be deemed to be artificial humidification.
(d) "Belt" includes any driving strap or rope.
(e) "Degrees" (of temperature) means degrees on the
Fahrenheit scale.
(f) "District Magistrate" includes such other official
as may be appointed by the Chief Commissioner in that behalf.
(g) "Fume" includes gas or vapour.
(h) "Health Officer" means the Municipal Health Officer
or District Health Officer or such other official as may be appointed by the
Chief Commissioner in that behalf.
(i) "Hygrometer" means an accurate wet and dry bulb
hygrometer conforming to the prescribed conditions as regards construction and
maintenance.
(j) "Inspector" means an officer appointed under
Section 3 of the Act and includes "Chief Inspector".
(k) "Maintained" means maintained in an efficient
state, in efficient working order and in good repair.
(l) "Manager" means the person responsible to the
occupier for the working of the factory for the purposes of the Act
Rule 2A. Competent Person.
(1) The chief Inspector may recognize any person as a 'Competent
Person' within such area and for such period as may be specified for the
purposes of carrying out tests, examinations, inspections and certification for
such buildings, dangerous machinery, hoists and lifts, lifting machines and
lifting tackles, pressure plants, confined space, ventilation system and such
other process or plant and equipment as stipulated in the Act and the Rules
made thereunder, located in a factory, if such a person possesses the
qualifications, experience and other requirements as set out in the schedule
annexed to the Rule.
Provided
that the Chief Inspector may relax the requirements of qualifications in
respect of a 'Competent Person' if such a person is exceptionally experienced
and knowledgeable, but not the requirements in respect of facilities at his
command.
Provided
further that where it is proposed to recognize a person employed under the
Chief Inspector as a 'Competent Person', concurrence of the State Government
shall be taken and such a person after being so recognized, shall not have
powers of an Inspector.
Provided
further that the 'Competent Person' recognized under this provision shall not
be above the age of 62 and shall be physically fit for the purpose of carrying
out the tests, examination and inspection.
(2) The Chief Inspector may recognize an institution of repute
having persons possessing qualifications and experience as set out in the
schedule annexed to sub-rule (1) for the purpose of carrying out tests,
examinations, inspections and certification for buildings, dangerous machinery,
hoists and lifts, lifting machines and lifting tackles, pressure plant,
confined space, ventilation system and such other process or plant and
equipment as stipulated in the Act and the Rules made thereunder, as a
'Competent Person' within such area and for such period as may be specified.
(3) The Chief Inspector on receipt of an application in the
prescribed form from a person or an institution intending to be recognized as a
'Competent Person' for the purposes of this Act and the Rules made thereunder,
shall register such application and within a period of sixty days of the date
of receipt of application, either after having satisfied himself as regards
competence and facilities available at the disposal of the applicant recognize
the applicant as a 'Competent Person' and issue a certificate of competency in
the prescribed form or reject the application specifying the reasons therefor.
(4) The Chief Inspector may, after giving an opportunity to the
competent person of being heard, revoke the certificate of competency.....
(i) If he has reason to believe that a competent person
—
(a) has violated any condition stipulated in the certificate of
competency, or
(b) has carried out a test, examination and inspection or has
acted in a manner inconsistent with the intent or the purpose of this Act or
the Rules made thereunder; or has omitted to act as required under the Act and
the Rules made thereunder; or
(ii) for any reason to be recorded in writing.
Explanation:
For the purpose of this Rule, an institution included an organization.
(5) The Chief Inspector may, for reasons to be recorded in
writing, require re-certification of lifting machines, lifting tackles,
pressure plant or ventilation system as the case may be, which has been
certified by a competent person outside the state.[]
Form of Application for grant of Certificate of Competency to
a person under sub-rule (1) of Rule 2A
(1) Name
(2) Date of Birth
(3) Name of the Organization (If not self employed)
(4) Designation
(5) Educational Qualifications
(copies of
testimonials to be attached)
(6) Details of professional experience (in chronological order)
|
Name of the Organization
|
Period of Service
|
Designation
|
Area of Responsibility
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7) Membership, if any, of professional bodies.
(8) (i) Details of facilities (examination, testing etc.) at his
disposal.
(ii)
Arrangements for calibrating and maintaining the accuracy of these facilities.
(9) Purpose for which competency certificate is sought (section
or sections of the Act should be stated).
(10) Whether the applicant has been declared as a Competent Person
under any statute 'if so, the details).
(11) Any other relevant information.
(12) Declaration by the applicant.
I.......................................................hereby
declare that the information furnished above is true. I undertake—
(a) that in the event of any change in the facilities at my
disposal (either addition or deletion) or my leaving the aforesaid
organization. I will promptly inform the Chief Inspector;
(b) to maintain the facilities in good working order, calibrated
periodically as per manufacturers instructions or as per National standards;
and
(c) to fulfil and abide by all the conditions stipulated in the
certificate of competency and instructions issued by the Chief Inspector from
time to time.
Place:
Date:
Signature
of applicant
Declaration
by the Institution (If employed)
I................................................certify
that Shri...............................................
whose
details are furnished above, is in our employment ad nominate him on behalf of
the organization for the purposes of being declared as a competent person under
the Act, I also undertake that I will—
(a) notify the Chief Inspector in case the competent person
leaves our employment
(b) provide and maintain in good order all facilities at the
disposal as mentioned above.
(c) notify the Chief Inspector any change in the facilities
(either addition or deletion).
Signature_____________
Designation___________
Telephone
No.......................
Date.................
Official
seal
Form of Application for grant of Certificate of competency to
an Institution under sub-rule (2) of rule 2A.
(1) Name and full address of the organization.
(2) Organization's status
(specify
whether Government, Autonomous, Cooperative, Corporate or Private).
(3) Purpose for which competency certificate is sought [specify
section(s) of the Act].
(4) Whether the Organization has been declared as a competent
person under this or any other statute. If so, give details.
(5) Particulars of persons employed and possessing qualification
and experience as set out in Schedule, annexed to sub rule (1) of Rule 2A.
|
S. No.
|
Name and Designation
|
Qualification
|
Experience
|
Sectional and the Rules
under which competency is sought for
|
|
1.
2.
3.
|
|
|
|
|
(6) Details of facilities (relevant to item 3 above) and
arrangements made for their maintenance and period i.e. calibration.
(7) Any other relevant information.
(8) Declaration:
I,.........................hereby,
on behalf of.........................certify the details furnished above are
correct to the best of my knowledge. I undertake to—
(i) maintain the facilities in good working order, calibrated
periodically as per manufacturers instructions as per National Standards; and
(ii) to fulfil and abide by all the conditions stipulated in the certificate of
competency and instructions issued by the Chief Inspector from time to time.
|
Place & Date
|
Signature of Head of the
Institution or of the persons authorized to sign on his behalf.
|
|
|
Designation.
|
Form of
Certificate of competency issued to a person or an institution in pursuance to
Rule 2A made under section 2 (ca) read with section.......
I...........................in
exercise of the powers conferred on me under section 2 (ca) of the Factories
Act and the rules made thereunder, hereby recognize
........................................................ (Name of the
institution)
of
Shri.................................................. (name of person)
employed in........................................................ (Name of
the Organization) to be a competent person for the purpose of carrying out
tests examinations, inspections and certificate for such buildings, dangerous
machinery, lifts and hoists, lifting machines and lifting tackles, pressure
plants, confined space, ventilation system and process or plaint and equipment
as the case may be, used in a factory located in.........................under
section.........................and the Rules made thereunder—
This
certificate is valid from .........................to.........................
This
certificate is issued subject to the conditions stipulated hereunder—
(i) Tests, examinations and inspections shall be carried out in
accordance with the provisions of the Act and that of the Rules made
thereunder,
(ii) Tests, examinations and inspections shall be carried out
under direct supervision of the competent person or by a person so authorized
by an institution recognized to be a competent person;
(iii) The certificate of competency issued in favour of a person
shall stand cancelled if the person leaves the Organization mentioned in his
application.
(iv) The institution recognized as a competent person shall keep
the Chief Inspector informed of the names, designations and qualifications of
the persons authorized by it to carry out tests, examinations and inspections.
(v) ..................................................
(vi) .................................................
Station
Official seal Signature of the
Chief
Inspector
Date:
Note:— A separate certificate should be issued under each relevant
section. A person or an institution may be recognized competent for the purpose
of more than one section of the Act
*Strike
out the words not applicable.
SCHEDULE
|
SI. No.
|
Section or Rules under
which competency is recognized
|
Qualification required
|
Experience for the
purpose
|
Facilities at his command
|
|
1
|
2
|
3
|
4
|
5
|
|
1.
|
Rules made under sections
6 and section 112—Certificate of stability for buildings.
|
Degree in Civil or
Structural Engineering; or equivalent
|
(i) A minimum of 10 years
experience in the design of construction or testing or repairs of structures;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) Knowledge of
nondestructive testing, various codes of practices that are current and the
effect of the vibrations and natural forces on the stability of the building;
and
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) Ability to arrive
at a reliable conclusion with regard to the safety of the structure of the
building.
|
|
|
2
|
Rules made under section
21(2)-"Dangerous Machines"
|
Degree in Electrical or
Mechanical or Textile Engineering or equivalent
|
(i) a minimum experience
of 7 years in (a) design or operation or maintenance, or
|
Gauges for measurement;
instruments for measurement of speed and any other equipment or device to
determine the safety in the use of the dangerous machines.
|
|
|
|
|
(b) testing, examination
and inspection of relevant machinery, their guards, safety devices and
appliances.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) He shall be—
(a) conversant with
safety devices and their proper functioning;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) be able to identify
defects and any other cause leading to failure; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) have ability to
arrive at a reliable conclusion with regard to the proper functioning of
safety device and appliance and machine guard.
|
|
|
3
|
Section 28 Lifts and
Hoists
|
A degree in Electrical
and/or Mechanical Engineering or its equivalent.
|
(i) a minimum experience
of 7 years in (a) design or erection or maintenance, or (b) inspection and
test procedures of lifts and hoists;
|
Facilities for load
testing, tensile testing gauges equipment/gadgets for measurement and any
other equipment required for determining the safe working conditions of
Hoists and Lifts.,
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) He shall be—
(a) conversant with
relevant codes of practices and test procedures that are current;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) conversant with other
statutory requirements covering the safety of the Hoists and Lifts;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) be able to identify
defects and arrive at a reliable conclusion with regard to the safety of
Hoists and Lifts.
|
|
|
4
|
Section 29-Lifting
Machinery and Lifting Tackle
|
Degree in Mechanical or
Electrical or Mettalurgical Engineering or its equivalent
|
(i) A minimum experience
of 7 years in (a) design or erection or maintenance, or
|
Facilities for load
testing, tensile testing, heat treatment, equipment/gadget for measurement,
gauges and such other equipment to determine the safe working conditions of
the lifting machinery tackle.
|
|
|
|
|
(b) testing, examination
and inspection, of lifting machinery, chains, ropes and lifting tackles.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) He shall be—
(a) conversant with the
relevant codes of practices and test procedures that are cur-
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) conversant with
fracture mechanics and metallurgy of the material of construction;
|
|
|
|
|
-
|
(c) conversant with heat
treatment/stress relieving techniques as applicable to stress bearing
components and parts of lifting machinery and lifting tackles;
|
|
|
|
-
|
|
(d) capable of
identifying defects and arriving at a reliable conclusion with regard to the
safety of lifting machinery, chains, ropes and lifting tackles.
|
|
|
5
|
Section 31-'Pressure
Plant'
|
Degree in chemical or
Electrical or Metallurgical or Mechanical Engineering or its equivalent
|
(i) A minimum experience
of 10 years in
(a) design or erection or
maintenance, or
|
Facilities for carrying
out hydraulic test, on destructive test, gauges equipment/gadgets for
measurement and any other equipment or gauges to determine the safety in the
use of pressure vessels.
|
|
|
|
|
(b) testing, examination
and inspection, of pressure plants.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) He shall be-
(a) conversant with the
relevant codes if practices and test procedures relating to pressure vessels;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) conversant with
statutory requirements concerning the safety of un-fired pressure vessels and
equipment operating under pressure;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) conversant with
non-destructive testing techniques as are applicable to pressure vessels;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(d) able to identify
defects and arrive at a reliable conclusion with regard to the safety of
pressure plants.
|
|
|
6
|
Section 36-Precautions
against dangerous fumes
|
Master's degree in
Chemistry, or a degree in chemical Engineering
|
(i) a minimum of 7 years
in collection and analysis of environmental samples and calibration of
monitering equipment;
|
Meters, instruments and
devices duly calibrated and certified for carrying out the tests and
certification of safety in working in confined spaces.
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) He shall
(a) be conversant with
the hazardous properties of chemicals and their permissible limit values;
|
|
|
|
|
|
(b) be conversant with
the current techniques of sampling and analysis of the environmental
contaminants; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
(c) be able to arrive at
a reliable conclusion as regards the safety in respect of entering and
carrying out hot work.
|
|
|
7
|
Ventilation systems as
required under various schedules framed under sec. 87, such as Schedules on
|
Degree in Mechanical or
Electrical Engineering or equivalent
|
(i) A minimum of 7 years
in the design, fabrication, installation testing of ventilation system and
systems used for extraction and collection of dusts, fumes and vapours and
other ancillary equipment
|
Facilities for testing
the ventilation systems, instruments and gauges for testing the effectiveness
of the extraction systems for dusts, vapours and fumes and any other
equipment needed for determining the efficiency and adequacy of these
systems. He shall have the assistance of a suitable qualified
|
|
|
(i) Grinding or glazing
metals and process incidental thereto.
(ii) Cleaning or
smoothing roughening etc. of articles, by a jet and metal shot, or grit, or
other abrasive propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam.
|
|
(ii) He shall be
conversant with relevant codes of practice and tests procedures that are
current in respect of ventilation and extraction system for fumes and be able
to arrive at a reliable conclusion with regard to effectiveness of the system.
|
technical person who can
come to a reasonable conclusion as to the adequacy of the system.
|
|
|
(iii) Handling and
processing of asbestos.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv) Manufacture of Rayon
by viscose process.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v) Foundry operations.
|
|
|
|
Rules 3 to 11 prescribed under sub-section (1) of Section 6
Rule 3.
"The
Lt. Governor or the Chief Inspector of Factories may require, for the purposes
of the Act, submission of plans of any factory which was either in existence on
the date of commencement of the Act or which has not been constructed or
extended since then. Such plans shall be drawn to scale showing:—
(i) The site of the factory and immediate surroundings including
adjacent buildings and other structures, roads, drains, etc.
(ii) The plan, elevation and necessary cross-sections of the
factory buildings indicating all relevant details relating to natural lighting,
ventilation and means of escape in case of fire, and the position of the plant
and machinery, aisles and passage ways; and
(iii) Such other particulars as the State Government or the Chief
Inspector, as the case may be, may require.[]
Rule 3A. Approval of site and plan.
(1) No site shall be used for the location of a factory or no
building in a factory should be constructed, reconstructed extended or taken
into use as a factory or part of a factory unless previous permission in
writings is obtained from the Administrator or the Chief Inspector of
Factories.
Applications
for such permission shall be in Form No. 1 and accompanied by the following
documents:
(a) A flow chart of the manufacturing process supplemented by a
brief description of the process in its various stages.
(b) Plans in duplicate drawn to scale showing:
(i) The site of the factory and immediate surrounding including
adjacent buildings and other structures, roads, drains, etc.;
(ii) The plan elevation and necessary Cross-Sections of the
various buildings, indicating all relevant details relating to natural
lighting, ventilation and means of escape in case of fire. The plans shall also
clearly indicate the plant and machinery, aisles and passage ways; and
(c) Such other particulars as the Chief Inspector may require.
(2) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied that the plans are in
consonance with the requirements of the Act he shall, subject to such
conditions as he may specify, approve them by signing and returning to the
applicant one copy of each plant: or he may call for such other particulars as
he may require to enable such approval to be given:
(a) To rule 80 the following shall be added, namely:
"The
mustor roll or the register, as the case may be, shall be written up fresh each
year and shall be preserved for a period of 12 months after the last entry in
it, and shall be produced before the inspector on demand.[]"
Rule 4. Application for registration and grant of licence.
The
Occupier of every factory shall submit to the Chief Inspector of an application
in the prescribed Form No. 2 for the registration of the factory and grant of a
licence.
Rule 5. Grant of licence.
(1) A licence for a factory shall be granted by the Chief
Inspector of Factories or any other officer appointed under sub-section (2-A)
of section 8 of the Act and specially empowered in this behalf by the State
Government, in form No. 4 prescribed for the purpose, for a period of one year
or five years, as may be requested in the application for registration and
grant of licence and on payment of the fees specified in sub-rule (2).
(2) The fees for grant of licence for one year shall be as
specified in the Schedule hereto. In case an application for licence has been
made for a period of five years, the licence fee shall be five times the fees
payable for grant of a licence for one year, as specified in the said Schedule.
(3) A licence granted under this rule may, at the request of
licensee, be renewed, for one year or five years in accordance with the
provisions of rule 7.
(4) Every licence as granted or renewed, shall remain in force
upto 31st December of the year for or upto which it is granted or renewed.[]
SCHEDULE
Fees for the grant of a licence for a factory for one year
Maximum number of workers to be employed any day during the
year
|
HP. installed
|
10 to 20
|
21 to 50
|
51 to 100
|
101
to
250
|
251
to
500
|
501
to
750
|
751
to
above
|
above
1000
|
|
|
Rs.
|
Rs.
|
Rs.
|
Rs.
|
Rs.
|
Rs.
|
Rs.
|
Rs.
|
|
Nil
|
20
|
50
|
100
|
250
|
400
|
750
|
1000
|
1250
|
|
Upto 10
|
50
|
100
|
120
|
300
|
600
|
900
|
1200
|
1500
|
|
Above 10 and upto 50
|
100
|
150
|
200
|
250
|
1000
|
1500
|
2,000
|
2500
|
|
Above 50 and upto 100
|
200
|
250
|
300
|
750
|
1500
|
2250
|
3000
|
3750
|
|
Above 100
|
300
|
400
|
500
|
1000
|
2000
|
3000
|
4000
|
5000
|
Rule 6. Amendment of licence.
(1) A licence granted under Rule 4 may be amended by the Chief
Inspector of factories or any other officer appointed under sub-section (2-A)
of section 8 of the Act and specially empowered in this behalf by the State
Government
(2) No licensee shall:—
(i) change the name of his factory, or
(ii) employ persons in excess of the number stated in the licence,
or
(iii) use motive power in excess of the limits of horse power
specified in the licence, without getting his licence amended.
(3) A licensee who desires to have his licence amended shall
submit it to the Chief Inspector or any other officer appointed under
sub-section (2-A) of Section 8 of the Act and specially empowered in this
behalf, with an application stating the nature of the amendment and reasons
therefor.
(4) The fee for the amendment of a licence shall be twenty five
rupees plus the amount (if any) by which the fee that would have been payable
if the licence had originally been issued in the amended form exceeds the fee
originally paid for the licence.
Rule 7. Renewal of licence.
(1) A licence may be renewed by the Chief Inspector of Factories
or any other officer appointed under sub-section (2-A) of section 8 of the Act
and specially empowered in this behalf by the State Government
(2) Every application for the renewal of a licence shall be made
in triplicate, in Form No. 2 together with the payment of fees for a period of
one year or five rupees for a period of one year or five years as the case may
be, and shall be submitted not less than 30 days before the date on which the
licence expires. If the application complete in all respects is so made, the
premises shall be held to be duly licensed until such date as the Chief
Inspector of Factories or as the case may be, the officer appointed under
sub-section (2-A) of section 8 of the Act and specially empowered in this
behalf by the State Government, renews the licence.
(3) The fees for renewal of licence for one year shall be the
same as for the grant thereof. In case an application for renewal has been made
for a period of five years, the newal fees shall be five times the fees payable
for renewal of licence for one year, as specified in the Schedule appended
below rule 5.
Provided
that if the application for renewal, completed in all respects, is not received
within the time specified in sub-Rule (2) of this rule, the licence shall be
renewed only on payment of a fee 25 percent in excess of the fee ordinarily
payable for the renewal of a licence for the year or years or years for which
the application has been received late.[]
Rule 8. Transfer of licence.
(1) The holder of a licence may, at any time before the expiry of
the licence, apply for permission to transfer his licence to another person.
(2) Such application shall be made to the Chief Inspector of
Factories or any other officer appointed under sub-section (2-A) of section 8
of the Act and specially empowered in this behalf by the State Government who
shall, if he approves of the transfer, enter upon the licence, under his
signature, an endorsement to the effect that the licence has been transferred
to the person named.
(3) A fee of twenty five rupees shall be charged on each such
application.[]"
Rule 9. Procedure on death or disability of licensee.
If a
licensee these or becomes insolvent the person carrying on the business of such
licensee shall not be liable to any penalty under the Act for exercising the
powers granted to the licensee by the licence during such time as may
reasonably be required to allow him to make an application for the amendment of
the licence under Rule 6 in his own name for the unexpired portion of the
original licence.
Rule 10. Loss of licence.
Where a
licence granted under these Rules is lost or accidentally destroyed, a
duplicate may be granted on payment of a fee of five rupees.[]
Rule 11. Payment of fees.
(1) Every application under these Rules shall be accompanied by a
treasury receipt showing that the appropriate fees has been paid into the
authorised branch of the State Bank' of India under the head of account,
affixed by the office of the Chief Inspector of Factories.
(2) If an application for the grant, renewal or amendment of a
licence is rejected, the fee paid shall be refunded to the applicant.[]
Rule 11A. Prohibiting running of a factory without a valid licence.
An
occupier shall not use any premises as a factory or carry on any manufacturing
process in a factory unless a licence has been issued in respect of such
premises and is in force for the time being:
Provided
that if a valid application for grant of licence has been submitted and the required
fee has been paid, the premises shall be deemed to be fully licensed until such
date as the Chief Inspector of Factories or as the case may be, any other
officer appointed under sub-section (2-A) of section 8 of the Factories Act,
and specially empowered in this behalf by the State Government, grants or
renews the licence or refuses in writing with reasons to grant or renew
licence:
"Provided
further that if the Chief Inspector of Factoriesor or as the case may be, any
other officer appointed under sub-section (2-A) of section 8 of the Act and
specially empowered in this behalf, by the State Government fails to grant or
renew the licence or fails to refuse to do so, for reasons to be communicated
in writing to the applicant, within 60 days from the date of the application,
the licence shall be deemed to have been granted or renewed.[]"
Form prescribed under sub-section 1 of Section 7
Rule 12. Notice of Occupation.
The notice
of occupation shall be in Form No. 2.
Under
sub-section (4) of Section 7
Rule 12A. Notice of change of Manager.
The notice
of change of Manager shall be in Form 3.
Rule 12B. Guidelines instructions and records.
(i) Without prejudice to the general responsibility of the
occupier to comply with the provisions of section 7(A) the Chief Inspector may,
from to time, issue guidelines and instructions regarding the general duties of
the occupier relating to health safety and welfare of all workers while they
are at work in the factory.
(ii) The occupier shall maintain such records, as may be
prescribed by the Chief Inspector, in respect of monitoring of working
environment in the factory.
CHAPTER II The Inspecting Staff
[Rule prescribed under Section 9]
Rule 13. Powers of Inspectors.
An Inspector shall, for the purpose of the
execution of the Act, have power to do all or any of the following things, that
is to say:—
(a) to photograph any worker; to inspect, examine measure, copy,
photograph, sketch or test, as the case may be, any building or room; any
plant, machinery, appliance or apparatus; any register or document; or anything
provided for the purpose of securing the health, safety or welfare of the
workers employed in a factory;
(b) in the case of an Inspector who is a duly qualified medical
practitioner, to carry out such medical examinations as may be necessary for
the purposes of his duties under the Act;
(c) to prosecute, conduct or defend before a Court any complaint
or other proceeding arising under the Act or in discharge of his duties as an
Inspector:
Provided that the powers of the District
Magistrates and such other public officers as are appointed to be additional
Inspectors shall be limited to the inspection of factories in respect of the
following matters, namely:—
Cleanliness (Section 11), Over-crowding (Section
16), Lighting (Section 17), Drinking water (Section 18), Latrines and Urinals
(Section 19), Spittoons (Section 20), Precautions in the case of fire (Section
38), Welfare (Chapter V), Working hours of adults (Chapter VI—except the power
of exemption under the proviso to Section 62), Employment of young persons,
(Chapter VIII), Leave with wages (Chapter VIII) and Display of notices (Section
108).
Rules prescribed under Section 112
Rule 13A. Qualification of an Inspector.
No person shall be appointed as an Inspector for
the Act unless he possesses the following qualifications:—
(a) He must not be less than 23 years or more than 35 years of
age,
(b) He must have:
(i) had a good general education upto the Intermediate standard
of a recognised University.
(ii) Secured a degree, or diploma equivalent to a degree of a
recognised university, in any branch of Engineering, Technology or Medicine and
preferably with practical experience of at least two years in a workshop or a
manufacturing concern of good standing and in the case of Medical Inspector an
experience of at least 2 years in a public hospital or factory medical
Department or alternately a diploma in Industrial medicine.
(c) Where for a particular post special knowledge, "to deal
with special problems" is required the Chief Commissioner, may, in
addition to the basic qualifications prescribe appropriate qualifications for
such a post."
Provided that in the case of a person who has
been working as Inspector under the Act at the time of commencement of these
rules, the Chief Commissioner may, subject to such conditions as he may
specify, exempt such persons from the provisions of this rule.
Provided further that the provisions of this rule
relating to qualification shall not apply in the case of a person who is
already appointed as Inspector of Factories on regular basis, in accordance
with the provisions of the Recruitment Rules framed under Article 309 of the
Constitution.
"Provided further that the provisions of this rule
relating to the requirement of age, shall not apply in the case of a person,
who has been appointed as a Chemical Inspector of Factories by transfer on
deputation."
Rule prescribed under sub-section (4) of Section 10
Rule 14. Duties of Certifying Surgeon.
(1) For purposes of the examination and certification of young
persons who wish to obtain certificates of fitness, the Certifying Surgeon
shall arrange a suitable time and place for the attendance of such persons, and
shall give previous notice in writing of such arrangements to the managers of
factories situated within the local limits assigned to him.
(2) The Certifying Surgeon shall issue his certificates in Form
No. 4. The foil and counterfoil shall be filled in and the left thumb mark of
the person in whose name the certificate is granted shall be taken on them. On
being satisfied as to the correctness of entries, made therein and of the
fitness of the person examined, he shall sign the foil and initial the
counterfoil and shall deliver the foil to the person in whose name the
certificate is granted. The foil so delivered shall be the certificate of
fitness granted under Section 69. All counterfoils shall be kept by the
certifying Surgeon for a period of at least 2 years after the issue of the
certificate.
(3) The certifying Surgeon shall, upon request by the Chief
Inspector, carry out such examination and furnish him with such report as he
may indicate, for any factory or class or description of factories where:—
(a)
cases of illness have occurred which it is
reasonable to believe, are due to the nature of the manufacturing process
carried on or other conditions of work prevailing therein, or
(b)
by reason of any change in the manufacturing
process carried on, or in the substances used therein, or by reason of the
adoption of any new manufacturing process or of any new substance for use in a
manufacturing process, there is a likelihood of injury to the health of workers
employed in that manufacturing process, or
(c)
young persons are or are about to be, employed in
any work which is likely to cause injury to their health.
(4) For the purpose of the examination of persons employed in
processes covered by the Rules relating to Dangerous Operations, the Certifying
Surgeon shall visit the factories within the local limits assigned to him at
such intervals as are prescribed by the Rules relating to such dangerous operations.
(5) At such visits the Certifying Surgeon shall examine the
persons employed in such processes and shall record the results of his
examination in a Register known as the Health Register (Form No. 17) which
shall be kept by the factory manager and produced to the Certifying Surgeon at
each visit
(6) If the Certifying Surgeon finds as a result of his
examination that any person employed in such process is no longer fit for
medical reasons to work in that process he shall suspend such person from
working in that process for such time as he may think lit and no person after
suspension shall be employed in that process without the written sanction of
the Certifying Surgeon in the Health Register.
(7) The manager of a factory shall afford to the Certifying
Surgeon facilities to inspect any process in which any person is employed or is
likely to be employed.
(8) The manager of a factory shall provide for purposes of any
medical examination which the Certifying Surgeon wishes to conduct at the
factory (for his exclusive use on the occasion of an examination) a room which
shall be property cleaned and adequately ventilated and lighted and furnished
with a screen, a table (with writing materials) and chairs.
CHAPTER III
(Exemptions under sub-section (2) of Section 11)
Rule 15. Cleanliness of walls and ceilings.
(1) Clause (d) of sub-section (1) of Section 11 of the Act shall
not apply to the class or description of factories or parts of factories
specified in the Schedule hereto:
Provided
that they are kept in a clean state by washing, sweeping, brushing, dusting,
vaccum-cleaning or other effective means:
Provided
further that the said clause (d) shall continue to apply:
(i) as respects factories or parts of factories specified in Part
A of the said Schedule, to work-room in which the amount of cubic space allowed
for every person employed in the room is less than 500 cubic feet;
(ii) as respects factories or parts of factories specified in Part
B of the said Schedule, to work-room in which the amount of cubic space allowed
for every person employed in the rooms is less than 2,500 cubic feet;
(iii) to engine houses, fitting shops, lunch-rooms, canteens,
shelters, creches, cloak rooms, rest rooms and wash-places; and
(iv) to such parts of walls, sides and tops of passages and
stair-cases as are less than 20 feet above the floor or stair.
(2) If it appears to the Chief Inspector that any part of a
factory, to which by virtue of sub-rule (1) any of the provisions of the said
clause (d) do not apply, or apply as varied by sub-rule (1), is not being kept in
a clean state, he may by written notice require the occupier to transparent-wash or
colour-wash, wash paint or varnish the same and in the event of the occupier
failing to comply with such requisition within two months from the date of the
notice, sub-rule (1) shall cease to apply to such part of a factory, unless the
Chief Inspector otherwise determines.
SCHEDULE
Part A
Blast
furnaces.
Bricks and
tile works in which unglazed bricks or tiles are made.
Cement
works.
Chemical
works.
Copper
mills.
Gas works.
Iron and
steel mills.
Stone,
slate and marble works.
The
following parts of factories:
Rooms used
only for the storage of articles.
Rooms in
which the walls or ceiling consist of galvanised iron, glazed bricks, glass,
slate, asbestos, bamboo, thatch.
Parts in which
dense steam is continuously evolved in the process.
Parts in
which pitch, tar or like material is manufactured or is used to a substantial
extent, except in brush works. The parts of a glass factory known as the glass
house. Rooms in which graphite is manufactured or is used to a substantial
extent in any process.
Parts in
which coal, coke, oxide-or iron, ochre, lime or stone is crushed or ground.
Parts of
walls, partitions, ceiling or tops of rooms which are at least 20 feet above
the floor.
Ceilings
or tops of rooms in cement works, bleach works or dye works, with the exception
of finishing rooms or ware-houses.
Inside
walls of oil mills below a height of 5 feet from the ground floor level.
Inside
walls, in tanneries below a height of 5 feet from the ground floor level where
a wet process is carried on.
Part B
Coach and
motor body works.
Electrical
generating or transforming stations.
Engineering
works.
Factories
in which sugar is refined or manufactured.
Foundaries
other than foundaries in which brass casting is carried on.
Gun
factories.
Shipbuilding
works.
Those
parts of factories where unpained or unvarnished wood is manufactured.
Register prescribed under sub-section (1) of Section 11
Rule 16. Record of transparent-washing etc.
The record
of dates on which transparent-washing, colour-washing varnishing etc., are carried
out shall be entered in a Register maintained in Form No. 7.
Rule prescribed under sub-section (2) of Section 12
Rule 17. Disposal of trade wastes and effluents.
The
arrangements made in every factory for the treatment of wastes and effluents
due to the manufacturing processes carried on therein shall be in accordance
with those approved by the relevant Water and Air Pollution Boards, appointed
under the Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1974 and the Air
(Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and other local authority
concerned.
Rules 18 to 28 prescribed under sub-section 1 of Section 15
Rule 18. When artificial humidification not allowed.
There
shall be no artificial humidification in any room of a cotton spinning or
weaving factory:—
(a) by the use of steam during any period when the dry bulb
temperature of that room exceeds 85 degrees;
(b) at any time when the wet bulb reading of the hygrometer is
higher than that specified in the following Schedule in relation to the dry
bulb reading of the hygrometer at that time; or as regards a dry bulb reading
intermediate between any two dry bulb readings indicated consecutively in the
Schedule when the dry bulb reading does not exceed the wet bulb reading to the
extent indicated in relation to the lower of these two dry bulb readings—
SCHEDULE
|
Dry bulb
|
Wet bulb
|
Dry bulb
|
Wet bulb
|
Dry bulb
|
Wet bulb
|
|
60.0
|
58.0
|
70.0
|
75.0
|
94.0
|
86.0
|
|
61.0
|
59.0
|
78.0
|
76.0
|
95.3
|
87.0
|
|
62.0
|
60.0
|
79.0
|
77.0
|
96.0
|
87.5
|
|
63.0
|
61.0
|
80.0
|
78.0
|
97.0
|
88.0
|
|
64.0
|
62.0
|
81.0
|
79.0
|
98.0
|
88.5
|
|
65.0
|
63.0
|
82.0
|
80.0
|
99.0
|
89.0
|
|
66.0
|
64.0
|
83.0
|
80.5
|
100.0
|
89.5
|
|
67.0
|
65.0
|
84.0
|
81.0
|
101.0
|
90.0
|
|
68.0
|
66.0
|
85.0
|
82.0
|
102.0
|
90.0
|
|
69.0
|
67.0
|
86.0
|
82.5
|
103.0
|
95.5
|
|
70.0
|
68.0
|
87.0
|
83.0
|
104.0
|
90.5
|
|
71.0
|
69.0
|
88.0
|
83.5
|
105.0
|
91.0
|
|
72.0
|
70.0
|
89.0
|
84.0
|
106.0
|
91.0
|
|
73.0
|
71.0
|
90.0
|
84.5
|
107.0
|
91.5
|
|
74.0
|
72.0
|
91.0
|
85.0
|
108.0
|
91.5
|
|
75.0
|
73.0
|
92.0
|
85.0
|
109.0
|
92.0
|
|
76.0
|
74.0
|
93.0
|
86.0
|
110.0
|
92.0
|
Provided,
however, that Clause (b) shall not apply when the difference between the wet
bulb temperature as indicated by the hygrometer in the department concerned and
the wet bulb temperature taken with a hygrometer outside in the shade is less
than 3.5 degrees.
Rule 19. Provision of Hygrometer.
In all
departments of cotton spinning and weaving mills wherein artificial
humidification is adopted hygrometers shall be provided and maintained in such
positions as are approved by the Inspector. The number of hygrometers shall be
regulated according to the following scale:—
(a) Weaving department.— One hygrometer for departments with 500 looms, and one
additional Hygrometer for every 500 or part of 500 looms in excess of 500.
(b) Other departments.— One Hygrometer for each room of less than 300.000 cubic feet
capacity and one extra hygrometer for each 200.000 cubic feet or part thereof,
in excess of this.
(c) One additional hygrometer shall be provided and maintained
outside each cotton spinning and weaving factory wherein artificial
humidification is adopted, and in a position approved by the Inspector, for
taking hygrometer shade readings.
Rule 20. Exemption from maintenance of hygrometers.
When the
Inspector is satisfied that the limits of humidity allowed, by the Schedule to
Rule 18 are never exceeded, he may, for any department other than the weaving
department, grant exemption from the maintenance of the hygrometer. The
Inspector shall record such exemption in writing.
Rule 21. Copy of Schedule to Rule 18 to be affixed near every hygrometer.
A legible
copy of the Schedule to Rule 18 shall be affixed near each hygrometer.
Rule 22. Temperature to be recorded at each hygrometer.
At each
hygrometer maintained in accordance with Rule 19, correct wet and cry bulb
temperatures shall be recorded thrice daily during each working day by
competent persons nominated by the Manager and approved by the Inspector. The
temperature shall be taken between 7 a.m. and 9 a.m. between 11 a.m. and 2 p.m.
(but not in the rest interval) and between 4 p.m. and 5.30 p.m. In exceptional
circumstances, such additional readings and between such hours, as the
Inspector may specify, shall be taken. The temperatures shall be entered in a
Humidity Register in the prescribed Form No. 6, maintained in the factory. At
the end of each month, the persons who have taken the readings shall sign the
Register and certify the correctness of the entries. The Register shall always
be available for inspection by the Inspector.
Rule 23. Specifications of Hygrometer.
(1) Each hygrometer shall comprise two mercurial thermometers of
wet bulb of similar construction, and equal in dimensions, scale and divisions
of scale. They shall be mounted on a frame with a suitable reservoir containing
water.
(2) The wet bulb shall be closely covered with a single layer of
muslin, kept wet by means of a wick attached to it and dropping into the water
in the reservoir. The muslin covering and the wick shall be suitable for the
purpose, clean and free from size or grease.
(3) No part of the wet bulb shall be within 3 inches from the dry
bulb or less than 1 inch from the surface of the water in the reservoir and the
water reservoir shall be below it, on the side of it away from the dry bulb.
(4) The bulb shall be spherical and of suitable dimensions and
shall be freely exposed on all sides to the air of the room.
(5) The bores of the steams shall be such that the position of
the top of the mercury column shall be readily distinguishable at a distance of
2 feet
(6) Each thermometer shall be graduated so that accurate readings
may be taken between 50 and 120 degrees.
(7) Every degree from 50 degrees upto 120 degrees shall be
clearly marked by horizontal lines on the stem. Each fifth and tenth degree
shall be marked by longer marks than the intermediate degrees and the
temperature marked opposite each tenth degree, i.e., 50, 60, 70, 80, 90, 100,
110 and 120.
(8) The markings as above shall be accurate that is to say, at no
temperature between 50 and 120 degrees shall the indicated readings, be in
error by more than two tenths of a degree;
(9) A distinctive number shall be indelibly marked upon the
thermometer.
(10) The accuracy of each thermometer shall be certified by the
National Physical Laboratory, London, or some competent authority appointed by
the Chief Inspector and such certificate shall be attached to the Humidity
Register.
Rule 24. Thermometers to be maintained in efficient order.
Each
thermometer shall be maintained at all times during the period of employment in
efficient working order, so as to give accurate indications and in particular:—
(a) the wick and the muslin covering of the wet bulb shall be
renewed once a week;
(b) the reservoir shall be filled with water which shall be
completely renewed once a day. The Chief Inspector may direct the use of
distilled water or pure rain water in any particular mill or mills in certain
localities;
(c) no water shall be applied directly to the wick or covering
during the period of employment
Rule 25. An inaccurate thermometer not to be used without fresh certificate.
If an
Inspector has given notice in writing that a thermometer is not accurate it
shall not, after one month from the date of such notice, be deemed to be
accurate unless and until it has been re-examined as prescribed and a fresh
certificate obtained which certificate shall be kept attached to the Humidity
Register.
Rule 26. Hygrometer not to be affixed to wall etc., unless protected by wood.
(1) No hygrometer shall be affixed to a wall, pillar or other
surface unless protected therefrom by wood or other non-conducting material at
least half an inch in thickness and distant at least one inch from the bulb of
each thermometer.
(2) No hygrometer shall be fixed at a height of more than 5 feet
6 inches from the floor to the top of thermometer steam or in the direct
draughts from a fan, window or ventilating opening.
Rule 27. No reading to be taken within 15 minutes of renewal of water.
No reading
shall be taken for record on any hygrometer within 15 minutes of the renewal of
water in the reservoir.
Rule 28. How to introduce steam for humidification.
In any
room in which steam pipes are used for the introduction of steam for the
purpose of artificial humidification of the air the following provisions shall
apply—
(a) The diameter of such pipes shall not exceed two inches and in
the case of pipes installed after 1st August 1950 the diameter shall not exceed
one inch;
(b) Such pipes shall be short as is reasonably practicable;
(c) All hangers supporting such pipes shall be separated from the
bare pipes by an efficient insulator not less than half an inch thickness;
(d) No uncovered jet from such pipe shall project more than 4½
inches beyond the outer surface of any cover;
(e) The steam pressure shall be as law as practicable and shall
not exceed 70 ibs. per square inch.
(f) The pipe employed for the introduction of steam into the air
in a department shall be effectively covered with such non-conducting material,
as may be approved by the Inspector in order to minimise the amount of heat
radiated by them into the department.
Rules 29 to 33 prescribed under sub-section (4) of Section
(17)
Rule 29. Lighting—application and commencement.
(1) Subject as in these Rules provided, Rules 29 to 33 shall
apply to factories in which persons are being regularly employed in a
manufacturing process or processes for more than 48 hours a week, or in shifts,
provided that nothing in these Rules shall be deemed to require the provision
of lighting of a specified standard in any building or structure so constructed
that, in the opinion of the chief Inspector, it would not be reasonably
practicable to comply with such requirement.
(2) Rules 29 to 33 shall come into force, in respect of any class
or description of factories, on such date as the Chief Commissioner may by
notification in the Official gazette, appoint in this behalf.
Rule 30. Lighting of interior parts.
[(1) The general illumination over these interior parts of a
factory where persons are regularly employed shall be not less than 6 feet
candles measured in horizontal plane at a level of 3 feet above the floor:
"Provided
that in any such parts in which the mounting height of the light source for
general illumination necessarily exceeds 25 feet measured from the floor or
where the structure of the room or the position or construction of the fixed machinery
or plant prevents the uniform attainment of this standard, the general
illumination at the said level shall not be less than 2 feet candle and where
work is actually being done the illumination shall be not less than 6 feet
candles.]
(2) Â The illumination
over all other interior parts of the factory over which persons employed pass
shall, when and where a person is passing, be not less than 0.5 foot candles at
floor level.
(3) Â The standard
specified in this Rule shall be without prejudice to the provision of any
additional illumination required to render the lighting sufficient and suitable
for the nature of the work.
Rule 31. Prevention of glare.
(1) Where any source of artificial light in the factory is less
than 16 feet above floor level, no part of the light source or of the lighting
fitting having a brightness greater than 10 candles per square inch shall be
visible to persons whilst normally employed within 100 feet of the source,
except where the angle of elevation from the eye to the source or part of the
fitting as the case may be exceeds 20°.
(2) Any local light that is to say an artificial light designed
to illuminate particularly the area or part of the area of work of a single
operative or small group of operatives working near other, shall be provided
with a suitable shade of opaque material to prevent glare or with other
effective means by which the light source is completely screened from the eyes
of every person employed at the normal working place, or shall be so placed
that no such person is exposed to glare therefrom.
Rule 32. Power of Chief Inspector to exempt.
Where the
Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any particular factory or part
thereof or in respect of any description of workroom or process that any
requirement of Rules 29 to 31 is inappropriate or is not reasonably
practicable, he may by order in writing exempt that factory or part thereof, or
description of workroom or process from such requirement to such extent and
subject to such conditions as he may specify.
Rule 33. Exemption from Rule 30.
(1) Nothing in Rule 30 shall apply to the parts of factories
specified in Part I of the Schedule annexed hereto.
(2) Nothing in sub-rule (1) of Rule 30 shall apply to the
factories or parts of factories respectively specified in Part II of the said
Schedule.
SCHEDULE
Part I
Part of
factories in which light sensitive photographic materials are made or used in
an exposed condition.
Part II
Cement
works.
Work for
the crushing and grinding of limestone.
Gas works.
Coke oven
works.
Electrical
stations.
Flour
mills.
Melting
and breweries.
Parts of
factories in which the following processes are carried on:
Concretes
or artificial stone making.
Conversion
of iron into steel.
Smelting
of iron ore.
Iron or
steel rolling.
Hot
rolling or forging tempering or annealing of metals.
Glass
blowing and other working in molten glass.
Tar
distilling.
Petroleum
refining and blending.
Rules 34 to 39 prescribed under sub-section (4) of Section 18
Rule 34. Quantity of drinking water.
The
quantity of drinking water to be provided for the workers in every factory
shall be at least as many gallons a day as there are workers employed in the
factory and such drinking water shall be readily available at all times during
working hours.
Rule 35. Source of supply.
The water
provided for drinking shall be supplied:—
(a) from [***]
a public water supply system, or
(b) from any other source approved in writing by the Health Officer.
Rule 36. Means of supply.
[If
drinking water is not supplied directly from taps either connected with public
water supply system or any other water supply of the factory approved by the
Health Officer, it shall be kept in suitable vessels receptacles or tanks
fitted with taps and having dust proof covers placed on raised stands or
platforms in shaded and having suitable arrangement of drainage to carry away
the split water. Such vessels or receptacles and tanks shall be kept clean and
the water renewed at least once every day. All practicable measures shall be
taken to ensure that the water is free from contamination.]
Rule 37. Cleanliness of well or reservoir.
(1) Drinking water shall not be supplied from any open well or
reservoir unless it is so constructed, situated, protected and maintained as to
be free from the possibility of pollution by chemical, or bacterial and
extraneous impurities.
(2) Where drinking water is supplied from such well or reservoir
the water in it shall be sterilised once a week or more frequently if the
Inspector by written order so requires, and the date, on which sterilising is
carried out shall be recorded:
Provided
that this requirement shall not apply to any such well or reservoir if the
water therein is filtered and treated to the satisfaction of the Health Officer
before it is supplied for consumption.
Rule 38. Report from Health Officer.
The
Inspector may by order in writing direct the Manager to obtain, at such time or
at such intervals as he may direct, a report from the Health Officer as to the
fitness for human consumption of the water supplied to the workers, and in
every case to submit to the Inspector a copy of such report as it is received
from the Health Officer.
Rule 39. Cooling of water.
In every
factory wherein more than two hundred and fifty workers are ordinarily employed—
(a) the drinking water supplied to the workers shall, from the
16th of April to the 30th of September, in every year, be cooled by ice or
other effective method:
Provided
that if ice is placed in the drinking water, the ice shall be clean and
wholesome and shall be obtained only from a source approved in writing by the
Health Officer,
(b) the cooled drinking water shall be supplied in every canteen,
lunchroom and rest room and also at conveniently accessible points throughout
the factory which for the purpose of these Rules shall be called "Water
Centre".
(c) the water centre shall be sheltered from the weather and
adequately drained:
(d) the number of water centres to be provided shall be one
"centre" for every 150 persons employed at any one time in the
factory:
Provided
that in the case of a factory where the number of persons employed exceeds 500
it shall be sufficient if there is one such "centre" as aforesaid for
every 150 persons up to the first 500 and one for every 500 persons thereafter;
(e) every water centre shall be maintained in a clean and orderly
condition;
(f) every water centre shall be incharge of a suitable person who
shall distribute the water. Such person shall be provided with clean clothes on
duty.
Clause (f)
shall not apply to any factory in which suitable mechanically operated drinking
water refrigerating units are installed to the satisfaction of the Chief
Inspector.
Rules 40 to 49 prescribed under sub-section 3 of Section 19
Rule 40. Latrine accommodation.
Latrine accommodation
shall be provided in every factory on the following scale:
(a) where females are employed there shall be at least one
latrine for every 25 females;
(b) where males are employed, there shall be at least one latrine
for every 25 males:
Provided
that where the number of males employed exceeds 100, it shall be sufficient if
there is one latrine for every 25 males upto the first 100, and one for every
50 thereafter.
In
calculating the number of latrines required under this Rule, any odd number of
workers less than 25 or 50, as the case may be, shall be reckoned as 25 or 50.
Rule 41. Latrines to conform to public health requirements.
Latrines
other than those connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system, shall
comply with the requirements of the Public Health Authorities.
Rule 42. Privacy of latrines.
Every
latrine shall be under cover and so partitioned off as to secure privacy, and
shall have a proper door and fastenings.
Rule 43. Signboards to be displayed.
Where
workers of both sexes are employed, there shall be displayed outside each
latrine block a notice in the language understood by the majority of the
workers 'Tor Men Only" or "For Women Only" as the case may be.
The notice shall also bear the figure of a man or of woman as the case may be.
Rule 44. Urinal accommodation.
Urinal
accommodation shall be provided for the use of male workers and shall not be
less than 2 feet in length for every 50 males provided that where the number of
males employed exceeds 500, it shall be sufficient if there is one urinal for
every 50 males upto the first 500 employed, and one for every 100 thereafter.
In
calculating the urinal accommodation required under the Rule any odd number of
workers less than 50 or 100, as the case may be, shall be reckoned as 50 or 100.
Rule 45. Urinals to conform to public health requirements.
Urinals
other than those connected with an efficient water-borne sewage system, and
urinals in a factory wherein more than two hundred and fifty workers are
ordinarily employed shall comply with the requirements of the Public Health
Authorities.
Rule 46. Certain latrines and urinals to be connected to sewerage system.
When any
general system of underground sewerage with an assured water supply for any
particular locality is provided in municipality, all latrines and urinals of a
factory situated in such locality shall, if the factory is situated within 100
feet of an existing sewer, be connected with that sewerage system.
Rule 47. White-washing, colour-washing of latrines and urinals.
The walls,
ceiling and partitions of every latrine and urinal shall be transparent-washed or
colour-washed and the transparent-washing or colour-washing shall be repeated at
least once in every period of four months. 'The dates on which the
transparent-washing or colour-washing is carried but shall be entered in the
prescribed Register (Form No. 7):
Provided
that this Rule shall not apply to latrines and urinals the walls, ceilings or
portions of which are laid with glazed tiles or otherwise finished to provide a
smooth, polished impervious surface and that they are washed with suitable
detergents and disinfectants at least once in every period of four months.
Rule 48. Construction and maintenance of drains.
All drains
carrying waste or sullage water shall be constructed in masonry or other
impermeable material and shall be regularly flushed and the effluent disposed
of by connecting such drains with a suitable drainage line:
Provided
that, where there is no such drainage line, the effluent shall be deodorized
and rendered innocuous and then disposed of in a suitable manner to the satisfaction
of the Heath Officer.
Rule 49. Water taps in latrines.
(1) Where piped water supply is available a sufficient number of
water taps, conveniently accessible shall be provided in or near such latrine
accommodation.
(2) If piped water supply is not available sufficient quantity of
water shall be kept stored in suitable receptacles near the latrines.
Rules 50 to 52 prescribed under sub-section (2) of Section 20
Rule 50. Number and location of spittoons.
The number
and location of the spittoons to be provided shall be to the satisfaction of
the Inspector.
Rule 51. Type of spittoons.
The
spittoons shall be of either of the following types:—
(a) a galvanized iron container with a conical funnel-shaped
cover. A layer of suitable disinfectant liquid shall always be maintained in
the container,
(b) a container filled with dry, clean sand, and covered with a
layer of bleaching powder;
(c) any other type approved by the Chief Inspector.
Rule 52. Cleaning of Spittoons.
The
spittoon mentioned in Clause (a) of Rule 51 shall be emptied, cleaned and
disinfected at least once every day, and the spittoon mentioned in Clause (b)
of Rule 51 shall be cleaned by scrapping out the top layer of sand as often as
necessary or at least once every day.
CHAPTER IV Safety
[Further precaution prescribed under sub-section (2) of
Section 21]
Rule 53. Further safety precautions.
(1) Without prejudice to the provisions of sub-section (1) of
Section 21 in regard to the fencing of machines the further precautions
specified in the Schedules annexed hereto shall apply to the machines noted in
each Schedule.
(2) This Rule shall come into force, in respect of any class or
description of factories, where machines noted in the said Schedules are in
use, on such dates as the Chief Commissioner may, by notification in the
official gazette, appoint in this behalf.
SCHEDULE I
Cotton Textiles
(1)
Cotton Openers, Scutchers,
Combines Openers and Scutcher and Lap Machines, Head Waste breakers etc.
(1) All Cotton Openers, Scutchers, Combined Openers and
Scutchers, Shutters and Lap Machines, Hard Waste Breakers and similar machiners
shall be driven by separate motors or from counter shafts provided with fast
and loose pulleys and efficient belt shifting devices.
(2) In all Operators, Combined Openers and Scutchers, Scutchers,
Scutcher lap machines, Hard Waste Breakers and similar machines, the beater
covers and doors which give access to any dangerous part of the machine shall
be fitted with effective interlocking arrangements which shall prevent—
(a) the covers and doors being opened while the machine is in
motion; and
(b) the machine being re-started until the covers and doors are
closed;
Provided
that in respect of doors of openings other than dirt doors or desk doors such openings
shall be so fenced as to prevent access to any dangerous parts of the machine
if effective interlocking arrangement is not provided.
(3) In all Openers, Combined Openers and Scutchers, Scutchers
Scutcher lap machines, Hard Waste Breakers and similar machines, the openings
giving access to the dust chamber shall be provided with permanently fixed
fencing, which shall, while admitting light, yet prevent contact between any
portion of a worker's body and the beater grid bars.
[Provided that the latter requirement in respect of the
automatic locking device shall not apply while stripping or grinding operations
are carried out].
"Provided
further that the stripping or grinding operations shall be carried out only by
specially trained adult workers wearing tight fitting clothing whose names have
been recorded in the register prescribed in this behalf as required in
sub-section (1) of Section 22.
(2)
Combined Openers and Scutchers,
Scutcher-lap, Silver Lap, Lap Machines, Dorby Doubters and Ribbon Machines.
(1) The lap forming rollers shall be fitted with a guard or cover
which shall prevent access to the intake of the lap roller and fluted roller as
long as the weighted rack is down; or
(2) The guard or cover shall be so locked that it cannot be
raised until the machine is stopped and the machine cannot be started until the
guard or cover is closed.
(3)
Carding Machines.
All
Cylinder doors shall be secured by an automatic locking device which shall
prevent the door being opened until the cylinder has ceased to revolve and shall
render it impossible to restart the machine until the door has been closed.
(4)
Speed Framer.
Headsks
shall be fitted with automatic locking arrangements which shall prevent the
doors giving access to jack box wheels being opened while the machinery is in
motion and shall render it impossible to restart the machine until the doors
have been closed.
(5)
Self-acting Mules.
The drive
shall be from counter-shafts which shall be provided with fast and loose
pulleys and efficient belt shifting devices.
(6)
Calendaring Machines etc.
In respect
of calendaring machines, mangles and similar machines, all such machines shall
be provided with an efficient "nip" guard along the whole length on
the intake side of each pair of bowls and similar parts, which shall be so
fitted and maintained, whilst the rollers of bowls are in motion, as to prevent
access to the point of contract of the rollers or bowls.
SCHEDULE II
Cotton Ginning
Line Shaft— The line shaft or second motion in cotton ginning factories,
when below floor level, shall be completely enclosed by a continuous wall or
unclimable fencing with only so many openings as are necessary for access to
the shaft for removing cotton seed, cleaning and oiling; and such openings
shall be provided with gates or doors which shall be kept closed and locked.
SCHEDULE III
Wood-Working Machinery
(1)
Definitions.
For the
purposes of this Schedule:—
(a) Wood-Working machine means a circular saw, band saw, planing
machines, chain mortising machine or vertical spindle moulding machine
operating of Wood or Cork.
(b) Circular saw means a circular saw working in a bench
(including a rack bench) but does not include a pendulum or similar saw which
is moved towards the wood for the purpose of cutting operation.
(c) Band saw means a band saw, the cutting portion of which runs
in a vertical direction but does not include a log saw or band resawing
machine.
(d) Planing machine means a machine for overhand planings or for
thicknessing or for both operations.
(2)
Stopping and Starting device.
An
efficient stopping and starting device shall be provided on every wood-working
machine. The control of this device shall be in such a position as to be
readily and conveniently operated by the person in charge of the machine.
(3)
Space around machines.
The space
surrounding every wood-working machine in motion shall be kept free-from
obstruction.
(4)
Floors.
The floor
surrounding every wood-working machine shall be maintained in good and level
condition, and shall not be allowed to become slippery, and as far as
practicable shall be kept free from chips or other loose material.
(5)
Training and Supervision.
(1) No person shall be employed at a wood-working machine unless
he has been sufficiently trained to work that class of machine, or unless he
works under the adequate supervision of a person who has a thorough knowledge
of the working of the machine.
(2) A person who is being trained to work a wood-working machine
shall be fully and carefully instructed as to the dangers of the machine and
the precautions to be observed to secure safe working of the machine.
(6)
Circular Saws.
Every
circular saw shall be fenced as follows:—
(a) Behind and in direct line with the saw there shall be a
riving knife, which shall have a smooth surface, shall be strong, rigid and
easily adjustable, and shall also conform to the following conditions:—
(i) The edge of the knife nearer the saw shall form an area of a
circle having a radius not exceeding the radius of the largest saw used on the
bench.
(ii) The knife shall be maintained as close as practicable to the
saw, having regard to the nature of the work being done at the time, and at the
level of the bench table the distance between the front edge of the knife and
the teeth of the saw shall not exceed half an inch.
(iii) For a saw of a diameter of less than 24 inches, the knife
shall extend upwards from the bench table to within one inch of top of the saw,
and for a saw of a diameter of 24 inches or, the knife over shall extend
upwards from the bench table to a height of at least nine inches.
(b) The top saw shall be covered by a strong and easily
adjustable guard, with a flange at the side of the saw farthest from the fence.
The guard shall be kept so adjusted that the said flange shall extend below the
roots of the teeth of the saw. The guard shall extend from the top of the
riving knife to a point as point as practicable at the cutting edge of the saw.
(c) The part of the saw below the bench table shall be protected
by two plates of metal or other suitable material one on each side of the saw;
such plates shall not be more than six inches apart, and shall extend from the
axis of the saw outwards to a distance of not less than two inches beyond the
teeth of the saw. Metal plates, if not beaded, shall be of a thickness of at
least 1/10 inch, or if beaded, be a thickness of at least 1/20 inch.
(7)
Push Sticks.
A push
stick or other suitable appliance shall be provided for use at every circular
saw and at every vertical spindle moulding machine to enable the work to be done
without unnecessary risk.
(8)
Band Saws.
Every band
saw shall be guarded as follows:—
(a) Both sides of the bottom pulley shall be completely encased
by sheet or expanded metal or other suitable material.
(b) The front of the top pully shall be covered with sheet or
expended metal or other suitable material.
(c) All portions of the blade shall be enclosed or otherwise
securely guarded except the portion of the blade between the bench table and
the top guide.
(9)
Planning machines.
(1) A planning machine (other than a planning machine which is
mechanically fed) shall not be used for overhand planning unless it is fitted
with a cylindrical cutter block.
(2) Every planning machine used for overhand planning shall be
provided with a "bridge" guard capable of covering the full length
and breadth of the cutting slot in the bench, and so constructed as to be
easily adjusted both in a vertical and horizontal direction.
(3) The feed roller of every planning machine used for
thicknessing except the combined machine for overhand planning and
thicknessing, shall be provided with an efficient guard.
(10)
Vertical Spindle moulding
machines.
(1) The cutter of every vertical spindle moulding machine shall
be guarded by the most efficient guard having regard to the nature of the work
being performed.
(2) The wood being moulded at a vertical spindle moulding machine
shall, if practicable, be held in a zig or holder of such construction as to
reduce as far as possible the risk of accident to the worker.
(11)
Chain mortising machines.
The chain
of every chain mortising machine shall be provided with a guard which shall
enclose the cutters as far as practicable.
(12)
Adjustment and maintenance of
guards.
The guards
and other appliances required under this Schedule shall be—
(a) maintained in an efficient state,
(b) constantly kept in position while the machinery is in motion,
and
(c) so adjusted as to enable the work to be done without
unnecessary risk.
(13)
Exemptions.
Paragraphs
6, 8, 9 and 10 shall not apply to any woodworking machine in respect of which
it can be proved that other safeguards are provided, maintained and used which
render the machine as safe as it would be if guarded in the manner prescribed
in this Schedule.
SCHEDULE IV
Rubber Mills
1.
Installation of machines.
Mills for
breaking down, cracking, grating, mixing, refining and warming rubber or rubber
compounds shall be so installed that the top of the front roll is not less than
forty six inches above the floor or working level. Provided that in existing
installations where the top of the front roll is below this height a strong
rigid distance bar guards shall be fitted across the front of the machine in
such position that the operator cannot reach the nip of the rolls.
2.
Safety Devices.
(1) Rubber mills shall be equipped with:—
(a) hoppers so constructed or guarded that it is impossible for
the operators to come into contract in any manner with the nip of the rolls;
(b) horizontal safety-trip rods or tight wire cables across both
front and rear, which will, when pushed or pulled, operate instantly to
disconnect the power and apply the brakes, or to reverse the rolls.
(2) Safety-trip rods or tight wire cables on rubber mills shall
extend across the entire length of the face of the rolls and shall be located
not more than sixty nine inches above the floor or working level.
(3) Safety-trip rods and tight wire cables on all rubber mills
shall be examined and tested daily in the presence of the Manager or other
responsible person and if any defect is disclosed by such examination and test
the mill shall not be used until such defect has been remedied.
SCHEDULE V
Centrifugal Machines
(1)
Definition.
"Centrifugal
machines" include centrifugal extractions and driers.
(2)
Every part of centrifugal
machine shall be—
(a) of good design and construction and of adequate strength;
(b) properly maintained; and
(c) examined thoroughly by a competent person at regular
intervals.
(3)
Interlocking guard for drum or
basket
(1) The cage housing the rotating drum or basket of every
centrifugal machine shall be provided with a strong lid. The design and
construction of the cage as well as the lid should be such that no access is
possible to the drum or basket when the lid is closed.
(2) Every centrifugal machine shall be provided with an efficient
interlocking device that will effectively prevent the lid referred to in
sub-paragraph (1) from being opened while the drum or basket is in motion and
prevent the drum or basket being set in motion while the lid is in the open
position.
(4)
Braking arrangement.
Every
centrifugal machine shall be provided with an effective braking arrangement
capable of bringing the drum or basket to rest within a short period of time as
reasonably practicable after the power is cut off.
(5)
Operating speed.
No
centrifugal machine shall be operated at a speed in excess of the
manufacturer's rating which shall be legibly stamped at easily visible places
both on the inside of the basket and on the outside of the machine casing.
(6)
Exceptions.
Sub-paragraph
(2) of paragraph 3, paragraphs 4 and 5 shall not apply in case of top lung
machines or similar machines used in the sugar manufacturing industry.
SCHEDULE VI
Power Press
(1)
Application.
The
schedule shall apply to all types of power processes including press brakes,
except when used for working hot metal.
(2)
Definition.
For the
purpose of this schedule—
(a) "approved" means approved by the chief Inspector;
(b) "Fixed fencing" means fencing provided for the
tools of a power press being fencing which has no moving part associated with
or dependent upon the mechanism of a power and includes that part of a closed
tool which acts as a guard.
(c) "Power press" means a machine used in metal and
other industries for moulding, pressing, blanking, raising drawing and similar
purposes.
(d) "Safety device" means the fencing and any other
safeguard provided for the tools of a power press.
(3)
Starting and stopping
mechanism.
The
starting and stopping mechanism shall be provided with a safety stop so as to
prevent over running of the press or descent of the ram during tool setting
etc.
(4)
Protection of tool and the.
(1) Each press shall be provided with a fixed guard with a slip
plate on the underside enclosing the front and all sides of the tool.
(2) Each the shall be provided with a fixed guard surrounding its
front and sides and extending to the back in the form of a tunnel through which
pressed article falls to the rear of the press.
(3) The design, construction and mutual position of the guards
referred to in (1) and (2) shall be such as to preclude the possibility of the
worker's hand or fingers reaching the danger zone.
(4) The machine shall be fed through a small aperture at the
bottom of the guard but a wider aperture may be permitted for second or
subsequent operations if feeding is done through a chute.
(5) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-clauses (1) and (2)
an automatic or an inter-locked guard may be used in place of a fixed guard but
where such guards are used they shall be maintained in an efficient working
condition and if any guard develops a defect, the power press shall not be
operated unless the defect of the guard is removed. '
(5)
Appointment of persons to
prepare power presses for use.
(1) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (4) no person shall set,
re-set, adjust or try out the tools on a power press or install or adjust any
safety device thereon, being installation or adjustment preparatory to
production of the proving, or carry out inspection and test of any safety
device thereon required by paragraph 8 unless he—
(a) has attained age of eighteen;
(b) has been trained in accordance with the sub-paragraphs (2)
and (3) has been appointed by the occupier of the factory to carry out these
duties in respect of the class or description of power press or the class or
description of safety device to which the power press or the safety device (as
the case may be) belongs and the name of every such person shall be entered in
a register in Form 29.
(2) The training shall include suitable and sufficient practical
instruction in the matters in relation to each type of power press and safety
device in respect of which it is proposed to appoint the person being trained.
(6)
Examination and testing of
power presses and safety devices.
(1) No power press or safety device shall be taken into use in
any factory for the first time in the factory or in case of a safety device for
the first time on any power press, unless it has been thoroughly examined and
tested, in the case of a power press, after installation in the factory, or in
the case of a safety device, when in position on the power press in connection
with which it is to be used.
(2) No power press shall be used unless it has been thoroughly
examined and tested by a competent person within the immediately preceding
period of twelve months.
(3) No power press shall be used unless every safety device
(other than fixed fencing) thereon has within the immediately preceding period
of six months when in position on that power press, been thoroughly examined
and tested by a competent person.
(4) The competent person carrying out an examination and test
under the foregoing provisions shall make a report of the examination and test
containing the following particulars and every such report shall be kept
readily available for inspection:
(a) name of the occupier of the factory;
(b) address of the factory;
(c) identification number or mark sufficient to identify the
power press or the safety device;
(d) date on which the power press or the safety device was first
taken into use in the factory;
(e) the date of each periodical thorough examination carried out
as per requirements of sub-paragraph (2) above;
(f) particulars of any defects effecting the safety working of
the power press or the safety device found at any such thorough examination and
steps taken to remedy such defects.
(7)
Defects disclosed during a
thorough examination and tests.
(1) Where any defect is disclosed in any power press or in any
safety device by any examination and test under paragraph 6 and in the opinion
of the competent person carrying out the examination and test, either—
(a) the said defect is a cause of danger to workers and in
consequence the power press or safety device (as the case may be) ought not to
be used until the said defect has been remedied; or
(b) the said defect may become a cause of danger to workers and
in consequence the power press or safety device (as the case may be) ought not
to be used after the expiration of a specified period unless the said defect
has been remedied.
Such
defect shall, as soon as possible after the completion of the examination and
test, be (rectified) (notified) in writing by the competent person to the
occupier of the factory and, in the case of a defect falling within clause (1)
of this sub-paragraph such notification shall include the period within which,
in the opinion of the competent person, the defect ought to be remedied.
(2) In every case where notification has been given under
paragraph, a copy of the report made under paragraph 6(4) shall be sent by the
competent person to the inspector for the area within fourteen days of the
completion of the examination and test
(3) Where any such defect is notified to the occupier in
accordance with the foregoing provisions of this paragraph the power press or
safety device (as the case may be) having the said defect shall not be used—
(a) in the case of a defect falling within clause (a) of sub
paragraph (1) until the said defect has been remedied; and
(b) in the case of a defect falling within clause (b) of
sub-paragraph (1) after the expiration of the specified period unless the said
defect has been remedied.
(4) As soon as it is practicable after any defect of which
notification has been given under sub-paragraph (1) has been remedied, a record
shall be made by or on behalf of the occupier stating the measures by which and
the date on which the defect was remedied.
(8)
Inspection and test of safety
devices.
(1) No power press shall be used after the setting, resetting or
adjustment of the tools thereon unless a person appointed or authorized for the
purpose under paragraph 5 has inspected and tested every safety device thereon
while it is in position on the said power press:
Provided
that an inspection test and certificate as aforesaid shall not be required
where any adjustment of the tools has not caused or resulted in any alteration
to or disturbance of any safety device on the power press and if, after the
adjustment of the tools, the safety devices remain, in the opinion of such a
person aforesaid, in efficient working order.
(2) Every power press and every safety device thereon while it is
in position on the said power press shall be inspected and tested by a trained
person every day.
(9)
Defects disclosed during an
inspection and test
(1) Where it appears to any person as a result of any inspection
and test carried out by him under paragraph 8 that any necessary safety device
is not in position or is not properly in position on a power press or that any
safety device which is in position on a power press is not in his opinion
suitable, he shall notify the manager forthwith.
(2) Except as provided in sub-paragraph (3) where any defect is
disclosed in a safety device by any inspection and test under paragraph 8, the
person carrying out the inspection and test shall notify the manager forthwith.
(3) Where any defect in a safety device is the subject of a
notification in writing under paragraph 7 by virtue of which the use of the
safety device may be continued during a specified period without the said
defect having been remedied, the requirement in sub-paragraph (2) of this
paragraph shall not apply to the said defect until the said period has expired.
(10)
Identification of power presses
and safety devices.
For the
purpose of identification every power press and every safety device provided
for the same shall be distinctively and plainly marked.
(11)
Training and instructions to operators.
The
operators shall be trained and instructed in the safe method of work before
starting work on any power press.
(12)
Exemptions.
(1) If in respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is
satisfied that owing to the circumstances or infrequency of the processes or
for any other reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not
necessary for the protection of the workers employed on any power press or any
class or description of the workers employed on any power press the Chief
Inspector may by a certificate in writing (which may in his discretion revoke
at any time) exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to
such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
(2) Where such exemption is granted, a legible copy of the
certificate, showing the conditions (if any, subject to which it has been
granted) shall be kept posted in the factory in a position where it may be
conveniently read by the persons employed.
SCHEDULE VII
Shears, Slitters and Guillotine Machines
(1) Definition.
For the
purpose of this schedule—
(a) "Guillotin" means a machine ordinarily equipped
with straight, bevel-edged blade operating vertically against a stationery
raising edge and used for cutting metallic or non-metallic substances;
(b) "Shears" or "Shearing machine" means a
machine ordinarily equipped with straight, bevel-edged blade operating
vertically against resisting edges, or with rotary, overlapping cutting wheels,
and used for shearing metals or non-metallic substances;
(c) "Slitter" or "Slitting Machine" means a
machine ordinarily equipped with circular disc-type knives and used for
trimming or cutting into metal or non-metallic substances or for slitting them
into narrow strips; for the purpose of this schedule, this term includes bread
or other food slicers equipped with rotary knives or cutting discs.
(2) Guillotine and Shears.
(1) Where practicable, a barrier metal guard of adequate strength
shall be provided at the front of the knife, fastened to the machine frame and
shall be so fixed as would prevent any part of the operator's body to reach the
descending blade from above, below or through the barrier guard or from the
sides:
Provided
that in case of machines used in the paper printing and allied industries,
where a fixed barrier metal guard is not suitable on account of the height and
volume of the material being fed, there shall be provided suitable starting
devices which require simultaneous action of both the hands of the operator or
an automatic device which will remove both the hands of the operator from the
danger zone at every descent of the blade.
(2) At the back end of such machines, an inclined guard shall be
provided over which the slit pieces would slide and be collected at a safe
distance in a manner as would prevent a person at the back from reaching the
descending blade.
(3) Power driven guillotine cutters, except continuous feed
trimmers be equipped with—
(d) starting devices which require the simultaneous action of
both hands to start the cutting motion and of at least one hand on a control
during the complete stroke of the knife; or
(e) an automatic guard which will remove the hands of the
operator from the danger zone at every descent of the blade, used in
conjunction with one hand starting devices which require two distinct movements
of the devices to start the cutting motion, and so designed as to return
positively to the non-starting position after each complete cycle of the knife.
(4) Where two or more workers are employed at the same time on
the same power-driven guillotine cutter equipped with two hand control, the
device shall be so arranged that each worker shall be required to use both
hands simultaneously on the safety trip to start the cutting motion, and at
least one hand on a control to complete the cut
(5) Power-driven guillotine cutters, other than continuous
trimmer, shall be provided, in addition to the brake or other stopping
mechanism, with an emergency device which will prevent the machine from
operating in the event of failure of the brake when the starting mechanism is
in the non-starting position.
(3) Slitting machine.
(1) Circular disc-type knives on machines for cutting metal and
leather, paper, rubber, textiles or other non-metallic substances shall, if
within reach of operators standing on the floor or working level, be provided
with guards enclosing the knife edges at all times as near as practicable to
the surface of the material, and which may either—
(f) automatically adjust themselves to the thickness of the
material, or
(g) be fixed or manually adjusted so that the space between the
bottom of the guard and the material will not exceed 6 mm (1/4 in.) at any
time.
(2) Portions of blades underneath the tables or benches of slitting
machines shall be covered by guards.
(4) Index cutters and vertical paper slotters.
Index
cutters and other machines for cutting strips from the ends of books, and for
similar operations, shall be provided with fixed guards, so arranged that the fingers
of the operators cannot come between the blades and the tables.
(5) Corner Cutters.
Corner
cutters used in the manufacture of paper toys, shall be equipped with—
(a) suitable guard, fastened to the machine in front of the
knives and provided with slots or perforations to afford visibility of the
operations; or
(b) other guards equally efficient for the protection of the
fingers of the workers.
(6) Band knives.
Band
wheels on band knives, and all portions of the blades except the working side
between the sliding guide and the table on vertical machines, or between the
wheels guards on horizontal machine, shall be completely enclosed with hinged
guards of sheet metal not less than = 1 mm 10.04 in.) in thickness or of other
material of equal strength.
Register prescribed under Section 22(1)
Rule 53A.
The
Register for recording the names of specially trained adult male workers shall
be in Form No. 28.
Rules framed under Section 28
Rule 54. Employment of young persons on dangerous machines.
The
following machines shall be deemed to be of such dangerous character that young
persons shall not work at them unless the provisions of Section 23(1) are
complied with:
Power
presses other than hydraulic presses; Milling machines used in the metal
trades; Guillotine machines:
Circular
saws:
Platen
printing machines.
Rule 55. Hoists and Lifts.
(i) A register shall be maintained to record particulars of
examination of hoists or lifts and shall give particulars as shown in Form No.
7B.
(ii) Exemption of certain hoists and lifts. In pursuance of the
provisions of sub-section (4) of section 28 in respect of any class or
description of hoist or lift specified in the second column of the said
schedule, and set opposite to that class or description hoist or lift shall not
apply[].
SCHEDULE
|
Class or description of
hoist or lift
I
|
Requirement which shall
not apply
II
|
|
Hoists or lifts mainly
used for raising materials for charging blast furnaces or lime kilns.
|
Sub-section 1(b) in so
far as it requires a gate at the bottom landing; sub-section 1(d);
sub-section 1(e), Sub-section 1(b) in so far as it requires the hoist way of
lift-way enclosure to be so constructed as to prevent any person or thing
from being trapped between any part of the hoist or lift and any fixed
structure or moving part; sub-section 1(e).
|
|
Hoists not connected with
mechanical power and which are not used for carrying persons.
|
Rules framed under sub-section (2) of Section 29
Rule 55A.
(1) No lifting machine and no chain, rope or lifting tackle,
except fiber rope or fiber rope sling, shall be taken into use in any factory
for the first time in that factory unless it has been tested and all parts
having been thoroughly examined by a competent person and a certificate of such
a test and examination specifying the safe working load or loads and signed by
the person making the test and the examination, has been obtained and is kept
available for inspection.
(2) (a) Every jib-crane so constructed that the safe working load
may be varied by raising or lowering of the jib, shall have attached thereto
either an automatic indicator of safe working loads or an automatic jib angle
indicator and a table indicating the safe working loads at corresponding
inclinations of the jib or corresponding radii of the load.
(b) A
table showing the safe working loads of every kind and size of chain, rope or
lifting tackle in use, and, in the case of multiple sling, the safe working
load at different angles of the legs, shall be posted in the store in which the
chains, ropes or lifting tackles are kept, and in prominent positions on the
premises, and no chain, rope or lifting tackle not shown in the table shall be
used. The foregoing provisions of this clause shall not apply in respect of any
lifting tackle if the safe working load there working load at different angles
of the legs is plainly marked upon it
(3) Particulars of register to be maintained under clause
(a)(iii) of sub-section (1) of section 29 of the Act shall be:
(i) Name of occupier of factory.
(ii) Address of the factory.
(iii) Distinguishing number or mark, if any, and description
sufficient to identify the lifting machine, chain, rope, or the lifting tackle.
(iv) Date when the lifting machine, chain, rope or lifting tackle
was first taken into use in the factory.
(v) Date and number of the certificate relating to any test and
examination made under sub-rules (1) and (7) together with the name and address
of the person who issued the certificate.
(vi) Date of each periodical thorough examination made under
clause (a)(iii) of sub-section (1) of Section 29 of the Act and sub-rule (6)
and by whom it was carried out
(vii) Date of annealing or other heat treatment of the chain and
other lifting tackle made under sub-rule (5) and by whom it was carried out
(viii) Particulars of any defects affecting the safe working load found
at any such thorough examination or after annealing and the steps taken to
remedy such defects.
The
register shall be kept readily available for inspection.
(4) All rails on which a travelling crane moves and every track
on which the carriage of a transporter or runway moves shall be of proper size
and adequate strength and have an even running surface and every such rail or
track shall be properly laid, adequately supported and properly maintained.
(5) All chains and lifting tackles, except a rope sling shall,
unless they have been subjected to such other heat treatment as may be approved
by the Chief Inspector, be effectively annealed under the supervision of a
competent person at the following intervals:
(i) All chains, sling rings, hooks, shackles and swivels used in
connection with molten metals or molten slage or when they are made of half
inch bar or smaller once at least in every six months.
(ii) All other chains, rings, hooks, shackles and swivels in
general use once at least in every twelve months.
Provided that
chains and lifting tackle not in frequent use shall, subject to the Chief
Inspector's approval, be annealed, only when necessary. Particulars of such
annealing shall be entered in a register prescribed under Rule 3.
(6) Nothing in sub-rule 5 shall apply to the following clauses of
chains and lifting tackles:
(i) Chains made of malleable cast iron.
(ii) Plate link chains.
(iii) Chains, rings, hooks, shackles and swivels made of steel or
any non-ferrous metal.
(iv) Pitched chains, working on sprocket or picketed wheel.
(v) Rings, hooks, shackles and swivels permanently attached to
pitched chains, pulley blocks or weighing machines.
(vi) Hooks, and swivels having screw threaded parts or ball
bearing or other case hardened parts.
(vii) Socket shackles secured to wire ropes by transparent metal capping.
(viii) Boar dean connections.
Such
chains and lifting tackle shall be thoroughly examined by a competent person
once at least in every twelve months, and particulars entered in the register
kept in accordance with Rule 3.
(7) All lifting machines, chains, ropes and lifting tackle except
a fiber rope or fiber rope sling, which have been lengthened, altered or
repaired by welding or otherwise, shall, before being again taken into use be
adequately retested and re-examined by a competent person and a certificate of
such test and examination be obtained and particulars entered in the register
kept in accordance with Rule 3.
(8) No person under 18 years of age and no person who is not
sufficiently competent and reliable shall be employed as driver or otherwise, to
give signals to driver.
Rule prescribed under sub-section (2) of Section 31
Rule 56. Pressure Plant.
(1) Every plant or machinery other than the working cylinders of
prime movers used in a factory, and operated at a pressure greater than
atmospheric pressure, shall be:
(a) of good construction, sound material, adequate strength, and
free from any patent defect;
(b) properly maintained in a safe condition;
(c) fitted with:
(i) a suitable safety valve or other effective device to ensure
that the maximum permissible working pressure of the vessel shall not be
exceeded;
(ii) a suitable pressure gauge easily visible and designed to
show, at all times, the correct interval pressure in lbs. per square inch, and
marked with a prominent red mark at the safe working pressure of the vessels;
(iii) a suitable stop valve or valves by which the vessel may be
isolated from other vessels or source of supply of pressure;
(iv) A suitable drain cock or value at the lowest part of the
vessel for the discharge of collected liquid.
(d) thoroughly examined by a competent person:
(i) externally, once in every period of six months, to ensure
general condition of the vessel and the working of its fittings; and
(ii) internally, once in every period of twelve months to ensure
condition walls, seams and ties, both inside and outside the vessel, soundness
of the parts of the vessel, and the effects of correction. If by reason of
construction of the vessel, a thorough internal examination is not possible,
this examination may be replaced by a hydraulic test which shall be carried out
once in every two years. Provided that the vessels in continuous processes
which cannot be frequently opened, the period of internal examination may be extended
to four years; and
(iii) hydraulically tested at interval of not more than four years
provided that in respect of pressure vessels with thin walls such as sizing
cylinders made of copper or any other non-ferrous metal periodic hydraulic test
may be dispensed with on the condition that the requirements laid down in
clause (2) are fulfilled.
Provided
that it shall be sufficient for the purposes of clause (e) if the safety valve,
pressure gauge and stop valve are mounted on a pipe line immediately adjacent to
the vessel and where there is a range of two or more similar vessels in a plant
served by the same pressure lead, only one set of such mountings need be fitted
provided they cannot be isolated.
(2) (a) In respect of pressure vessels of thin walls such at sizing
cylinders made of copper or any other non-ferrous metal the safe working
pressure shall be reduced at the rate of 5 per cent of the original working
pressure for every year of its use after the first five years and no such
cylinder shall be continued to be used for more than twenty years after it was
first taken into use.
(b) If no
information as the date of construction thickness of walls and safe working
pressure is available, the age of the sizing cylinder shall be determined by
the competent person in consultation with the Chief Inspector from any other
particulars available with the manager.
(c) Every
new and second hand cylinder of thin walls to which repairs, which may affect
its safety, have been carried out, shall be tested before use to at least one
and a half times its working pressure.
(3) Every vessel other than part of a prime mover operated at a
pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, and not so constructed as to
withstand with safety the maximum permissible working pressure at the sources
of supply, or the maximum pressure which can be obtained in the pipe connecting
the vessel with any other source of supply shall be fitted with a suitable
reducing valve or other suitable automatic device to prevent the safe working
pressure of the vessel being exceeded.
(4) In cases owing to the nature of the process or the action of
the contents of the vessel, a pressure gauge or safety value or both cannot
work reliably, a tested and reliable working thermometer, with a"
sufficient large scale, on which shall be clearly marked the maximum
permissible temperature in the vessel or pyrometers or rupture discs in
addition to the pressure gauge and safety valve may be fitted as may be
directed by the Chief Inspector.
(5) If during thorough examination, doubt arises as to the
ability of vessels to work safely until the next examination provided for in
these rules then the competent person shall enter in the register prescribed a
reasoned statement, to authorise the vessel for further work subject to a
lowering of pressure or to more frequent inspection or subject to both of these
requirements.
(6) No vessel which has undergone alterations or repairs shall be
taken into use unless it is thoroughly examined by a competent person.
(7) A report of the result of every examination made shall be
completed in the prescribed Form No. 8 and signed by the person making the
examination and shall be kept available for perusal by an Inspector at any time
while the vessel is in service.
(8) No vessel which has previously been used shall be taken into
use in any factory for the time in the factory until it has been examined and
reported in accordance with these rules and no new vessel shall be taken into
use unless there has been obtained from the maker of the vessel, or from a
competent person, a certificate specifying the maximum permissible working
pressure thereof, and stating the nature of the tests to which the vessel and
its fittings (if any) have been subjected, and the certificate is kept
available for perusal by an Inspector, and the vessel is so marked as to enable
it to be identified, the vessel to which the certificate relates.
(9) Where the report of any examination under this Rule specifies
conditions for securing the safe working of vessel, shall not be used except in
accordance with these conditions.
(10) The competent person making the report of any examination
under this rule, shall within seven days of the completion of the examination
send to the Inspector a copy of the report in every case where the maximum
permissible working pressure is reduced, or the examination shows that the part
cannot continue to be used with safety unless certain repairs are carried out
immediately or within a specified time.
(11) The requirements of this rule shall be in addition to and not
in derogation of the requirements of any other Act, rules or regulations.
(12) Nothing in this rule shall apply to:
(a) any vessels which comes within the scope of the Indian Boiler
Act.
(b) metal bottles of cylinders used for the storage or transport
of compressed gases or liquified or dissolved gases under pressure.
(13) The Chief Inspector may exempt, subject to such
condition as may be considered necessary, all or any of the pressure vessels
from all or any of the provisions of this rule if he has reason to believe that
the construction or use of those vessels in such that the provisions of
relating to inspection are not necessary or it is not practicable to comply
with them.
Rule 56A. Watersealed Gasholder.
(1) The expression "Gasholder" means a watersealed
gasholder which has a storage capacity of not less than 141.5 cubic meters
(5000 eft.)
(2) Every gasholder shall be of adequate material and strength,
and of sound construction and shall be property maintained.
(3) Where there is more than one gasholder in the factory every
gasholder shall be marked in a conspicuous position with a distinguishing
number or letter.
(4) Every gasholder shall be thoroughly examined externally by a
competent person at least once in a period of 12 months.
(5) In the case of gasholder of which any lift has been in use
for more than 10 years the internal state of the sheeting shall, within one
year of the coming into operation of this rule and thereafter at least every
period of four years, be examined by a competent person by means of electronic
or other accurate devices.
Provided
that if the Chief Inspector is satisfied that such electronic or other accurate
devices are not available, he may permit the cutting of samples from the crown
and the sides of the holder.
Provided
further that if the above inspection raises a doubt, an internal visual
examination shall be made.
(6) All possible steps shall be taken to prevent to minimise in
gress of impurities in the gasholder.
(7) No gasholder shall be repaired or demolished except under the
direct supervision of a person who, by his training and experience and his
knowledge of the necessary precautions against risks of explosion and of
persons being overcome by gas, is competent to supervise such work.
(8) All samples cut under sub-rule (5) shall be kept readily
available for inspection.
(9) A permanent register duly signed by the occupier or Manager
shall be maintained giving the following particulars:
(a) The serial number of the gasholder vide Rule (3) and the
particulars of manufacture, i.e., maker's name, date of manufacture, capacity,
number of lifts, pressure thrown by holder when full of gas,
(b) The dates of inspection carried out as required under
sub-rules (4) and (5) and by whom carried out,
(c) The method of inspection used,
(d) Date of painting etc.,
(e) Nature of repairs and name of person carrying out repairs,
and ((f) Remark.
The
results of examinations by a competent person carried out under sub-rules (4)
and (5) shall be in Form 7A.
(10) A copy of the report in Form 7A shall be kept in the register
and both the register and the report shall be readily available for inspection.
(11) The Inspector shall inspect the gasholder at least once in a
period of 12 months."
Rule
prescribed under sub-section (2) of Section 34
Rule 57. Excessive weights.
(1) No woman or young person shall, unaided by another person,
lift, carry or move by hand or on head, any material, article, tool or
appliance exceeding the maximum limit in weight set out in the following
Schedule:
SCHEDULE
|
|
Person
|
Maximum weight of
Material, article, tool or appliance (In kilograms)
|
|
(a)
|
Adult male
|
55
|
|
(b)
|
Adult female
|
30
|
|
(c)
|
Adolescent male
|
30
|
|
(d)
|
Adolescent female
|
20
|
|
(e)
|
Male child
|
16
|
|
(f)
|
Female child
|
14
|
(2) No woman or young person shall engage, in conjunction with
others, in lifting, carrying or moving by hand or on head, any material,
article, tool or appliance, if the weight thereof exceeds the lowest weight
fixed by the Schedule to sub-rule (1) for any of the persons engaged,
multiplied by the number of the persons engaged.
Rule prescribed under Section 35
Rule 58. Protection of eyes.
Effective
screens or suitable goggles shall be provided for the protection of persons
employed in or in the immediate vicinity of the following process:—
(a) The processes specified in Schedule I annexed hereto, being
processes which involve risk of injury to the eyes from particles or fragments
thrown off in the course of the process.
(b) The processes specified in Schedule II annexed hereto, being
processes which involve risk of injury to the eyes by reason of exposure to excessive
light [or
infra-red or ultraviolet-radiation].
SCHEDULE I
Dry
grinding of metals or articles of metal applied by hand to revolving wheel or
disc driven by mechanical power. Turning (external or internal) or non-ferrous
metals or of cast iron or articles of such metals or such iron where the work
is done dry, other than a precision turning where the use of goggles or a
screen would seriously interfere with the work or turning by means of hand
tools.
Welding or
cutting or metals by means of an electric oxyacetylence or similar process.
The
following processes when carried on by means of hand tools or other portable
tools:—
Fettling
of metal involving the removal of metal.
Cutting
out or cutting off cold rivets or bolts from boilers or other plant, or from
ships.
Chipping
or scaling of boilers or ships plates. Breaking or dressing of stone, concrete
or slag.
SCHEDULE II
(1) Welding or cutting of metals by means of an electrical,
oxyacetylene or similar process.
(2) All work on furnaces where there is risk of exposure to excessive
light or infrared radiations.
(3) Process such as rolling casting or forging of metals where
there is risk of exposure to excessive light or ultraviolet or infra-red
radiations.
Rules prescribed under sub-section 6 of Section 36
Rule 59. Minimum dimensions of manholes.
Every
chamber, tank, vat, pipe, flue or other confined space, which persons may have
to enter and which may contain dangerous fumes to such an extent as to involve
risk of the persons being overcome there shall, unless there is other effective
means of egress, be provided with a manhole which may be rectangular, oval or
circular in shape and which shall:
(a) in the case of a rectangular or oval shape, be not less than
16 inches long and 12 inches wide;
(b) in the case of a circular shape, be not less than 16 inches
in diameter.
Exemptions under sub-section (5) of Section 37
Rule 60. Exemptions.
The
requirements of sub-section 4 of Section 37 shall not apply to the following
processes carried on in any factory:—
(a) The operation of repairing a water-sealed gas-holder by the
electric welding process, subject to the following conditions:
(i) The gas-holder shall contain only the following gases,
separately or mixed at a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure, namely,
town gas, coke-oven gas, producer gas, blast furnace gas, or gases, other than
air, used in their manufacture:
Provided
that this exemption shall not apply to any gasholder containing acetylene or
mixture of gases to which acetylene has been added intentionally;
(ii) Welding shall only be done by the electric welding process
and shall be carried out by experienced operatives under the constant
supervision of a competent person.
(b) The operations of cutting or welding steel or wrought iron
gas mains and services by the application of heat, subject to the following
conditions:
(i) The main or service shall be situated in the open air, and it
shall contain only the following gases separately or mixed at a pressure
greater than atmospheric pressure, namely, town gas, coke-oven gas, producer
gas, blast furnace gas, or gases other than air, used in their manufacture;
(ii) The main or service shall not contain acetylene or any gas or
mixture of gases to which acetylene has been added intentionally;
(iii) The operation shall be carried out by an experienced person
or persons and at least 2 persons (including those carrying out the operations)
experienced in work on gas mains and over 18 years of age shall be present
during the operation;
(iv) The site of the operation shall be free from any inflammable
or explosive gas or vapour;
(v) Where acetylene gas is used as a source of heat in connection
with an operation, it shall be compressed and contained in a porous substance
in a cylinder; and
(vi) Prior to the application of any flame to the gas main of
service, this shall be pierced or drilled and the escaping gas ignited;
(c) The operations of repairing an oil tank on any ship by the
electric welding process, subject to the following conditions;
(i) The only oil contained in the tank shall have a flash point
of not less than 150° F. (close test) and a certificate to this effect shall be
obtained from a competent analyst
(ii) The analyst's certificate shall be kept available for
inspection by an Inspector, or by any person employed or working on the ship;
(iii) The welding operation shall be carried out only on the
exterior surface of the tank at a place (a) which is free from oil or oil
leakage in inflammable quantities, and (b) which is not less than one foot
below the nearest part of the surface of the oil within the tank; and
(iv) Welding shall be done only by the electric welding and shall
be carried out by experienced operatives under the constant supervision of a
competent person.
Rule 61. Fire Protection.
(1) Processes equipment, plant, involving serious explosion and
serious fire hazards—
(a) All processes, storages, equipments, plants etc involving
serious explosion and flash fire hazard shall be located in segregated
buildings where the equipment shall be so arranged-that only a minimum number
of employees are exposed to such hazards at any one time.
(b) all industrial processes involving serious fire hazard shall
be located in building or work places separated from one another by walls of
fire-resistant construction.
(c) Equipment and plant involving serious fire or flash fire
hazard shall, wherever possible, be so constructed and installed that in case
of fire, they can be easily isolated.
(d) Ventilation ducts, pneumatic conveyors and similar equipment
involving a serious fire risk should be provided with flame-arresting or
automatic fire extinguishing appliances, or fire resisting dampers electrically
interlocked with heat sensitive/smoke detectors and the air-conditioning plant
system.
(e) In all work places having serious fire or flash fire hazards,
passages between machines, installations or piles of material should be at
least 90 cms. wide. For storage piles, the clearance between the ceiling and
the top of the pile should not be less than 2 m.
(2) Access for fire fighting.
(a) Building and plants should be so laid out and roads,
passageways etc. so maintained as to permit unobstructed access for fire
fighting.
(b) Doors and window openings shall be located in suitable
positions on all external walls of the building to provide easy access to the
entire area within the building for fire fighting.
(3) Protection against lightening. Protection from lightening
shall be provided for—
(a) building in which explosive or highly flammable substances
are manufactured, used, handled or stored;
(b) storage tanks containing oils, paints or other flammable
liquids;
(c) grains elevators;
(d) Buildings, tall chimneys or stacks where flammable gases,
fumes, dust or lint are likely to be present;
(e) Sub-station building and out-door transformers and switch
yards.
(4) Precautions against ignition.
Where
there is danger of fire or explosion from accumulation of flammable or
explosive substances in air—
(a) All electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the
area of risk or they shall be of such construction and so installed and
maintained as to prevent the danger of their being source of ignition;
(b) Elective measures shall be adopted for prevention of
accumulation of static charges to a dangerous extent;
(c) Workers shall wear shoes without iron or steel nails or any
other exposed ferrous materials which is likely to cause sparks by friction;
(d) Transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used;
(e) Smoking lightening or carrying of matches, lighters or
smoking materials shall be prohibited;
(f) All other precautions as are reasonably practicable shall be
taken to prevent initiation of ignition from all other possible sources such as
open flames, frictional sparks, overheated surfaces or machinery or plant,
chemical or physical chemical reaction and radiant heat
(5) Spontaneous ignition.
Where
materials are likely to induce spontaneous ignition, care shall be taken to
avoid formation of air pocket and to ensure adequate ventilation. The material
susceptible to spontaneous ignition should be stored in dry condition and
should be in heaps of such capacity and separated by such passage which will
prevent fire. The materials susceptible to ignition and stored in the open
shall be at a distance not less than 10 metres away from process or storage
buildings.
(6) Cylinders containing compressed gas.
Cylinders
containing compressed gas may only be stored in open, if they are protected
against excessive variation of temperature, direct rays of sun, or continuous
dampness. Such cylinders shall never be stored near highly flammable
substances, furnaces or hot processes. The room where such cylinders are stored
shall have adequate ventilation.
(7) Storage of flammable liquids.
(a) The quantity of flammable liquids in any work room shall be
the minimum required for the process or processes carried on in such room.
Flammable liquids shall be stored in suitable containers with close fitting
covers:
Provided
that not more than 20 litres of flammable liquids having a flash point of 21°C
or less shall be kept or stored in any work room.
(b) Flammable liquids shall be stored in closed containers and
limited quantities in well ventilated room of fire resisting construction which
are isolated from the remainder of the building by fire walls and self-closing
fire doors.
(c) Large quantities of such liquids shall be stored in isolated
adequately ventilated building of fire resisting construction or in storage
tanks, preferably underground and at a distance from any building as required
in the Petroleum Rules, 1976.
(d) Effective steps shall be taken to prevent leakage of such
liquids into basements, sumps or drains and to confine any escaping liquid
within safe limits.
(8) Accumulation of flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour in air or
flammable waste material on the floors.
(a) Effective steps shall be taken for removal or prevention of
the accumulation in the air of flammable dust, gas, fume or vapour to an extent
which is likely to be dangerous.
(b) No waste material of a flammable nature shall be permitted to
accumulate on the floors and shall be removed at least once in a day or shift,
and more often when possible. Such materials shall be placed in suitable metal
containers with covers wherever possible.
(9) Fire Exits.
(a) In this rule—
(i) "horizontal exists" means an arrangement which
allows alternative egress from a floor area to another floor at or near the
same level in an adjoining building or an adjoining part of the same building
with adequate separation; and
(ii) "travel distance" means the distances an occupant
has to travel to reach an exit
(b) An exit may be a doorway, corridor, passageway to an external
stairway or to a varandah or to an internal stairway segregated from the rest
of building by fire resisting walls which shall provide continuous and
protected means of egress to the exterior of a building or to an exterior open
space. An exit may also include a horizontal exit leading to an adjoining
building at the same level.
(c) Lifts, escalators and revolving doors shall not be considered
as exit for the purpose of this sub-rule.
(d) In every room of a factory exits sufficient to permit safe
escape of the occupants in case of fire or other emergency shall be provided
which shall be free of any obstruction.
(e) The exits shall be clearly visible and suitably illuminated
with suitable arrangement whatever artificial lightening is to be adopted for
this purpose to maintain the required illumination in case of failure of the
normal source of electric supply.
(f) The exits shall be marked in a language understood by the
majority of the workers.
(g) Iron rung ladders or spiral staircases shall not be used as
exit staircases.
(h) Fire resisting doors or roller shutters shall be provided at
appropriate places along the escape routes to prevent spread of fire and smoke
particularly at the entrance of lifts or stairs where funnel or flue effect may
be created inducing an upward spread of fire.
(i) All exits shall provide continuous means of egress to the
exterior of a building or to an exterior open space leading to a street
(j) Exits shall be so located that the travel distance to reach
at least one of them on the floor shall not exceed 30 metres.
(k) In case of these factories where high hazard materials are
stored or used, the travel distance to the exit shall not exceed 22.5 metres
and there shall be at least two ways of escape from every room, however small,
except toilet rooms, so located that the points of access thereto are out of or
suitably shielded from areas of high hazard.
(l) Wherever more than one exit is required for any room space or
floor, exits shall be placed as remote from each other as possible and shall be
arranged to provide direct access in separate directions from any point in the
areas served.
(m) The unit of exit width used to measure capacity of any exit
shall be 50 cm. A clear width of 25 cm shall be counted as an additional half
unit. Clear width of less than 25 cm shall not be counted for exit width.
(n) Occupants per unit width shall be 50 for stairs and 75 for
doors.
(o) For determining the exits required, the occupant load shall
be reckoned on the basis of actual number of occupants within any floor area or
10 square metres per person, whichever is more.
(p) There shall not be less than two exits serving every floor
area above and below the ground floor, and at least one of them shall be an
internal enclosed stairway.
(q) For every building or structure used for storage only and
every section thereof considered separately, shall have access to atleast one
exit so arranged and located as to provide a suitable means of escape for any
person employed therein, and in any such room wherein more than 10 persons may
be normally present, atleast two separate means of exit shall be available, as
remote from each other as practicable.
(r) Every storage area shall have access to atleast one means of
exit which can be readily opened.
(s) Every exit doorway shall open into an enclosed stairway,
horizontal exit on a corridor or passageway providing continuous and protected
means of egress.
(t) No exit doorway shall be less than 100 cm in width, doorways
shall be not less than 200 cm in height.
(u) Exit doorways shall open outwards, that is, away from the
room but shall not obstruct the travel along any exit, no door when opened,
shall reduce the required width of a stairway or landing to less than 90 cm.
Overhead or sliding doors shall not be installed for this purpose.
(v) An exit door shall not open immediately upon a flight of
stairs. A landing at least 1.5 m x 1.5 m in size shall he provided in the
stairway at each doorway. The level of landing shall be the same as that of the
floor which it serves.
(w) The exit doorways shall be openable from the side which they
serve without the use of a key.
(x) Exit corridors and passageways shall be of a width not less
than the aggregate required width of exit doorways leading from there in the
direction of travel to the exterior.
(y) Where stairways discharge through corridors and passageways
the height of the corridors and passageways shall not be less than 2.4 metres.
(z) A staircase shall not be arranged round a lift shaft unless
the latter is totally enclosed by a material having a fire resistance rating
not lower than that of the type of construction of the former.
(aa) Hollow combustible construction shall not be permitted.
(bb) The minimum width of an internal staircase shall be 100 cm.
(cc) The minimum width of treads without nosing shall be 25 cm for
an internal staircase. The treads shall be constructed and maintained in a
manner to prevent slipping.
(dd) The maximum height of a riser shall be 19 cm and the number
of risers shall be limited to 12 per flight
(ee) Hand rails shall be provided with minimum height of 100 cm
and shall be firmly supported.
(ff) The use of spiral staircase shall be limited to low occupant
load and to a building of height of 9 metres, unless they are connected to
platform such as balconies and terraces to allow escape to pause. A spiral
staircase shall be not less than 300 cm in diametre and have adequate head
room.
(gg) The width of a horizontal exit shall be same as for the exit
doorways.
(hh) The horizontal exit shall be equipped with atleast one fire
door of self-closing type.
(ii) The floor area on the opposite or refuge side of a horizontal
exit shall be sufficient to accommodate occupants of the floor areas served,
allowing not less than 0.3 square metre per person. The refuge area shall be
provided with exits adequate to meet the requirements of this sub rule. Atleast
one of the exits shall lead directly to the exterior.
(jj) Where there is difference in level between connected areas
for horizontal exit, ramps, not more than 1 in 8 slopes shall be provided. For
this purpose steps shall not be used.
(kk) Doors in horizontal exits shall be openable at all times.
(ll) Ramps with a slope of not more than 1 in 10 to be substituted
for the requirements of staircase. For all slopes exceeding 1 in 10 and
wherever the use is such as to involve danger of slipping, the ramp shall be
surfaced with non-slipping material.
(mm) in any building not provided with automatic fire alarm a
manual fire alarm system shall be provided if the total capacity of the
building is over 500 persons, or if more than 25 persons are employed above or
below the ground floor, except that no manual fire alarm shall be required in
one-storeyed buildings where the entire area is undivided and all parts thereof
are clearly visible to all occupants.
(10) First-aid fire fighting arrangements.
(a) In every factory there shall be provided and maintained
adequate and suitable fire fighting equipment for fighting fires in the early
stages, those being referred to as first aid fire fighting equipment in this
rule.
(b) The types of first aid fire fighting equipment to be provided
shall be determined by considering the different types of fire risks which are
classified as follows:—
(i) "Class A Fire"— fire due to combustible materials such as wood, textiles,
paper, rubbish and the like.
(1) "Light Hazard"— Occupancies like offices, assembly halls, canteens,
restroom, ambulances, room and the like.
(2) "Ordinary Hazard"— Occupations like saw mills carpentry shop, small timber
yards, book binding shops, engineering workshop and the like.
(3) "Extra Hazard"— Occupancies like large timber yards, godowns storing fibrous
materials, flour mills, cotton mills, jute mills, large wood working factories
and the like;
(ii) "Class B fire"— fire in flammable liquids like oil, petroleum products,
solvants, grease, paints etc.
(iii) "Class C fire"— fire arising out of gaseous substances.
(iv) "Class D Fire"— Fire from reactive chemicals, active metals and the like.
(v) "Class E Fire"— Fire involving electrical equipment and machinery and the
like.
(c) The number and types of first-aid fire fighting equipment to
be provided for 'light hazard' occupancy shall be as given in schedule I. For
ordinary hazard or extra hazard occupancies equipment as given in paragraph 12
shall be provided in addition to that given in schedule I.
(d) The first-aid fire fighting equipment shall conform to the
relevant Indian Standards.
(e) As far as possible the first-aid fire fighting equipment
shall be similar in shape and appearance and shall have the same method of
operation.
(f) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed in a
conspicuous position and shall be readily and easily accessible for immediate
use. Generally these equipments shall be placed as near as possible to the
exits or stair landing or normal routes of escape.
(g) All water buckets and bucket pump type extinguishers shall be
filled with clean water. All sand buckets shall be filled with clean, dry and
fine sand.
(h) All other extinguishers shall be charged appropriately in
accordance with the instructions of the manufacturer.
(i) Each first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be allotted
serial number by which it shall be referred to in the records. The following
details shall be painted with transparent paint on the body of each equipment—
(1) Serial number.
(2) Date of last refilling; and
(3) Date of last inspection.
(j) First-aid fire fighting equipment shall be placed on
platforms or in cabinets in such a way that their bottom is 750 mm above the
floor level. Fire buckets shall be placed on hooks attached to a suitable stand
or wall in such a way that their bottom is 750 mm above the floor level. Such
equipment if placed outside the building, shall be under sheds or covers.
(k) All extinguishers shall be thoroughly cleaned and recharged
immediately after discharge. Sufficient refill material shall be kept readily
available for this purpose at all times.
(l) All first-aid fire fighting equipment shall be subjected to
routine maintenance inspection and testing to be carried out by properly
trained persons. Periodically of the routine maintenance inspection and test
shall conform to the relevant Indian Standards.
(11) Other fire fighting arrangements.
(a) In every factory, adequate provision of water supply for fire
fighting shall be made and where the amount of water required in litres per
minute, as calculated from the formula A+B+C+D divided by 20 is 550 or more
power driven trailer pumps of adequate capacity to meet the requirement of
water as calculated above shall be provided and maintained.
In the
above formula—
A = The
total area in square metres of all floors including galleries in all building
of the factory.
B = The
total area in square metres of all floors and galleries including open spaces
in which combustible materials are handed or stored.
C = The
total area in square metres of all floors over 15 metres above ground level;
and
D = The total
area in square metres of all floors of all building other than those of fire
resisting construction.
Provided
that in areas where the fire risk involved does not require use of water, such
areas under B, C or D may, for the purpose of calculation, be halved.
Provided
further that where the areas under B, C or D are protected by permanent
automatic fire fighting installations approved by any fire association or fire
insurance company such areas may, for the purpose of calculation, be halved.
Provided also
that where the factory is situated at not more than 3 kilometres from an
established city or town fire service, the pumping capacity based on the amount
of water arrived at by the formula above may be reduced by 25%, but no account
shall be taken of this reduction in calculating water supply required under
clause(a).
(b) Each trailer pump shall be provided with equipment as per
schedule II appended to this rule. Such equipment shall conform to the relevant
Indian Standards.
(c) Trailer pump shall be housed in a separate shed or sheds
which shall be sited close to a principal source of water supplies in the
vicinity of the main risks of the factory.
(d) In factories where the area is such as cannot be reached by
man-hauling of trailor pumps within reasonable time vehicles with towing
attachment shall be provided at the scale of one for every four trailor pumps
with a minimum of one such vehicle kept available at all times.
(e) Water supply shall be provided to give flow of water as
required under clause (a) for at least 100 minutes. At least 50% of this water
supply at 450,000 litres whichever is less shall be in the form of static tanks
of adequate capacities (not less than 450,00 litres each) distributed round the
factory with due regards to the potential fire risks in the factory. Where
piped supply is provided, the size of the main shall not be less than 15
centimetres diametre and it shall be capable of supplying a minimum of 4500
litres per minute at a pressure at not less than 7 kilograms per square
centimetre.
(f) All trailor pumps including the equipment provided with them
and the vehicles for towing them shall be maintained in good condition and
subjected to periodical inspection and testing as required.
(12) Personnel incharge of equipment and for fire fighting fire drills,
etc.
(a) The First-aid and other fire fighting equipment to be
provided as required in sub-rules 10 and 11 shall be in charge of a trained
responsible person.
(b) Sufficient number of persons shall be trained in the proper
handling of fire fighting equipment as referred to in clause (a) and their use
against the types of fire for which they are intended to ensure that adequate
number of persons are available for fire fighting both by means of first-aid
fire fighting equipment and others. Such persons shall be provided with
clothing and equipment including helmets, belts, and boots preferably gumboots.
Wherever vehicles with towing attachment are to be provided as required in
clause (d) of sub-rule (11) sufficient number of persons shall be trained in
driving these vehicles to ensure that trained persons are available for driving
them whenever the need arises.
(c) Fire fighting drills shall be held as often as necessary and
atleast once in every period of 2 months.
(13) Automatic sprinklers and fire hydrants shall be in addition
and not in substitution of the requirements in sub-rules (10) and (11).
(14) If the Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any factory
or any part of the factory that owing to the exceptional circumstances such as
inadequacy of water supply or infrequency of the manufacturing process or for
any other reason, to be recorded in writing, all or any of the requirements of
the rules are impracticable or not necessary for the protection of workers, he
may by order in writing (which he may at his discretion revoke) exempt such
factory or part of the factory from all or any of the provisions of the rules
subject to conditions as he may, by such order prescribe.
SCHEDULE I
First-Aid Fire Fighting Equipments
|
Class of fire
|
Suitable type of
Appliances
|
|
A.
|
Fires in ordinary
combustibles (wood, vegetables, fibres, paper & the like)
|
Chemical Extinguishers of
soda-acid, gas/expelled water and antifreeze types, and water buckets.
|
|
B.
|
Fires in flammable
liquids, paints, grease, solvants and the likes
|
Chemical Extinguishers of
foam carbon-dioxide and dry powder types and sand buckets.
|
|
c.
|
Fires in gaseous
substances under pressure
|
Chemical Extinguishers of
carbon-dioxide and dry powder types.
|
|
D.
|
Fires in reactive
Chemicals, active metals and the like
|
Special type on dry
powder. Extinguishers and sand buckets.
|
|
E.
|
Fires in electrical
equipments
|
Chemical Extinguishers of
carbon-dioxide and dry powder types and sand buckets.
|
|
|
|
|
(1) The different type of fires and first-aid fire fighting
equipments suitable for use on them are as under:
(2) One 9 litres water bucket shall be provided for every 100 sq.
mm. of the floor area or part thereof and one 9 litres water type extinguishers
shall be provided to six buckets or part thereof with a minimum of one
extinguisher and two buckets per compartment of the building. Buckets may be
dispensed with provided supply to extinguishers is double that indicated above.
(3) Acceptable replacements for water buckets and water type
extinguishers in occupancies where class B fires are anticipated, are as under:—
|
Acceptable Replacements
|
|
Buckets of Water
|
Water type Extinguishers
|
|
For one bucket
|
For three buckets
|
For each 9 litres, (or 2
gallons, extinguishers
|
|
1
|
2
|
3
|
4
|
|
Dry sand
|
1 bucket
|
3 buckets
|
|
|
carbon-
|
3 kg.
|
9 kg.
|
9 kg. for
|
|
dioxide
|
(or 8 lbs.)
|
(or 20 lbs.)
|
20 ibs.)
|
|
extinguisher
|
|
(in not less than 2
extinguishers)
|
|
|
Dry powder
|
2 kg.
|
5 kg.
|
5 kg
|
|
|
(or 5 lbs.)
|
(or 11 lbs.)
|
(or 11 lbs.)
|
|
|
|
(in one or more
extinguishers)
|
|
|
Foam extinguishers
|
9 litres (or 2 gallons)
|
9 litres (or 2 gallons)
|
9 litres (or 2 gallons)
|
(4) The following provision shall be complied with where class E
fires are anticipated:
(a) For rooms containing electrical transformers switchgears
motors and/or other electrical apparatus only, not less than two kg. dry powder
or carbon-dioxide type extinguishers shall be provided within 15 m of the
apparatus.
(b) Where motors and/or other electrical equipments are installed
in rooms other than those containing such equipment only one 5 kg. Dry powder
or carbondioxide extinguisher shall be installed within 15 m of such equipment
in addition to the requirements as mentioned at (2) and (3) above. For this
purpose the same extinguisher may be deemed to afford protection to all
apparatus within 15 m thereof.
(c) Where electrical motors are installed on platforms, one 2 kg.
dry powder or carbon-dioxide type extinguisher shall be provided on or below
each platform. In case of a long platform with a number of motors, one
extinguisher shall be acceptable as adequate for every 3 motors on the common
platform. The above requirements will be in addition to the requirements
mentioned at items (2) and (3) above.
(5) The first-aid fire fighting equipments shall be so
distributed over the entire floor area that a person has to travel not more
than 15 m. to reach the nearest equipment
(6) Selection of sites for the installation of first-aid fire
fighting equipment—
(a) While selecting sites for first-aid fire fighting equipment,
due consideration shall be given to the nature of the risk to be covered. The
equipment shall be placed in conspicuous position and shall be readily
accessible for immediate use in all parts of the occupancy. It should always be
borne in mind while selecting sites that first-aid fire fighting equipments are
intended only for use in incipient fires and their values may be negligible if
the fire is not extinguished or brought under control in the early stages.
(b) Buckets and extinguishers shall be placed at convenient and
easily accessible locations either on hangers or on stands in such a way that
their bottom is 750 mm above the floor level.
(7) The operating instructions of the extinguishers shall not be
defaced or oblitreated. In case the operating instructions are obliterated or
have become illegible due to passage of time fresh transfers of the same shall
be obtained from the manufacturers of the equipment and affixed to the
extinguishers.
SCHEDULE II
Equipment to be provided with Trailer pump
For light
trailer pump of a capacity of 680 litres/minute—
1 Armoured
suction hose of 9 metres length, with wrenches 1 Metal suction strainer 1
Basket strainer
1 Two-way
suction collecting head 1 Suction adapter
10 Unlined
or rubber lined 70 mm delivery hose of 25 metres length complete with
quick-release couplings
1 Dividing
breaching piece
2
Branch-piece with 15 mm nozzels
1 Diffuser
nozzle
1
Standpipe with black cap
1 Hydrant
key
4
collapsible canvas buckets
1 Fire
hook (preventor) with cutting edge
1 25 mm
manila rope of 30 metres length
1
Extension lasder of 9 metres length (where necessary)
1 Heavy
axe
1 Spade
1 Pick axe
1 Crowbar
1 Saw
1
Hurricane lamp
1 Electric
torch
1 Pair
rubber gloves
For large
trailer pump of capacity of 1800 litres/minute—
1 Armoured
suction hose of 9 metres length, with wrenches 1 Metal strainer 1 Basket
strainer
1 Three
way suction collecting head 1 suction adapter
14 Unlined
or rubber lined 70 mm delivery hose of 25 metres length complete with
quick-release couplings
1 Dividing
breaching piece
1
Collecting breaching piece
4 Branch
pipes with one 25 mm. two 20 mm and one diffuser nozzle
2
Standpipe with black cap 2 Hydrant key
6
Collapsible canvas buckets
1 Coiling
hook (preventor) with cutting edge
1 50 mm
manila rope of 30 metres length
1 Pair
Rubber Gloves.
1 Heavy
Axe.
1 Spade.
1 Pick
Axe.
1 Growber.
1 Saw.
2
Hurricane lamps.
1 Electric
Torch.
Note— If it appears to the Chief Inspector of Factories that in
any factory the provision of breathing apparatus is necessary he may by order
in writing require the occupier to provide suitable breathing apparatus in
addition to the equipment for light trailer pump or large trailer pump as the
case may be.
Rule 61A.
[* * * * *]
Rule 61B.
(1) Qualification (a) A person shall not be eligible for
appointment as Safety Officer unless he:
(a) possesses a recognised degree in any branch of engineering or
technology and has had practical experience of working in a factory in a
supervisory capacity for a period of not less than 2 years; or a recognised
degree in physics or chemistry and has had practical experience of working in a
factory in a supervisory capacity for a period of not less than 5 years; or a
recognised diploma in any branch of engineering or technology and has had
practical experience of working in a factory in a supervisory capacity for a
period of not less than 5 years.
(i) possesses a degree or diploma in industrial safety recognised
by the State Government in addition to possessing other qualifications laid
down in the said sub-rule.
(ii) has adequate knowledge of the language spoken by majority of
the workers in the region in which the factory where he is to be appointed is
situated.
(b) Notwithstanding the provision contained in clause (a), any
person who:— possesses a recognised degree
or diploma in engineering or technology and has had experience of not less than
5 years in a department of the Central or Union Territory, State Government
which deals with the administration of the Factories Act, 1948; or Possesses a
recognised degree or diploma in engineering or technology and had experience of
not less than 5 years. Full time, on training education consultancy, or
research in the filed of accident prevention in industry or in any institution,
shall also be eligible for appointment as a Safety Officer;
Provided
that the Chief Inspector may, subject to such conditions as he may specify,
grant exemption from the requirements of this sub-rule if in his opinion a
suitable person possessing the necessary qualification and experience is not
available for appointment:
Provided
further that in the case of a person who has been working as a Safety Officer
for a period not less than 5 years on the date of commencement of this rule,
the Chief Inspector may, subject to such conditions as he may specify, relax
all or any of the above said qualifications.
(2) Conditions of Service.
(a) Where the number of Safety Officers to be appointed in a
factory as required by a notification in the Official Gazette exceeds one, one
of them shall be designated as the Chief Safety Officer and shall have a Status
higher than that of the others. The Chief Safety Officer shall be in overall
charge of the safety functions as envisaged in sub-rule (3), the other Safety
Officers working under his control.
(b) The Chief Safety Officer or the Safety Officer in the case of
factories where only one Safety Officer is required to be appointed, shall be
given the status of a senior executive and he shall work directly under the
control of the chief executive of the factory. All other Safety Officers shall
be given appropriate status to enable them to discharge their functions
effectively.
(c) The scale of pay and the allowances to be granted to the
Safety Officers including the Chief Safety Officer and the other conditions of
their service shall be the same as those of the officers of corresponding
status in the factory.
(d) In the case of dismissal or discharge, a Safety Officer shall
have a right to appeal to the State Government whose decision thereon shall be
final.
(3) Duties of Safety Officer.
(a) The duties of a Safety Officer shall be to advise and assist
the factory management in the fulfillment of its obligations, statutory or
otherwise concerning prevention of personal injuries and maintaining a safe
working environment. These duties shall include the following namely:—
(i) to advice the concerned departments in planning and
organising measures necessary for the effective control of personal injuries;
(ii) to advise on safety aspects in all job studies, and to carry
out detailed job safety for the selected jobs;
(iii) to check and evaluate the effectiveness of the action taken
or proposed to be taken to prevent personal injuries;
(iv) to provide advice on matters related to carrying out ensuring
high quality and availability of personal protective equipment
(v) to provide advice on matters related to carrying out plant
safety inspection;
(vi) to carry out plant safety inspection in order to observe the
physical conditions of work and the work practices and procedures followed by
workers and to render advice on measures to be adopted for removing the unsafe
actions by the worker;
(vii) to investigate selected accident
(viii) to render advice on matters related to reporting and
investigation of industrial accidents and diseases;
(ix) to investigate the cases on industrial disease contrated and
dangerous occurrence reported under Rule 96;
(x) to advise on the maintenance of such records as are necessary
relating to accidents, dangerous occurrences and industrial diseases;
(xi) to promote setting up of safety committees and act as adviser
and catalyst to such committees.
(xii) to organise in association with the concerned departments,
campaigns, competitions, contests and other activities which will develop and
maintain the interest of workers in establishing and maintaining Safe
Conditions of work and procedures; and
(xiii) to design and conduct either independently or in
collaboration with the training departments suitable training and educational
programmes for the prevention of personal injuries.
(4) Facilities to be provided to Safety Officers. An occupier of
the factory shall provide each Safety Officer with such facilities equipments
and information as are necessary to enable him to discharge his duties
effectively.
(5) Prohibition of performance of other duties. No Safety Officer
shall be required or permitted to do any work which is inconsistent with or
detrimental to the performance of the duties prescribed in sub-rule (3)[].
Rule 61C. Safety committee.
(1) In every factory—
(a) wherein 250 or more workers are ordinarily employed;
(b) which carries on any process or operation declared to be
dangerous under section 87 of the Act; or
(c) Which carries on hazardous process as defined under section
2(cb) of the Act, there shall be a safety committee.
(2) The representatives of the management of safety committee
shall include:—
(a) A senior official, who by his position in the organization
can contribute effectively to the functioning of the committee, shall be the
chairman;
(b) A safety officer, and a factory Medical officer wherever
available and the Safety Officer in such a case shall be the secretary of the
committee.
(c) a representative each from the production, maintenance and
purchase departments.
(3) The workers' representatives of this committee shall be
elected by the workers.
(4) The tenure of the committee shall be two years.
(5) Safety committee shall meet as often as necessary but atleast
once in every quarter. The minutes of the meeting shall be recorded and
produced to the Inspector on demand.
(6) Safety committee shall have the right to be adequately and
suitably informed of—
(a) Potential safety and health hazard to which the workers may
be exposed at work place;
(b) Data on accidents as well as data resulting from surveillance
of the working environment and of the health of workers exposed to hazardous
substances so far as the factory is concerned provided that the committee
undertakes to use the date on a confidential basis and solely to provide
guidance and advice on measure to improve the working environment and the
health and safety of the workers.
(7) Functions and duties of the safety committee shall include—
(a) assisting and co-operating with the management in achieving
the aims and objectives outlined in the "Health and Safety Policy" of
the occupier;
(b) dealing with all matters concerning health safety and
environment and to arrive at practicable solutions to problems encountered;
(c) creating safety awareness amongst all workers;
(d) undertaking educational, training and promotional activities;
(e) discussing reports on safety, environmental and occupational
health surveys, safety audits, risk assessment, emergency and disaster
management plans and implementation of the recommendations made in the reports;
(f) carrying out health and safety surveys and identifying causes
of accidents;
(g) looking into any complaint made on the likelihood of an
imminent danger to the safety and health of the workers and suggesting
corrective measures; and
(h) reviewing the implementation of the recommendations made by
it
(8) Where owing to the size of the factory or any other reason
the functions referred to in sub-rule (7) cannot be effectively carried out by
the safety committee, it may establish sub-committee as may be required to
assist it.
Rule 61D. Ovens and driers.
(1) Application. This rule shall apply to ovens and driers except
those used in laboratories or kitchens of any establishment and those which
have a capacity below 325 litres.
(2) Definition.
For the
purpose of this rule oven or drier means any enclosed structure, receptacle
compartment of box which is used for baking or drying at temperature higher
than the ambient temperature of the air in the room or space in which the oven
or drier is situated and in which a flammable or explosive substance is likely
to be evolved within the enclosed structure, receptacle, compartment or box or
part thereof on account of the otherwise processed within it;
(3) Separate electrical connection.
Electrical
power supplied to every oven or drier shall be by means of a separate circuit
provided with an isolation switch.
(4) Design, construction, examination and testing.
(a) Every oven or drier shall be properly designed on sound
engineering practice and be of good construction, sound materials and adequate
strength, free from any patent defacts and safe if properly used.
(b) No oven or drier shall be taken into use in a factory for the
first time unless a 'competent person' has thoroughly examined all its parts
and carried out the test as are required to establish that the necessary safe
system and controls provided for safety in operation for the processes for
which it is to be used and a certificate of such examination and tests signed
by that competent person has been obtained and kept available for inspection.
(c) All parts of an oven or drier which has undergone any
alteration or repair which has effect of modifying any of the design
characteristics, shall not be used unless a thorough examination and tests as
have been mentioned in clause (b) have been carried out by a competent person
and a certificate of such examination and tests signed by that 'competent
person' has been obtained and is kept available for inspection.
(5) Safety ventilation.
(a) Every oven or drier shall be provided with a positive and
effective safety ventilation system using one or more motor driven centrifugal
fans so as to dilute any mixture of air and any flammable substance that may be
formed within the oven or drier and maintain the concentration of the flammable
substance in the air at safe level of dilution.
(b) The safe level of dilution referred to in clause (a) shall be
so as to achieve a concentration of the concerned flammable substance in air of
not more than 25 per cent of its lower explosive limits.
Provided
that a level of concentration in air up to 50% of the lower explosive limits of
the concerned flammable or substance may be permitted to exist subject to
installation and maintenance of an automatic device which—
(i) shows continuously the concentration of the flammable
substance in air present in the oven or drier at any instant;
(ii) sounds an alarm when the connection of the flammable
substance in air in any part of the oven or drier reaches a level of 50% by
lower explosive limits; and
(iii) shuts down the heating system of the oven or drier
automatically when the concentration in air of the flammable substance in any
part of the oven or drier reaches a level of 60% of its lower explosive limits
is provided to the oven or drier and maintained in working condition.
(c) No oven or drier shall be operated without its safety
ventilation system working in an efficient manner.
(d) No oven or drier shall be operated with a level of dilution
less than what is referred to in clause (b).
(e) Exhaust ducts of safety ventilation systems should be as
designed and placed that their ducts discharge the mixture of air and flammable
substance away from the work-rooms and not near windows or doors or other
openings from where the mixture could re-enter the workroom.
(f) The fresh air admitted into the oven or drier by means of the
safety ventilation system be circulated adequately by means of circulating fan
or fans through all parts of the oven or drier so as to ensure that there are
no locations where the flammable substance can accumulate in the air or become
pocketed to any dangerous degree.
(g) Throttling dampers in any safety ventilation system should be
so designed by cutting away a portion of the damper or otherwise, that the
system will handle at least the minimum ventilation rate required for safely
when they are set in their maximum throttling position.
(6) Explosion panels.
(a) Every oven or drier having an internal total space of not
less than half cubic metre shall be provided with suitable designed explosion
panels so as to allow release of the pressure of any possible explosion within
the oven or drier through explosion vents. The area of opening to be provided
by means of such vents together with the area of openings of any recess doors
which are provided with suitable arrangements for their release in case of an
explosion shall be not less than 2200 square centimetre for every one cubic
metre of volume of the oven or drier. The design of the explosion panels and
doors as abovesaid shall be such as to secure their complete release under an
interval pressure of 0.25 kg. per square centimetre.
(b) The explosion releasing panels shall as far as practicable be
situated at the roof of the oven or drier or at those portions of the walls
where persons do not remain in connection with operation of the oven or drier.
(7) Interlocking arrangements.
(a) In each oven or drier different inter-locking arrangements
shall be provided and maintained to ensure that—
(i) All ventilating fans and circulating fans whose failure would
adversely affect the ventilation rate of flow pattern are in operation before
any mechanical conveyor that may be provided for feeding the articles or substances
to be processed in the oven or drier is put into operation.
(ii) Failure of any of the ventilation or circulating fans will
automatically stop any conveyor as referred to in clause (1) as may be provided
as well as stop the fuel supply by closing the shut off valve and shut off the
ignition in the case of gas or oil fired ovens and in the case of electrically
heated ovens switch off the electrical supply to the heaters.
(iii) The above said mechanical conveyor is set in operation before
the above said shut off valve can be energized; and
(iv) The failure of the above said conveyor will automatically
close the above said shut off valve in the case of ovens and driers heated by
gas, oil or steam and deactivate the ignition system or cut off the electrical
heaters in the case of electrically heated ovens or furnaces.
(9) Automatic preventilation.
Every oven
or drier heated by oil, gas steam or electricity shall be provided with an
efficient arrangement for automatic preventilation consisting of at least 3
volume changes with fresh air by operation of safety ventilation fans and the
circulating fans (if used) so as to a fact purging of the oven or drier of any
mixture of air and a flammable substance before the heating system can be
achieved and before the conveyor can be placed in position.
(10) Temperature control.
Every oven
or drier shall be provided with an automatic arrangement to ensure that the
temperature within does not exceed a safe upper present limit to be decided in
respect of the particular processing being carried on.
(11) Multistage Processes.
Wherever
materials are to be processed in ovens or driers in successive operations,
suitable arrangement should be provided to ensure that the operating
temperatures necessary for safe operation at each steps are maintained within
the design limits.
(12) Combustible substances not to drip on electrical heaters or
burners flame.
Effective
arrangements shall be provided in every oven or drier to prevent dripping of
combustible substances in electric heaters or burner flame used for heating.
(13) Periodical examination testing and maintenance.
(a) All parts of every oven and drier shall be properly
maintained and thoroughly examined and the various controls as maintained in
this rule and the working of the oven or drier tested at frequent intervals to
ensure its safe operation by a responsible person designated by the occupier or
manager, who by his experience and knowledge of necessary precautions against
risks of explosion is fit to undertake such work.
(b) A register shall be maintained in which the details of the
various tests carried out from time to time under clause (a) shall be entered
and every entry made shall be signed by the person making the tests.
(14) Training of operators.
No person
shall be assigned any task connected with operation of any oven or drier unless
he has completed 18 years of age and he is properly trained.
(15) Polymerising machines.
(a) Printed fabric shall be thoroughly dried by passing them over
drying canes or through hot flue or other equally effective means before the
same is allowed to pass through polymerising machines.
(b) Infrared ray heaters of polymerising machines shall be out
off while running the prints.
Rule 61E. Thermic fluid heaters.
(1) All heaters shall be of such construction that coils are
removable for periodic cleaning visual inspection and hydraulic test
(2) Suitable arrangements shall be made for cooling the furnace
effectively in case of power failure.
(3) Before restarting the furnace it shall be effectively purged.
(4) Velocity of flow of the thermic fluid shall not be allowed to
fall below the minimum recommended by the manufactures while the heater is in
operation.
(5) The thermic fluid shall be circulated in a closed circuit
formation with an expansion-cum deacrator tank. This tank shall be located
outside the shed where the heater is installed.
(6) Every heater shall be provided with a photoresister actuated
audio visual alarm to indicate flame failure and automatic burner cut off.
(7) The stack temperature monitor-cum-controller with audiovisual
alarm shall be provided so as to warn the operator in case the outlet
temperature exceeds the specified minimum.
(8) Where inspection doors are provided on the furnace they shall
be interlocked with the burner itself so that they cannot be opened until
burner is shut off and furnace is cooled sufficiently.
(9) All heaters shall also be provided with the following safety
devices—
(a) level control in the expansion tank;
(b) temperature control of the thermic fluid;
(c) differential pressure switch on the outlet line of the heater
tubes; and
(d) temperature control device for the fuel oil supply to the
burner.
(10) All devices mentioned in paragraph 9 shall have interlocking
arrangement with burner so that in case of any predetermined limits being
crossed the supply of fuel and air to burner shall automatically be cut off.
(11) All safety interlocks when operated shall be indicated on the
control panel of the heater by a suitable audio visual alarm.
(12) Every heater unit shall be provided as a standard accessory
an arrangement for shifting with low pressure steam or nitrogen for putting out
the fire.
(13) Electric panel for the heater shall be located near the
heater but not so close as to be exposed to spoiling or leaking oil.
(14) The heater shall be located in a place segregated from other
manufacturing activities.
(15) Explosion vent shall be as installed that release takes place
at safe location.
(16) The heater coil shall be subjected to pressure test by
competent person once atleast in every 12 months. The test pressure shall not
be less than twice the operating pressure.
(17) If repairs are carried out to the coil, it shall be tested
before taking it into use.
(18) The thermic fluid shall conform to the specification
prescribed by the manufacturers and shall be tested by competent person for
suitability at least once in every three months period. Such test shall include
test for acidity, suspended matter, ash contents, viscocity and flash point
(19) Cleaning of the internal surface of the heater or soot and
check up of refractory surface on the inside shall be carried out every month
or as often as required depending upon working conditions. The coils shall be
removed and surface of the coils cleaned thoroughly once at least in a period
of six months. The burner, nozzles, oil filters and pumps shall be cleaned once
a week during the period of use.
(20) A separate register containing the following information
shall be maintained—
(a) weekly checks carried out confirming the effectiveness of the
interlock;
(b) weekly checks confirming that all accessories are in good
state of repairs; and
(c) information recording fuel oil temperature, pressure, thermic
fluid inlet/outlet pressure and temperature, fuel gas temperature, recorded at
hourly interval.
(21) The heater when in operation shall always be kept in charge
of a trained operator.
Rule 61F. Site Appraisal Committee.
(1) Constitution: The following provisions shall govern the
functioning of the site appraisal committee, h
(2) hereinafter, be referred to as the "committee" in
these rules—
(a) The state government may constitute a site appraisal
committee as and when necessary;
(b) The state government may appoint a senior official of the
factories Inspectorate preferably with qualification in Chemical Engineering to
be the secretary of the committee.
(c) The state government may appoint the following as members of
the committee—
(i) A representative of the Fire Service Organization of the
state government; ii) A representative of the state department of industries;'
(ii) A representative of the Director General of factory advice
service and labour institute, Bombay.
(3) No member unless required to do so by a court of law shall
disclose otherwise than in connection with the purpose of the Act, at any time
any information relating to manufacturing or commercial business or any working
process which may come to his knowledge during his tenure as a member on this
committee.
(4) Application for Appraisal of Sites.
(a) Application for appraisal of sites in respect of the
factories covered under section 2(cb) of the Act shall be submitted to the
chairman of the site appraisal committee.
(b) The application for site appraisal along with 15 copies
thereof shall be submitted in the form annexed to this rule. The committee may
dispense with furnishing information of any particular item in the Application
form if it considers the same to be relevant to the application under
consideration.
(5) Functions of the committee.
(a) The secretary shall arrange to register the applications
received for appraisal of site in a separate register and acknowledge the same
within a period of 7 days.
(b) The secretary shall fix up meeting in such a manner that all
the applications received and registered are referred to the committee within a
period of one month from the date of their receipt '
(c) The committee may adopt a procedure for its working keeping
in view of the need for expeditious disposal of applications.
(d) The committee shall examine the applications for appraisal of
a site with reference to the prohibitions and restrictions on the location of
industry and the carrying on of processes and operations in different area as
per the provisions of rule 5 of the Environment (Protection) Act, 1986.
(e) The committee may call for documents, examines, experts,
inspect the site, if necessary, and take other steps for formulating its views
in regard to the suitability of the site.
(f) Wherever the proposed site requires clearance by the Ministry
of Industry the application for site appraisal will be considered by the site
appraisal committee only after such clearance has been received.
FORMAT OF APPLICATION TO THE SITE APPRAISAL COMMITTEE
1. Name
and address of the applicant
2. Site
ownership Date.
2.1
revenue details of site such as survey no., plot no., etc.
2.2
Whether the site is classified as forest and if so, whether approval of the
Central Government under section 5 of the Indian Forests Act, 1927 has been
taken.
2.3
Whether the proposed site attracts the provisions of section 3(2)(v) of the
Environment Protection Act, 1986, if so, the nature of the restrictions.
2.4 Local
authority under whose jurisdiction the site is located.
3. Site
plan.
3.1 Site
plan with clear identification of boundaries and total area proposed to be
occupied and showing the following details nearby the proposed site.
(a) Historical monument, if any, in the vicinity.
(b) Names of neighbouring manufacturing units and human habitats,
educational and training institutions, petrol installations, storages of LPG,
and other hazardous substances in the vicinity and their distances from the
proposed unit
(c) Water sources (rivers, streams, canals, dams, water Alteration
plants, etc.) in the vicinity.
(d) nearest hospitals, fire stations, civil defence stations and
police stations and their distances.
(e) High tension Electrical transmission lines, pipe lines for
water, oil gas or sewarage, railway line, roads, stations, jattice, and other
similar installations.
3.2
Details of soll conditions and depth at which hard strata obtained.
3.3
Contour map of the area showing nearby hillocks and difference in levels.
3.4 Plot
plan of the factory showing the entry and exit points, roads within water
drains etc.
4. Project
Report
4.1 A
summary of the salient features of the project
4.2 Status
of the organization (Government, semi-government, public or private etc.)
4.3
Maximum number of persons likely to be working in the factory.
4.4
Maximum amount of power and water requirements and sources of their supply.
4.5 Block
diagram of the buildings and installations in the proposed supply.
4.6
Details of housing colony, hospital, school and other infrastructure facilities
proposed.
5. Organizations
structure of the proposed manufacturing unit/factory.
5.1
Organisation diagram of
- Proposed
enterprise in general
- Health
safety and Environmental protection departments and their linkage to operation
and technical departments.
5.2
Proposed Health and safety policy.
5.3 Area
allocated for treatment of water and effluent
5.4
Percentage outlay on safety, health and environment protection measures.
6.
Meteorological data relating to the site.
6.1
Average minimum and maximum of
-
Temperature
- Humidity
- Wind
velocities
6.2
Seasonal variations of wind direction.
6.3
Highest water level reached during the floods in the area recorded so far.
6.4
Lightening and seismic data of the area.
7.
Communication links. '
7.1
Availability of telephone/telex/wireless and other communication facilities for
outside communication.
7.2
Internal communication facilities proposed.
8.
Manufacturing process information.
8.1
Process flow diagram.
8.2 Brief
write up on process and technology.
8.3
Critical process parametres such as pressure build up, temperature wise and
run-away reactions.
8.4 Other
external effects critical to the process having safety implications, such as
ingress of moisture or water Contact with incompatible substances, sudden power
failure.
Highlights
of the build in safety/pollution control devices or measure/incorporated in the
manufacturing technology.
9.
Information of hazardous materials.
9.1 Raw
materials, intermediates, products and by- products and their quantities
(enclose material safety data sheet in respect of each hazardous substances.)
9.2 Main
and intermediate storage proposed for raw
materials/intermediates/products/by-products (maximum quantities to be stored
at any time).
9.3
Transportation methods to be used for materials inflow and outflow, their
quantities and likely routes to be followed.
9.4 Safety
measures proposed for:
- handling
of materials,
- internal
and external transportation, and
- disposal
(packing and forwarding of finished products).
10.
Information on disposal/disposal of waters and pollutants.
10.1 Major
pollutants (gas, liquid, solid) their characteristics and quantities (average
and at peak-loads)
10.2
Quality and quantity of solid wastes generated, method of their treatment and
disposal.
10.3 Air
water and soil pollution problems anticipated and the proposed measures to
control the same including treatment and disposal of effluents.
11.
Process hazards information.
11.1
Enclose a copy of the report on environmental impact assessment
11.2
Enclose a copy of the report on Risk Assessment study.
11.3
Published (open or classified) reports, if any on accident
situations/occupational health hazards or similar plants elsewhere (within or
outside the country).
11.4
Informational of proposed safety and occupational Health Measures.
12.1
Details of fire fighting facilities and minimum quantity of water and/or other
fire fighting measures needed to meet the emergencies.
12.2
Details of in house medical facilities proposed. 13 Information on emergency
preparedness.
13.1 On
site emergency plan.
13.2
Proposed arrangements, if any, for mutual aid scheme with the group of
neighbouring factories.
14. Any
other relevant information.
I certify
that the information furnished above is correct to the best of any knowledge
and nothing of importance has been concealed while furnishing it.
Name &
signature of applicant
Rule 61G. Health and Safety.
(1) Policy
The
occupier of every factory except as provided for in sub-rule (2) shall prepare
a written statement of his policy in respect of health and a safety of workers
of work.
(2) All factories.
(a) covered under section 2(m)(i) but employing less than 50
workers;
(b) covered under section 2(m)(ii) but employing less than 100
workers; are exempted from requirements of sub-rule (1):
Provided
that they are not covered under the first schedule under section 2(cb) or
carrying out processes or operations declared to be dangerous under section 87
of the Act
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-rule (2), the Chief
Inspector may require the occupiers of any of the factories or class or
description of factories to comply with the requirements of sub-rule (1), if,
in his opinion, it is expedient to do so.
(4) The-Health and safety Policy should contain or deal with:—
(a) declare intention and commitment of the top management to
health, safety and environment and compliance with all the relevant statutory
requirement;
(b) Organizational set up to carry out the declared policy
clearly assigning the responsibility at different levels; and
(c) Arrangements for making the policy effective.
(5) In particular the, policy should specify the following—
(a) Arrangement for involving the workers.
(b) Intention be taking into account the health and safety
performance of individual at different levels while considering their career
advancement;
(c) Fixing the responsibility of the contractors,
sub-contractors, transporters and other agencies entering the premises;
(d) Providing a resume of health and safety performance of the
factory in its Annual report.
(e) Relevant techniques and methods, such as safety audits and
risk assessment for periodical assessment of the status on health, safety and
environment and taking all the remedial measures;
(f) Stating its intentions to integrate health and safety, in all
decisions including those dealing with purchase of plants, equipment, machinery
and material as well as selection and placement of personnel;
(g) Arrangements for informing; educating and training and
retaining its own employees at different levels and the public, wherever
required.
(6) A copy of the declared Health and Safety policy signed by the
occupier shall be made available to the Inspector having jurisdiction over the
factory and the Chief Inspector;
(7) The policy shall be made widely known by—
(a) Making copies available to all workers including contract workers,
apprentices transport workers, suppliers etc.
(b) Displaying copies of the policy at conspicuous places; and
(c) Any other means of communications in a language understood by
majority of workers.
(8) The occupier shall revise the Safety policy as often as may
be appropriate but it shall necessarily be revised under the following
circumstances—
(a) Whenever any expansion or modification having implications on
safety and health of persons at work is made; or
(b) Whenever new substances or articles are introduced in the
manufacturing process having implications on health and safety of persons
exposed to such substances.
Rule 61H. Collection and development and dissemination of information.
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on a hazardous process
shall arrange to obtain or develop information in the form of Material Safety
Data Sheet (MSDS) in respect of every hazardous substance or material handled
in the manufacture, transportation and storage in the factory. It shall be
accessible upon request to a worker for reference.
(a) Every such Material Safety Data Sheet shall include the
following information—
(i)
The identity used in the label;
(ii)
Hazardous ingredients of the hazardous
substances;
(iii)
Physical and chemical characteristics of the
hazardous substances;
(iv)
The physical hazards of the hazardous substance,
including the potential for fire, explosion and reactivity;
(v)
The health hazard of the hazardous substance,
including signs and symptoms of exposure and any medical conditions which are
generally recognized as being aggravated by exposure to the substance;
(vi)
The primary route(s) of entry.
(vii)
The permissible limits of exposure prescribed in
the second schedule under section 41-F of the Act, and in respect of a Chemical
not covered by the said schedule, any exposure limit used or recommended by the
manufacturers, importer or occupier;
(viii)
Any generally applicable precautions for safe
handling and use of the hazardous substances, which are known, including
appropriate hygienic practices protective measures during repairs and maintenance
of contaminated equipment, procedures for clean up of spills and leaks;
(ix)
Any generally applicable control measures, such
as appropriate engineering controls work practices or use of personal
protective equipment;
(x)
Emergency and first-aid procedures;
(xi)
The data of preparation of the Material Safety
Data Sheet, or the last change to it, and
(xii)
The name, address and telephone number of the
manufacturers, importer, occupier or other responsible party preparing or
distributing the Material Safety Data Sheet who can provide additional
information on the hazardous substances and appropriate emergency procedures,
if necessary.
(b) The occupier while obtaining or developing a Material Safety
Data Sheet in respect of a hazardous substance shall ensure that the information
recorded accurately reflects the scientific evidence used in making the hazard
determination. If he becomes newly aware of a substance, or ways to protect
against the hazards, this new information shall be added to the Material Safety
Data Sheet as soon as practicable.
(c) An example of such Material Safety Data Sheet is given in the
schedule to this Rule.
Labelling
(2) Every container of hazardous substances shall be clearly
labelled or marked to identify:
(a) the contents of the containers;
(b) the name and address of the manufacturer or importer of the
hazardous substances;
(c) the physical and health hazards; and
(d) the recommended personal protective equipment needed to work
safely with the hazardous substances.[]
SCHEDULE
Format of Material Safety Data Sheet
(1) Identity of Material
|
Product Name
|
Chemical Designation
|
|
Trade Name
|
Synonyms
|
|
Formula Label: Category
Class
|
CAS Number
|
UN Number
|
|
Regulated Identification
|
Shipping Name Codes/Label
|
HAZCHEM Code:
|
|
|
Hazardous Waste
Identification Number
|
|
|
|
Hazardous Ingredients
|
CAS Number
|
|
1.
|
|
|
2.
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
4.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2) Physical and Chemical Properties
|
Physical State: (Gas-,
Liquid-, Solid-)
|
Boiling Point in degrees
C
|
Vapour Pressure at 35
degrees C .....mm Hg
|
|
Appearance
|
Melting/Freezing Point in
degree C
|
Evaporation; rate 30
degree C
|
|
Odour
|
Vapour Density (air-1)
|
Solubility in water at 30
degree C
|
|
Other (Corrosivity, etc.)
|
Specific Gravity
(Water-1)
|
pH
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3) Fire and Explosive Hazards Data
|
Explosion/ Flammability
|
Flash Point (deg.) C
|
LEL%
|
Autoignition Temperature
degree C
|
|
|
Flash Point (deg.) C
|
UEL%
|
TDG Flammability
(Classification)
|
(4) Reactive Hazards
|
|
Impact
|
(Hazardous Combustion
Products)
|
|
Stability to
|
State Discharge
|
(Hazardous Decomposition
Products)
|
|
|
Reactivity
|
(conditions to avoid)
|
|
Hazardous Polymerisation
|
May/May not occur
|
(conditions to avoid)
|
|
Incompatibility
|
(Materials to avoid)
|
|
(5) Health Hazard Data
|
Routes of Entry:
|
(Inhalation, skin,
mucuous membranes and eye contact and ingestion)
|
|
Effects of
Exposure/Symptoms:
|
|
LD50 (in rat) Orally or
percutaneous absorption) (mg/kg body weight)
|
LC50 (in rat) (mg/l)/4
hour
|
|
Permissible Limit/PEL)
|
Exposure
|
ppm
|
mg/ cu.m
|
Short term
Exposure
Limit/STEL)
|
ppm
|
mg/ cu.m
|
|
Threshold Value(TLV) of
ACGIH
|
Limit
|
ppm
|
mg/ cu.m
|
Odour Threshold
|
ppm
|
mg/ cu.m
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emergency
Treatment:
(6) Hazard Specification
|
NEFA Hazard Signal
|
Health
|
Flammability
|
Stability
|
Special
|
|
Known Hazards
|
|
|
|
|
|
Combustible Liquid
|
|
Water
Reactive
Material
|
|
Irritant
|
|
Flammable Material
|
|
Oxidiser
|
|
Sensitizer
|
|
Pyrophoric Material
|
|
Organic Peroxide
|
|
Carcinogen
|
|
Explosive Material
|
|
Corrosive Material
|
|
Mutagen
|
|
Unstable Material
|
|
Compressed Gas
|
|
others (specify)
|
(7) Safe Usage Data
|
Ventilation
|
General/Mechanical
|
|
|
Local Exhaust
|
|
|
Eyes (specify)
|
|
Protective Equipment
Required
|
Respiratory (specify)
|
|
|
Gloves (specify)
|
|
|
Clothing (specify)
|
|
|
Others (specify)
|
|
|
Others (specify)
|
|
Precautions
|
Handling & Storage
|
|
|
Others (specify)
|
(8) Emergency Response Data
|
|
Fire Extinguishing Media
|
|
Fire
|
Special Procedures
|
|
|
Unusual Hazards
|
|
Exposure (inhalation,
skin and eye contact, ingestion)
|
First Aid Measures
|
|
Spills
|
Steps to be taken
|
|
|
Waste Disposal Method
|
(9) Additional Information.
(10) Sources Used
Reference
to books, journals, etc.
(11) Manufacturer/ Supplier Data
|
Firm's Name
|
Standard Packing
|
|
Mailing Address
|
|
|
Telephone Number
|
|
|
Telex
|
Other
|
|
Telegraphic Address
|
Other
|
|
Contact Person in
Emergency
|
Emergency Tel. in Transit
Areas
|
Acronyms
and Glossary of terms:
CAS:
Chemical Abstract Service Registration Number.
UN Number:
United Nations Number
HAZCHEM
Code: Emergency Action Code (BAC), allocated by the Joint Committee of Fire
Brigade Operations, UK.
TDG
Flammability: Transport of Dangerous Goods— Flammability Classification by United Nations.
NEPA:
National Fire Protection Association, USA.
LD50 and
LC50 represent the dose in mg/kg of body weight and the concentration in mg/I
for 4 hours having lethal effect on 50% of the animals (rats) treated.
PEL:
Permissible Exposure Limit as laid down in the statutes.
TLV:
Threshold Limit Value as laid down by the American Conference of Government
Industrial Hygienists (ACGIH) USA.
STEL:
Short term Exposure Limit as laid down in the statutes or by the ACGIH.
Guidelines:
All
efforts should be made to fill in all the columns. No column should be left
blank in case certain information is not applicable or available. N/App; or
N/Av. sign may be used.
Rule 61I. Disclosure of information to workers.
(1) The occupier of a factory carrying on a 'hazardous process'
shall supply to all workers the following information in relation to handling
of hazardous materials or substances in the manufacture, transportation storage
and other processes:—
(a) Requirements of Sections 41B, 41C and 41H of the Act
(b) A list of hazardous processes carried on in the factory;
(c) Location and availability of all Material Safety Data Sheets
as per Rule 6 IF;
(d) Physical and health hazards arising from the exposure to or
handling of substances;
(c) Measures to be taken by the occupier to ensure safety and
control of physical and health hazards;
(e) Measures to be taken by the workers to ensure safehandling,
storage and transportation of hazardous substances;
(f) Personal Protective Equipment required to be used by workers
employed in 'hazardous process' or 'dangerous operations';
(g) Meaning of various labels and markings used on the containers
of hazardous substances as provided under Rule 61H.
(h) Signs and symptoms likely to be manifested on exposure to
hazardous substances and to whom to report;
(i) Measures to be taken by the workers in case of any spillage
or leakage of a hazardous substance.
(j) Rule of workers vis-a-vis the emergency plan of the factory,
in particular the evacuation procedure.
(k) Any other information considered necessary by the occupier to
ensure safety and health of workers.
(3) The information required by sub-rule (1) shall be complied
and made known to workers individually through supply of booklets or leaflets
and display of cautionary notices at the work places.
(4) The booklets, leaflets and cautionary notices displayed in
the factory shall be in the language understood by the majority of the workers,
and also explain to them.
(5) The Chief Inspector may direct the occupier to supply further
information to the (sic) as deemed necessary.
Rule 61J. Disclosure of information to the Chief Inspector.
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying on 'hazardous process'
shall furnish, in writing to the Chief Inspector, a copy of all the information
furnished to the workers.
(2) A copy of compilation of Material Safety Data Sheet in
respect of hazardous substances used, produced or stored in the factory shall
be furnished to the Chief Inspector and the local inspector.'
(3) The occupier shall also furnish any other information asked
by the Chief Inspector from time to time for the purpose of the Act and Rules
made thereunder.
Rule 61K. Information on industrial wastes.
(1) The information furnished under Rules 61-1, and 61-J shall
include the quantity of the solid and liquid wastes generated per day, their
characteristics and the method of treatment such as incineration of solid
wastes, chemical and biological treatment of liquid waste and arrangements for
their final disposal.
(2) It shall also include information on the quality and quantity
of gaseous waste discharged through the sks or other openings, and arrangements
such as provision of scrubbers, cyclones separators, electrostatic
precipitators or similar such arrangements made for controlling pollution of
the environment.
(3) The occupier shall also furnish the information prescribed in
the sub-rules (1) and (2) to the State Pollution Control Board.
Rule 61L. Review of the information furnished to workers, etc.
(1) The occupier shall review once in every calendar year and
modify, if necessary, the information furnished under Rules 61-1 and 61-J to
the workers and the Chief Inspector.
Rule 61M. Confidentiality of Information.-
The
occupier of a factory carrying on 'hazardous process' shall disclose all
information needed for protecting safety and health of the workers to—
(a) his workers; and
(b) Chief Inspector as required under Rules 61-1 and 61-J. If the
occupier is of the opinion that the disclosure of details regarding the process
and formulations will adversely affect his business interests, he may make a
representation to the Chief Inspector stating the reasons for withholding such
information. The Chief Inspector shall give an opportunity to the occupier of
being heard and pass an order on the representation.
An
occupier aggrieved by an order of Chief Inspector may prefer an appeal before
the State Government within a period of 30 days. The State Government shall
give an opportunity to the occupier of being heard and pass an order. The order
of the state Government shall be final.
Rule 61N. Medical Examination.
(1) Workers employed in a 'hazardous process' shall be medically
examined by a qualified medical practitioner hereinafter referred to as Factory
Medical Officer, in the following manner—
(a) Once before employment to ascertain physical fitness of the
person to do the particular job;
(b) Once in a period of 8 months to ascertain the health status
of all the workers in respect of occupational health hazards and in case
wherein the opinion of the Factory Medical Officer is necessary to do so at
shorter interval in respect of any worker.
(c) The details of pre-employment and periodical medical
examinations carried out as aforesaid shall be recorded in the Health Register
in Form No. 17.
(2) No person shall be employed for the first time without a
certificate of Fitness in Form 33 granted by the Factory Medical Officer. If
the Factory Medical Officer declared a person unfit for being employed in any
process covered under sub-rule (i), such a person shall have the right to
appeal to the Inspector who shall refer the (sic) to the Certifying Surgeon
whose opinion shall be final in this regard. If the Inspector is also a
Certifying Surgeon, he may dispose of the application himself.
(3) Any findings of the Factory Medical Officer revealing any
abnormality or unsuitability of any person employed in the process shall
immediately be reported to the Certifying Surgeon who shall in turn, examine
the concerned worker and communicate his findings to the occupier within 30
days. If the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that the worker so examined
is required to be taken away from the process for health protection, he will direct
the occupier accordingly, who shall not employ the said worker in the same
process. However, the worker so taken away shall be provided with alternate
placement unless he is in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon fully
incapacitated in which case the worker affected shall be suitably
rehabilitated.
(4) Certifying Surgeon on his own motion or a reference from an
Inspector may conduct medical examination of a worker to ascertain the
suitability of his employment in a hazardous process or for ascertaining his
health status. The opinion of the Certifying Surgeon in such a case shall be
final. The fee required for this medical examination shall be paid by the
occupier.
(5) The worker taken away from employment in any process under
sub-rule (2) may be employed again in the same process only after obtaining the
Fitness Certificate from the Certifying Surgeon and after making entries to
that effect in the Health Register.
(6) The worker required to undergo medical examination under
these rules and for any medical survey conducted by or on behalf of the Central
or the State Government shall not refuse to undergo such medical examination.
Rule 61O. Occupational Health Centres.
(1) In respect of any factory carrying on 'hazardous process'
there shall be provided and maintained in good order an occupational Health
Centre with the services and facilities as per scale laid down hereunder—
(a) For factories employing up to 50 workers—
(i)
the services of a Factory, Medical Officer on
retainer ship basis, in his clinic to be notified by the occupier. He will
carry out the pre-employment and periodical medical examination as stipulated
in rule 61-N and render medical assistance during any emergency.
(ii)
a minimum of 5 persons trained in first-aid
procedure amongst whom at least one shall always be available during the
working period.
(iii)
a fully equipped first aid box.
(b) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers:—
(i)
An occupational Health Centre having a room with
a minimum floor area of 15 sq.m. with floors and walls made of smooth and
impervious surface and with adequate illumination and ventilation as well as
equipment as per the schedule annexed to this Rule.
(ii)
a part time factory Medical Officer shall be in
over all charge of the Centre who shall visit the factory at least twice in a
week and whose services shall be readily available during medical emergencies.
(iii)
one qualified and trained dresser-cum-compounder
on duty throughout the working period;
(iv)
a fully equipped first aid box in all the
departments.
(c) For factories employing above 200 workers—
(i)
one full time Factory Medical Officer for
factories employing up to 500 workers and one more Medical Officer for every additional
1000 workers or part thereof;
(ii)
an occupational Health Centre having at least 2
rooms each with a minimum floor area of 15 sq. m. with floor and walls made of
smooth and impervious surface and adequate illumination and ventilation as well
as equipment as per the schedule annexed to this Rule.
(iii)
there shall be one nurse, one
dresser-cum-compounder and one sweeper-cum-ward boy throughout the working
period.
(iv)
the Occupational Health Centre shall be suitably
equipped to manage medical emergencies.
(2) The Factory Medical Officer required to be appointed under
sub-rule (1) shall have qualifications included in Schedule to the Indian
Medical Degrees Act of 1916 or in the Schedule to the Indian Medical Council
Act, 1956 and possess a certificate of Training in Industrial Health of minimum
three months duration recognized by the State Government.
Provided
that—
(i)
a person possessing a Diploma in Industrial
Health or equivalent shall not be required to possess the certificate of
training as aforesaid.
(ii)
the Chief Inspector may, subject to such
conditions as he may specify, grant exemption from the requirement of this
sub-rule, if in his opinion a suitable person possessing the necessary
qualification is not available for appointment;
(iii)
in case of a person who has been working as a
Factory Medical Officer for a period of not less than 3 years on the date of
commencement of this rule, the Chief Inspector" may, subject to the
condition that the said person shall obtain the aforesaid certificate of
training within a period of 3 years, relax the qualification.
(3) The syllabus of the course leading to the above certificate
and the organizations conducting the course shall be approved by the
Directorate General of Factory Advice Services and Labour Institutes or the
State Government in accordance with the guidelines issued by the DGFASLI.
(4) Within one month of the appointment of a Factory Medical
Officer, the occupier of the Factory shall furnish to the Chief Inspector the
following particulars:—
(a) Name and address of the Factory Medical Officer;
(b) Qualifications;
(c) Experience, if any, and
(d) the sub-rule under which appointed.
SCHEDULE
Equipment for Occupational Health Centre in Factories
(1) A glazed sink with hot and cold water always available.
(2) A table with a smooth top at least 180 cm.x 105 cm.
(3) Means for sterilizing instruments.
(4) A couch.
(5) Two buckets or containers with close fitting lids.
(6) A kettle and spirit stove or other suitable means of boiling
water.
(7) One bottle of spirit arnmeniac aromaticus (120 ml).
(8) Two medium size sponges.
(9) Two 'Kidney' trays.
(10) Four cakes of toilet, preferably antiseptic soap.
(11) Two glass tumblers and two wine glasses.
(12) Two clinical thermometers.
(13) Two tea spoons.
(14) Two graduated (120 ml.) measuring glasses.
(15) One wash bottle (1000 cc) for washing eyes.
(16) One bottle (one litre) carbolic lotion 1 in 20.
(17) Three chairs.
(18) One screen.
(19) One electric hand torch.
(20) An adequate supply of tetanus toxide.
(21) Coramine liquid (60 ml).
(22) Tablets-antihistaminic, antispasmedic (25 each).
(23) Syringes with needles-2cc, 5cc and 10cc.
(24) Two needle holders, big and small.
(25) Suturing needles and materials.
(26) One dissecting forceps.
(27) One dressing forceps.
(28) One scalpels.
(29) One stethoscope.
(30) Rubber bandage-pressure bandage.
(31) Oxygen cylinder with necessary attachments.
(32) One Blood pressure apparatus.
(33) One pateller Hammer.
(34) One peak-flow metre for lung function measurement
(35) One stench wash set.
(36) Any other equipment recommended by the Factory Medical
Officer according to specific need relating to manufacturing process.
(37) In addition—
(1) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers—
(1) Four plain wooden splints 900 mm X 100 mm X 6 mm.
(2) Four plain wooden splints 350 mm X 75 mm X 6 mm.
(3) Two plain wooden splints 250 mm X 50 mm X 12 mm.
(4) Oncpair artery forceps.
(5) Injections-morphia, pethidine, atropine, adrenaline,
coramine, novacan (2 each).
(6) One surgical scissors.
(2) For factories employing above 200 workers—
(1) Eight plain wooden splints 900 mm X 100 mm X 6 mm.
(2) Eight plain wooden splints 350 mm X 75 mm X 6 mm.
(3) Four plain wooden splints 250 mm X 50 mm X 12 mm.
(4) Two pair artery forceps.
(5) Injections-morphia, pethidine, atropine, adrenaline,
coramine, novacan (4 each)
(6) Two surgical scissors.
Rule 61P. Ambulance Van.
(1) In any factory carrying on 'Hazardous Process' there shall be
provided and maintained in good condition, a suitably constructed ambulance van
equipped with items as per sub-rule (2) and manned by a full time
Driver-cum-mechanic and a Helper trained in first-aid, for the purpose of
transportation of serious cases of accidents or sickness: The ambulance van
shall not be used for any purpose other than the purpose stipulated herein and
will normally be stationed at or near to the Occupational health Centre.
Provided
that a factory employing less than 200 workers, may make arrangements for
procuring such facility at short notice from a nearby hospital or other places,
to meet any emergency.[]
(2) The ambulance should have the following equipments;
(a) General
— a wheeled stretcher with folding and adjusting devices, with
the head of the stretcher capable of being lifted upward;
—Fixed suction unit with equipments;
—Fixed oxygen supply with equipments;
—Pillow with case; sheets; Blankets; towels;
—Emesis Bag; Bed pan; Urinal; Glass.
(b) Safety equipments
— Flares with life of 30 minutes; flood lights;
— Flash lights; Fire extinguisher dry powder type;
— Insulated gauntlets;
(c) Emergency Care equipments
(i)
Resuscitation
- Portable
suction unit; Portable oxygen units;
- Bag-valve-mask,
hand operated artificial ventilation unit;
- Airways,
Mouth gags; Tracheestomy adopters;
- Short
spine board; I.V. Fluids with administration unit;
- B.P.
Manometer; ciumn Stethoscope
(ii)
Immobilization
- Long and
short padded boards; Wire ladder splints;
-
Triangular bandage; long and short spine boards.
(iii)
Dressings
- Gauze
pads 4" x 4"; Universal addressing 10" x 36"
- 7 Roll
of aluminium foils; soft roller bandage 6" x 5 yards; Adhesive tape in
3" roll;
- safety
pins;
- Bandage
sheet; Burn sheet '
(iv)
Poisoning
- Syrup of
Ipecae; Activated Charcoal prepacked in dozes; snake bite kit; Drinking water
(v)
Emergency Medicines
- As per
requirement (under the advice of Medical officer only)
Rule 61Q. Decontamination facilities.
In every
factory, carrying out 'Hazardous Process', the following provisions shall be
made to meet emergency;
(a) Fully equipped first aid/box;
(b) Readily accessible means of water for washing by workers as
well as for drenching the clothing of workers who have been contaminated with
hazardous and corrosive substance; and such means shall be as per the scale
shown in the Table below;
Table
|
No. of persons employed
at any time
|
No. of drenching showers
|
|
(i) Up to 50 workers
|
2
|
|
(ii) Between 51 to 200
workers.
|
2 + 1 for every
additional 50 or part thereof
|
|
(iii) Between 201 to 500
workers.
|
6 + 1 for every
additional 100 or part thereof
|
|
(iv) 501 workers and
above.
|
2 + 1 for every
additional 200 or part thereof
|
(c) A sufficient number of eye wash bottles filled with distilled
water or suitable liquid, kept in boxes or cupboards conveniently situated and
clearly indicated by a distinctive sign which shall be visible at all times.
Rule 61R. Making available Health Records to workers.
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out a 'hazardous
process' shall make accessible the health records including the record of
worker's exposure to hazardous process or, as the case may be, the medical
records of any worker for his perusal under the following conditions:—
(a) Once in every six months or immediately after the medical
examination whichever is earlier.
(b) If the factory Medical Officer or the Certifying Surgeon as
the case may be, is of the Opinion that the worker has manifested signs and
symptoms of any notifiable disease as specified in the Third Schedule of the
Act;
(c) If the worker leaves the employment;
(d) If any one of the following authorities so direct:
- the
Chief Inspector of Factories;
- the
Health Authority of the Central or State Government;
-
Commissioner of workman's compensation;
- The
Director General, Employee's State Insurance Corporation (Medical Benefits);
and
- The
Director General, Factory Advice Service and Labour Institute.
(2) A copy of the up to date health records including the record
of worker's exposure to hazardous process or, as the case may be the medical
records shall be supplied to the workers on receipt of an application from him.
X-ray plates and other medical diagnostic reports may also be made available
for reference to his medical practitioner.
Rule 61S. Qualifications, etc., of Supervisors.
(1) All persons who are required to supervise the handling of
hazardous substances shall possess the following qualifications and experience.
(a) (i) a degree in chemistry or Diploma in chemical Engineering
or Technology with 5 years experience; or
(ii) A
Master's degree in chemistry or a degree in chemical Engineering or Technology
with 2 years experience. The experience stipulated above shall be in process
operation and maintenance in the Chemical Industry.
(b) The Chief Inspector may require the supervisor to undergo
training in Health and Safety.
(2) The syllabus and duration of the above training and the
organizations conducting the training shall be approved by the DGFASLI or the
State Government in accordance with the guidelines issued by the DGFASLI.[]
Rule 61T. Issue of guidelines.
For the
purpose of compliance with the requirements of sub-sections (1), (4) and (7) Of
section 41-B or 41-C, the Chief Inspector may, if deemed, necessary issue
guidelines from time to time to the occupiers of Factories carrying on
'Hazardous Process'. Such "guidelines may be based on National Standards,
Codes of Practice, or recommendations of International Bodies such as ILO and
WHO."[]
CHAPTER V Welfare
Rules prescribed under sub section 2 Section 42
Rule 62. Washing facilities.
(1) This rule shall come into force, in respect of any class or
description of factories, on such dates as the Chief Commissioner may, by
notification in the official gazette, appoint in this behalf.
(2) There shall be provided and maintained in every factory for
the use of employed persons adequate and suitable facilities for washing which
shall include soap and nail brushes or other suitable means of cleaning and the
facilities shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in a clean and
orderly condition.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing
provisions the washing facilities shall include:
(a) a trough with taps or jets at intervals of not less than two
feet, or
(b) wash-basins with taps attached thereto, or
(c) taps on stand-pipes, or
(d) showers controlled by taps, or
(e) circular troughs of the fountain type:
Provided
that the Inspector may, having regard to the needs and habits of the workers,
fix the proportion in which the aforementioned types of facilities shall be installed.
(4) (a) Every trough and basin shall have a smooth, impervious
surface and shall be fitted with a waste-pipe and plug.
(b) The
floor or ground under and in the immediately vicinity of every trough tap, jet,
wash basin, stand-pipe and shower shall be so laid or finished as to provide a
smooth impervious surface and shall be adequately drained.
(5) For persons whose work involves contact with any injurious or
noxious substance there shall be at least one tap for every fifteen persons;
and for persons whose work docs not involves such contact the number of taps
shall be as follows:
|
No. of workers
|
No. of taps
|
|
Up to 20
|
1
|
|
21 to 35
|
2
|
|
36 to 50
|
3
|
|
51 to 150
|
4
|
|
151 to 200
|
5
|
|
Exceeding 200 but not
exceeding 500
|
5 plus one lap for every
50 or fraction of 50
|
|
Exceeding 500
|
11 plus one tap for every
100 or fraction of 100
|
(6) If female workers are employed, separate washing facilities
shall be provided and so enclosed or screened that the interiors are not
visible from any place where persons of the other sex work or pass. The
entrance to such facilities shall bear conspicuous notice in the language
understood by the majority of the workers "For Women Only" and shall
be indicated pictorially.
(7) The water supply to the washing facilities shall be capable
of yielding atleast six gallons a day for each person employed in the factory
and shall be from a source approved in writing by the Health Officer, provided
that where the Chief Inspector is satisfied that such a yield is not
practicable he may by certificate in writing permit the supply of a smaller
quantity not being less than one gallon per day for every person employed in
the factory.
Rule prescribed under Section 43
Rule 62A.
The
following classes of factories shall provide therein suitable places for
keeping clothing not worn during working hours and for the drying of wet
clothing:
(1) Glass Factories.
(2) Iron & Steel Factories.
(3) Oil Mills.
(4) Chemical Factories.
(5) Automobile Workshops.
Rule prescribed under
sub-section (1) of Section 45
Rule 63. First-Aid Appliances.
The first
aid boxes or cup-boards shall be distinctively marked with a red cross on a
transparent ground and shall contain the following equipment:
A.
For factories in which the number of persons
employed does not exceed ten, or in the (case of factories in which mechanical
power is not used) does not exceed fifty persons—Each first-aid box or cup-board shall contain the following
equipment:
(i)
6 small sterilized dressings.
(ii)
3 medium size sterilized dressings.
(iii)
3 large size sterilized dressings.
(iv)
3 large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v)
1 (1 oz.) bottle containing a two per cent
alcoholic solution of iodine.
(vi)
1 (1 oz.) bottle containing sal-volatile having
the dose and mode of administration indicated on the label.
(vii)
A snake-bite lancet.
(viii)
1 (1 oz.) bottle of potassium permanganate
crystals.
(ix)
1 pair scissors.
(x)
1 copy of the first aid leaflet issued by the
Chief Adviser, Factories, Government of India.
(xi)
Tablets aspirin (Grs. 5) One dozen.
(xii)
Burn Ointment One tube.
(xiii)
Dettol. One phial (about 2 ozs.).
B.
For factories in which mechanical power is used
and in which the number of persons employed exceeds ten but does not exceed
fifty— Each first-aid box or cupboard
shall contain the following equipment:—
(i)
12 small sterilized dressings.
(ii)
(ii). 6 medium size sterilized dressings.
(iii)
6 large size sterilized dressings.
(iv)
6 large size sterilized burn dressings.
(v)
6 (12 oz.) packets sterilized cotton wool.
(vi)
1 (2 oz.) bottle containing a two per cent
alcoholic solution of iodine.
(vii)
1 (2 oz.) bottle containing salvolatile having
the dose and mode of administration indicated on the liable.
(viii)
1 roll of adhesive plaster.
(ix)
A snake bite.
(x)
1 [1 oz.] bottle of potassium permanganate
crystals.
(xi)
1 pair scissors.
(xii)
1 copy of first-aid leaflet issued by the Chief
Adviser Factories, Government of India.
|
(xiii) Tablets aspirin
(grs 5)
|
Two dozen.
|
|
(xiv) Burn Ointment
|
Two tubes.
|
|
(xv) Dettol
|
Two Phial (about 2 ozs.)
|
C.
For factories employing more than fifty persons—Each first aid box or cupboard shall contain the following
equipment:— (i) 24 small sterilized
dressings.
(i)
12 medium size sterilized dressings.
(ii)
12 large size sterilized dressings.
(iii)
12 largo size sterilized burn dressings.
(iv)
12 (V½ oz.) packets sterilized cotton wool.
(v)
1 snake bite lancet.
(vi)
One pair of scissors.
(vii)
6 (1 oz.) bottles of potassium permanganate
crystals.
(viii)
(4 oz.) bottles containing a two per cent
alcoholic solution of iodine.
(ix)
1 (4 oz.) bottles of sal-volatile having the dose
and mode of administration indicated on the label.
(x)
1 copy of the first aid leaflet issued by the
Chief Adviser, Factories, Government of India.
|
(xii)
|
12 rolls bandages 4
inches wide.
|
|
|
(xiii)
|
12 rolls bandages 2
inches wide.
|
|
|
(xiv)
|
2 rolls of adhesive
plaster.
|
|
|
(xv)
|
6 triangular bandages.
|
|
|
(xvi)
|
2 packets of safety pins.
|
|
|
(xvii)
|
A supply of suitable
splints.
|
|
|
(xviii)
|
1 tourniquet
|
|
|
(xix)
|
Tablets aspirin (grs 5)
|
Four dozen.
|
|
(xx)
|
Burn Ointment
|
Four tubes.
|
|
(xxi)
|
Dettol.
|
Four Phial (about 2 ozs.)
|
Provided
that items (xii) to (xviii) inclusive need not be included in the standard first-aid
box or cupboard (a) where there is property equipped ambulance room, or (b) if
at least one box containing such items and placed and maintained in accordance
with the requirements of Section 45 is separately provided.
D. In lieu of the dressings required under items (i) and (ii)
there may be substituted adhesive wound dressings approved by the Chief
Inspector of Factories.
Rules prescribed under sub-section (3) of Section 45
Rule 64. Ambulance Room.
(1) The ambulance room or dispensary shall be in charge of a
qualified medical practitioner assisted by at least one qualified nurse and
such subordinate staff as Inspector may direct
Explanation— "Qualified medical practitioner" means a person
holding a qualification granted by an authority specified in the Schedule to
the Indian Medical Degrees Act, 1916 (VII of 1916) or in the Schedules to the
Indian Medical Council Act, 1956.
(2) The ambulance room or dispensary shall be separate from the
rest of the factory and shall be used only for the purpose of first-aid treatment
and rest. It shall have a floor area of at least 250 sq. ft.' and smooth, hard
and impervious walls and floor and shall be adequately ventilated and lighted
by both natural and artificial means. An adequate supply of wholesome drinking
water shall be laid on and the room shall contain at least:
(i) A glazed sink with hot and cold water always available.
(ii) A table with a smooth top at least 6"x3.6".
(iii) Means for sterilizing instruments.
(iv) A couch.
(v) Two stretchers.
(vi) Two buckets or containers with close fitting lids.
(vii) Two rubber hot water bags.
(viii) A kettle and spirit stove or other suitable means of boiling
water.
(ix) Twelve plain wooden splints 36"x4"x 1/4".
(x) Twelve plain wooden splints 14"x3"x 1/4".
(xi) Six plain wooden splints 10"x2"x 1/2".
(xii) Six woolen blankets.
(xiii) One pair artery forceps.
(xiv) One bottle of brandy.
(xv) Two medium size sponges.
(xvi) Six hand towels.
(xvii) Four "Kidney" trays.
(xviii) Four cakes carbolic soap.
(xix) Two glass tumbers and two wine glasses.
(xx) Two clinical thermometers.
(xxi) Graduated measuring glass with teaspoon.
(xxii) One eye bath.
(xxiii) One bottle (2 lbs.) carbolic lotion 1 in 20.
(xxiv) One screen.
(xxv)Three chairs.
(xxvi) One electric hand torch.
(xxvii) Four first aid boxes or cupboards sked to the standards
prescribed under item C of Rule 63.
(xxviii) An adequate supply of anti-tetanus serum.
(3) The occupier of every factory to which these Rules apply
shall for the purpose of removing serious cases of accident or sickness,
provide in the premises and maintain in good condition a suitable conveyance
unless he has made arrangements for obtaining such a conveyance from a
hospital.
(4) A record of all cases of accident and sickness treated at the
room shall be kept and produced to the Inspector or Certifying Surgeon when
required.
Rules 65 to 71 prescribed under Section 46
Rule 65. Canteens.
(1) Rules 65 to 71 shall come into force in respect of any class
or description of factories on such dates as the Chief Commissioner may, by
notification in the official gazette, appoint in this behalf.
(2) The occupier of every factory notified by the Chief
Commissioner, and wherein more than two hundred and fifty workers are
ordinarily employed, shall provide in or near the factory an adequate canteen
according to the standards prescribed in these Rules.
(3) The Manager of a factory shall submit for the approval of the
Chief Inspector plans and site plan, in duplicate of the building to the
constructed or adapted for use as a canteen.
(4) The canteen building shall be situated not less than fifty
feet from any latrine, urinal, boiler house, coal sks, ash dumbs and any other
source of dust, smoke or obnoxious fumes:
Provided
that the Chief Inspector may in any particular factory relax the provisions of
this sub-rule to such extent as may be reasonable in the circumstances and may
require measures to be adopted to secure the essential purpose of this
sub-rule.
(5) The canteen building shall be constructed in accordance with
the plans approved by the Chief Inspector and shall accommodate at least a
dining hall, kitchen, store room, pantry and washing places separately for
workers and for utensils.
(6) In a canteen the floor and inside walls up to a height of 4
feet from the floor shall be made of smooth and impervious material; the
remaining portion of the inside walls shall be made smooth by cement plaster or
in any other manner approved by the Chief Inspector.
(7) The doors and windows of a canteen building shall be of fly
proof construction and shall allow adequate ventilation.
(8) The canteen shall be sufficiently lighted at all times when
any persons have access to it.
(9) (a) In every canteen.
(i) all inside walls of rooms and all ceilings and passages and
staircases shall be lime-washed or colour-washed at least once each year or
painted once in three years dating from the period when last lime-washed, or
painted, as the case may be;
(ii) all wood work shall be varnished or painted once in three
years dating from the period when last varnished or painted;
(iii) all internal structural iron or steel work be varnished or
painted once in three years dating from the period when last varnished or
painted: Provided that inside walls of the kitchen shall be lime-washed once
every four months.
(b) Record
of dates on which lime-washing, colour-washing varnishing or painting is
carried out, shall be maintained in the prescribed Register [Form No. 7].
(10) The precincts of the canteen shall be maintained in a clean
and sanitary condition. Waste water shall be carried away in suitable covered
drains and shall not be allowed to accumulate so as to cause a nuisance.
Suitable arrangement shall be made for the collection and disposal of garbage.
Rule 66. Dining Hall.
(1) The dining hall shall accommodate at a time at least 30 per
cent of the workers working at a time:
Provided
that, in any particular factory or in any particular class of factories, the
Chief Commissioner may, by a notification in this behalf, alter the percentage
of workers to be accommodated.
(2) The floor area of the dining hall, excluding the area
occupied by the service counter and any furniture except tables and chairs,
shall not be less than 10 squire feet per diner to be accommodated as
prescribed in sub-rule (1).
(3) A portion of the dining shall and service counter shall be
partitioned off and reserved for women workers in proportion to their number.
Washing places for women shall be separate and screened to secure privacy.
(4) Sufficient tables, chairs or benches shall be available for
the number of diners to be accommodated as prescribed in sub-rule (1).
Rule 67. Equipment.
(1) There shall be provided and maintained sufficient utensils,
crockery, cutlery, furniture and any other equipment necessary for efficient
running of the canteen. Suitable clean clothes for employees serving in the
canteen shall also be provided and maintained.
(2) The furniture, utensils and other equipment shall be
maintained in a clean and hygienic condition. A service counter, if provided,
shall have a top of smooth and impervious material. Suitable facilities
including an adequate supply of hot water shall be provided for the cleaning of
utensils and equipment
(3) Where the canteen is managed by a co-operative society,
registers under the Bombay Co-operative Societies Act, 1952 as in force in the
Union Territory of Delhi, the occupier shall provide and maintain the equipment
as required under sub-rule (1) for -such Canteen.
Rule 68. Prices to be charged.
(1) Food, drink and other items served in the canteen shall be
sold on a non-profit basis and the prices charged shall be subject to the
approval of the Canteen Managing Committee.
Provided
that where the canteen is managed by a Co-operative Society of the workers of
the factory registeres under the []Bombay
Co-operative Societies Act, 1925 as in force in the Union Territory of Delhi,
such Society may include in the charges to be made for the food-stuffs served,
a profit up to 5% on its working capital employed in running the canteen.
(2) Â In computing the
prices referred to in sub-rule (1) the following items of expenditure shall not
be taken into consideration, but will be borne by the occupier—
(a) the rent for the land and building.
(b) the depreciation and maintenance charge of the building and
equipment provided for the canteen;
(c) the cost of purchase, repair and replacement of equipment
including furniture, crockery, cutlery and utensils;
(d) the water charges and expenses for providing lighting and
ventilation;
(e) the interest on the amount spent on the provision and
maintenance of the building furniture and equipment provided for the canteen;
(f) the cost of fuel required for cooking or heating food stuffs
or water; and
(g) the wages of the employees serving in the canteen and the
cost of uniforms; if any provided to them.
(3) Â The charge per
portion of foodstuff, beverages and any other item served in the canteen shall
be conspicuously displayed in the canteen.
Rule 69. Account.
(1) All books of accounts, registers and any other documents used
in connection with running of the canteen shall be produced on demand to an
Inspector of Factories.
(2) The accounts pertaining to the Canteen shall be audited, once
every twelve months, by registered accountants and auditors. The balance-sheet
prepared by the said auditors shall be submitted to the Canteen Managing
Committee not later two months after the closing of the audited accounts.
(3) Provided that the accounts pertaining to the canteen in a
Government may be audited in such Department. Provided further that where the
canteen is managed by a co-operative society of the workers of the factory,
registered under the 'Bombay Cooperative Societies Act, 1925, as in force in
the Union Territory of Delhi, the accounts pertaining to such canteen may by
audited in accordance with the provisions of the said Act
Rule 70. Managing Committee.
(1) The manager shall appoint a Canteen Managing Committee which
shall be consulted from time to time as to:
(a) the quality and quantity of foodstuffs to be served in the
canteen;
(b) the arrangement of the menus;
(c) times of meals in the canteen; and
(d) any other matter as may be directed by the Committee.
Provided
that where the canteen is managed by a co-operative society of the workers of
the factory, registered under the Bombay
Co-operative Societies Act, 1925, as in force in the Union Territory of Delhi,
it shall not be necessary to appoint a Canteen Managing Committee.
(2) The Canteen Managing Committee shall consist of an equal
number of persons nominated by the occupier and elected by the workers. The
number of elected workers shall be in the proportion of 1 for every 1,000
workers employed in the factory, provided that in no case shall there be more
than 5 or less than 2 workers on the Committee.
(3) The Manager shall determine and supervise the procedure for
elections to the Canteen Managing Committee.
(4) A Canteen Managing Committee shall be dissolved by the
Manager two years after the last election, no account being taken of a
bye-election.
Rule 71. [Omitted]
Rule
prescribed under Section 47[]
Rule 72. Shelters, Rest Rooms and Lunch Rooms.
The
shelters, or rest rooms shall conform to the following standards and the
Manager of a factory shall submit for the approval of the Chief Inspector a
site plan in duplicate of the building to be constructed or adopted—
(a) The building shall be soundly constructed and all the walls
and roof shall be of suitable heat resisting materials and shall be waterproof.
The floor and walls to a height of 3 feet shall be so laid or finished as to
provide a smooth, hard and impervious surface.
(b) The height of every room in the building shall be not less
than 12 feet from floor level to the lowest part of the roof and there shall be
at least 12 square feet of floor area for every person employed. Provided that
(i) workers who habitually go home for their meals during the rest periods may
be excluded in calculating the number of workers to be accommodated; and (ii)
in the case of factories in existence at the date of commencement of the Act,
where it is impracticable, owing to lack of space to provide 12 square feet or
floor area for each person, such reduced floor area per person shall be
provided as may be provided in writing by the Chief Inspector.
(c) Effective and suitable provision shall be made in every room
for securing and maintaining adequate ventilation by the circulation of fresh
air and there shall also be provided and maintained sufficient and suitable
natural or artificial lighting.
(d) Every room shall be adequately furnished with chairs or
benches with back-rests.
(e) Sweepers shall be employed whose primary duty is to keep the
rooms, buildings and precincts thereof in a clean and tidy condition.
Rules 73 to 76 prescribed under sub-section (3) of Section 48
Rule 73. Creches.
(1) The creche shall be conveniently accessible to the mothers of
the children accommodated therein and so far as reasonably practicable it shall
not be situated in close proximity to any part of the factory where obnoxious
fumes, dust or odours are given off or in which excessively noisy processes are
carried on.
(2) The building in which the creche is situated shall be soundly
constructed and all the walls and roof shall be of suitable heat-resisting
materials and shall be water-proof. The floor and internal walls of the creche
shall be so laid or finished as to provide a smooth impervious surface.
(3) The height of the rooms in the building shall be not less
than 12 feet from the floor to the lowest part of the roof and there shall be
not less than 20 sq. ft. of floor area for each child to be accommodated.
(4) Effective 'and suitable provision shall be made in every part
of the creche for securing and maintaining adequate ventilation by the
circulation of fresh air.
(5) The creche shall be adequately furnished and equipped and in
particular there shall be one suitable cot or cradle with the necessary bedding
for each child, (provided that for children over two years of age it will be
sufficient if suitable bedding is made available) at least one chair or equivalent
seating accommodation for the use of each mother while she is feeding or
attending to her child, and a sufficient supply of suitable toys for the older
children.
(6) A suitably fenced and shady open air play-ground shall be
provided for the older children. Provided that the Chief Inspector may by order
in writing exempt any factory from compliance with this sub-rule if he is
satisfied that there is not sufficient space available for the provision of
such a play-ground.
Rule 73A.
The cash
equivalent of the advantage accruing through the concessional sale to a worker
of food-grains and other articles shall be computed at the end of the every
wages period fixed under the provisions of the Payment of Wage Act, 1936.[]
Rule 73B.
For the
purpose of computing cash equivalent of the advantage accruing through the
concessional sale to a worker of food grains and other articles, the difference
between the value of food grains and other articles at the average rates in the
nearest market prevailing during the wages period in which over time was marked
and value of food grains and other articles supplied at concessional rates
shall be calculated and allowed for the number of overtime hours worked.
This rule
shall not apply to any Federal Railway Factory whose alternative method of
computation has been approved by the Chief Commissioner."
Rule 74. Wash Room.
(1) There shall be in or adjoining the creche a suitable wash
room for the washing of the children and their clothing. The wash room shall
conform to the following standards:
(a) The float and internal walls of the rooms to a height of 3
feet shall be so laid or finished as to provide a smooth impervious surface.
The room shall be adequately lighted and ventilated and the floor shall be
effectively drained and maintained in a clean and tidy condition.
(b) There shall be at least one basin or similar vessel for every
four children accommodated in the creche at any one time together with a supply
of water provided, if practicable through taps from a source approved by the
Health Officer. Such source shall be capable of yielding for each child a
supply of at least five gallons of water a day.
(c) An adequate supply of clean clothes, soap and clean towels
shall be made available for each child while it is in the creche.
(2) Adjoining the wash room referred to above a latrine shall be
provided for the sole use of the children in the creche. The design of latrine
and the scale of accommodation to be provided shall either be approved by the
Public Health Authorities, or where there is no Public Health Authority, by the
Chief Inspector of Factories.
Rule 75. Supply of Milk and Refreshment.
At least
half a pint of clean pure milk shall be available for each child on every day
it is accommodated in the creche and the mother of such a child shall be
allowed in the course of her daily work, 2 intervals atleast 15 minutes each to
feed the child. For children above two years of age there shall be provided in
addition an adequate supply of wholesome refreshment.
Rule 76. Clothes of Creche Staff.
The creche
staff shall be provided with suitable clean clothes for use while on duty in
the creche.
Rule
prescribed under Section 49
Rule 76A. Welfare Officers.
(1) There shall be one Welfare Officer for factories employing
between 500 to 2000 workers. Where the number of workers exceeds 2000, there
shall be an additional Welfare Officer for every additional two thousand
workers or fraction thereof over 500.
(2) No person shall be eligible for appointment as a Welfare
Officer, unless he—
(a) possesses a degree of a University recognised by the Chief
Commissioner in this behalf;
(b) has obtained a Degree or Diploma in Social Science from an
institution recognised by the Chief Commissioner in this behalf; and
(c) has adequate knowledge of the language spoken by the majority
of the workers in the factory to which he is to be attached.
Provided
that, in the case of a person, who is acting as a Welfare Officer at the
commencement of this rule, the Chief Commissioner may, subject to such
conditions as he may specify, relax all or any of the aforesaid qualification.
Provided
further that the Chief Commissioner may relax the above qualifications if he is
satisfied that the person is otherwise fully competent to discharge the duties.
(3) Recruitment of Welfare Officer.
(a) The post of a Welfare Officer shall be advertised in at least
two newspapers one of which shall be in English, having a wide circulation in
the State.
(b) The selection shall be made from among the candidates
applying for the post by a Committee appointed by the occupier of the Factory.
(c) The appointment when made shall be notified by the occupier
to the Chief Commissioner or such authority as the Chief Commissioner may
specify for the purpose, giving full details of the qualifications etc., of the
officer appointed and the conditions of his service.
(4) (a) A Welfare Officer shall be given appropriate status
corresponding to the status of other executive heads of the factory and shall
be appointed at a minimum salary of Rs. 200/- per months.
(b) The
conditions of service of a Welfare Officer shall be the same as of other
members of the staff of corresponding status in the factory; provided that no
punishment shall be imposed on a Welfare Officer without obtaining the prior
approval of the Chief Commissioner.
(5) The duties of a Welfare Officer shall be:
(i) to establish contacts and hold consultations with a view to
maintaining harmonious relations between the factory management and workers;
(ii) to bring to the notice of the factory management the
grievances of a worker or workers, with a view to secure expeditious redress
and to act as a Liasion Officer between the management and labour,
(iii) to study and understand the point of view of labour in order
to help the factory management to shape and formulate labour policies and to
interpret these policies to the workers in a language understood by them;
(iv) to watch industrial relations with a view to use his
influence in the event of a dispute arising between the factory management and
workers and to bring about a settlement by persuasive efforts;
(v) to advise on fulfilment by the management and the concerned
departments of the factory of their obligations, staturoy or otherwise,
concerning regulation of working hours, maternity benefit, medical care
compensation for injuries and sickness and other welfare and social benefit
measures.
(vi) To advise and assit the management in the fulfilment of
its obligations stautory or otherwise, concerning prevention of personal
injuries and maintaining a safe work environment in such factories where a
safety Officer is not required to be appointed under the enabling provisions
under section 40-B.
(vi-A) To promote such relations between the concerned
departments of the factory and workers as are likely to bring about productive
efficiency as well as a melioration in the working conditions and to help the
workers in their adjustment and adoption of their working environments.
(vii) to encourage the
formation of works and Joint production Committees, and Safety-First and
Welfare Committes, and to supervise their work.
(viii) to encourage
provision of amenities, such as canteens, shelters for rest, creches, adequate
latrine facilities, drinking water, sickness and benevolent scheme payments,
pensions and superannuation funds, gratuity payments, granting of loans and
legal advice to workers;
(ix) Â to help the
factory management in regulating the grant of leave with wages and explain to
the workers the provisions relating to leave with wages and other leave
privileges and to guide the workers in the matter of submission of application
for grant of leave for regulating authorised absence;
(x) Â to advise on
question relating to provisions of welfare facilities, such as housing
facilities, food stuffs, social and recreational facilities, sanitation,
individual personal problems and education of children.
(xi) Â to advice the
factory management on questions relating to training of new starters,
apprentices, workers on transfer and promotion, instructors and supervisors,
supervise and control notice-board and information bulletins to further
education of workers and to encourage their attendance at Technical Institutes.
(xii) to suggest
measures which will serve to raise the standard of living of workers and in
general promote their well being.
(6) Powers of exemption.
The Chief
Commissioner may, by notification in the official gazette, exempt any factory
or class or description of factories from the operation of all of the
provisions of this rule subject to such conditions as may be specified in the
said notifications.
(7) Welfare Officers not to deal with disciplinary cases or
Appear on behalf of the management against workers.
No Welfare
Officer shall deal with any disciplinary case against a worker, or appear
before a Conciliation Officer, or in a Court or Tribunal on behalf of the
factory management against a worker or workers.
CHAPTER VI Working Hours of Adults
Rules prescribed under sub-section 2 of Section 53
Rule 77. Compensatory Holidays.
(1) Except in the case of workers engaged in any work which for
technical reasons must be carried on continuously throughout the day, the
compensatory holidays to be allowed under sub-section (1) of Section 52 of the
Act shall be so spaced that not more than two holidays are given in one week.
(2) The Manager of the factory shall display, on or before the
end of the month in which holidays are lost, a notice in respect of workers
allowed compensatory holidays during the following month and of the dates
thereof, at the place at which the notice of Periods of Works, prescribed under
Section 61 is displayed. Any subsequent change in the notice in respect of any
compensatory holiday shall be made not less than three days in advance of the
date of that holiday.
(3) Any compensatory holiday or holidays to which a worker is
entitled shall be given to him before he is discharged or dismissed and shall
not be reckoned as part of any period of notice required to be given before
discharge or dismissal.
(4) (a) The manager shall maintain a Register in Form No. 9:
Provided that, if the Chief Inspector of Factories is of the opinion that any
muster roll or register maintained as part of the routine of factory or return
made by the Manager, gives in respect of any or all of the workers in the
factory the particulars required for the enforcement of Section 52, he may, by
order in writing, direct that such muster roll or register or return shall, to
the corresponding extent be maintained in place of and be treated as the
register or return required under this Rule for that factory.
(b) The
register maintained under Clause (a) shall be preserved for a period of three
years after the last entry in it and shall be produced before the Inspector on
demand.
Muster-roll
prescribed under sub-section 4 of the Section 59
Rule 78. Muster-roll for exempted factories.
The
Manager of every factory in' which workers are exempted under Sections 64 and
from the provisions of Section 51 or 53 shall keep a muster-roll in Form No. 10
showing the normal piece-work rate of pay, or the rate of pay per hour, of all
exempted employees, in this muster roll shall be correctly entered the over
time hours of work and payments therefor or all exempted workers. The muster
roll in Form No. 9 shall always be available for inspection.
Rule 78A. Overtime slip for Overtime work.
Period of
overtime work shall be entered in overtime slip in Form No. 10(a) in duplicate
a copy of which duly signed by the Manger or by a person duly authorised by him
in this behalf shall be given to the worker immediately after completion of the
overtime work.
Notice
prescribed under sub-section 8 of Section 61
Rule 79. Notice of period of work for adults.
(1) The notice of period of work for adults shall be:
(a) in Form 11(a) when all the adult workers in a factory are
required to work within the same period.
(b) in Form 11 (b) in all other cases.
(2) All notices shall be painted in bold letters on a wooden or
metal plate and shall be displayed in a conspicuous place at the main entrance
to the factory.
Register prescribed under sub-section 2 of Section 62
Rule 80. Register of adult workers.
"The
muster roll or the register as the case may be, shall be written up fresh each
year and shall be preserved for a period of 12 months after the last entry in
it, and shall be produced before the inspector on demand."
Rules 81 to 84 under S. 64
Rule 81. Persons defined to hold positions of supervision or Management.
The
following persons shall be deemed to hold position of supervision or management
provided they are not required to perform any manual labour as a regular part
of their duties and they are employed in a supervisory capacity.
(i) All persons specified in the Schedule below annexed hereto.
(ii) Any other persons specified, who in the opinion of the Chief
Inspector holds a position of supervision or management and if so declared by
him in writing.
SCHEDULE
|
1.
|
Manager
|
|
|
2.
|
Assistant Manager
|
|
|
3.
|
Chief Engineer
|
|
|
4.
|
Chief Chemists
|
|
|
5.
|
Departmental Head
|
|
|
6.
|
Electrical/Mechanical
Engineers (Maintenance)
|
|
|
7.
|
Labour Officers
|
|
|
8.
|
Overseers
|
|
|
9.
|
Boiler Incharge
|
|
|
10.
|
Technical Experts
|
|
|
11.
|
Head Store Keepers
|
|
|
12.
|
Laboratory Incharge
|
|
|
13.
|
Power House
Superintendent
|
|
|
14.
|
Assistant Power House
Superintendent
|
Working in power house
|
|
15.
|
Workshop Incharge
|
|
|
16.
|
Foreman
|
|
|
17.
|
Inspectors
|
Working in Engg.
Workship.
|
|
18.
|
Chargemen
|
|
|
19.
|
Workshop Overseers/Works
incharge
|
Working in Spg. &
Wvg. Fac.
|
|
20.
|
Head Electricians
|
|
|
21.
|
Supervisors
|
|
|
22.
|
Jobbers
|
|
|
23.
|
Overseers
|
|
|
24.
|
Weaving & Spinning
Masters
|
|
|
25.
|
Foremen Mechanics
|
|
Rule 82. Persons to hold confidential position.
The falling
persons shall deemed to hold confidential position in a factory:
(1) Stenographers.
(2) Officer Superintendent or Head Clerk
(3) All time keepers.
(4) Head Cashiers and Cashiers.
(5) Head Accountants and Accountants.
(6) Secretary to Managing Director or Personal Assistant to the
Manager.
(7) Any other person who in the opinion of the Inspector holds a
confidential position and is so declared by him in writing.
Rule 83. List to be maintained of persons holding position of super vision or management or confidential position.
A list
showing the names and designations of all persons in rules 81 and 82 shall be
maintained in every factory and shall be produced before the Inspector whenever
required.
Rule 84. Exemption of certain adult workers.
Adult
workers engaged in factories specified in column 2 of the schedule hereto
annexed on the work specified in column 3 of the said Schedule shall be
exempted from the provisions of the sections specified in column 4 subject to
the conditions of any specified in column 3 of the said Schedule.
|
Section of the Act
empowering exemption
|
Class of Factory
|
Nature of exempted work
|
Extent of exemption
|
Condition of exemption
|
|
(1)
|
(2)
|
(3)
|
|
(5)
|
|
(a)64(2)(a) and 64(3)
|
All Factories
|
Urgent repairs
|
Sections 51, 52, 54, 55,
56 and 61.
|
(i) No worker shall be
employed on such repairs for more than 15 hours on any working day, 39 hours
during any three consecutive days or 60 hours during each period of seven
consecutive days, commencing from his first employment on such repairs.
(ii) Interval of at least
half an hour for food and rest shall be given after a period of work not
exceeding six hours on each working day to all workers employed on such
works.
(iii) Within 24 hours of
commencement of the work, notice shall be sent to the inspector describing
the nature of the urgent repairs and the period probably required for their
completion and a copy of the notice shall be affixed on a conspicuous place
near the main entrance to the factory before the workers are put on urgent
repairs.
(iv) Exemption from the
provisions of section 54 shall apply only in the cases of adult male workers.
(v) Shall send weekly,
during the continuance of the work of urgent repairs statement giving the
names of all persons who have worked for more than 9 hours in any one day or
more than 48 hours of the preceding week in a factory, such statement shall
also show total number of hours worked each day of the week.
(vi) If the Inspector is
of the opinion that any work being carried on or likely to be carried on in a
factory as "URGENT' Repairs "is not urgent repair" he shall
serve on the manager an order to that effect and the manager shall in respect
of such work not allow any worker to work in contravention a of the provision
of Section of sections 51, 52, 54, 55 and 56 and shall comply with Section
61.
|
|
(b) 64(2)(b) and 64(3)
|
All Factories
|
1. Work in mechanic shop,
the smithy or in connection with foundry mill gearing the electric driving or
lighting apparatus, the mechanical or electrical lifts of.
|
Sections 51, 54, 55 &
61
|
(i) No worker shall be
employed for more than 54 hours in any one week. The total number of hours of
over time work shall not exceed 50 for any one quarter.
(ii) No worker shall be
employed for more than 10 hours on any one day.
|
|
|
|
2. The steam or water
pipes or pump of a factory or work on extrusion machines.
|
|
(iii) Intervals of at
least half an hour for a rest shall be given on each working day to all
workers employed in such work.
|
|
|
|
3. Work of examining for
repairing any machinery or other parts of the plant which is necessary for
carrying on the work in a factory.
|
|
(iv) The spread over
including interval for rest shall not exceed 12 hours on any day.
|
|
|
|
4. Work in Boiler houses
and Engine rooms such as lighting fires in order to raise steam or generate
gas preparatory to the commencement of regular work in the factory or work on
extrusion machines.
|
|
|
|
|
|
5. Work in a foundry on
operation of a cupola and pouring of metals.
|
|
|
|
(c) 64(2c) & 64(3)
|
All Factories
|
Work performed by drivers
on lighting, ventilating and humidifying apparatus, work performed by fire
pumpment. Work of person engaged in factories where such work is intermittent
and mainly outside the factory premises.
|
Sections 51, 54,
55&61
|
As at (i), (ii), (iii)
& (iv) against entry (b).
|
|
|
|
|
Sections 51, 52, 54, 55
& 61
|
(i) The total number of
hours of overtime work of any workers shall not exceed 50 for any one
quarter.
|
|
(d) 64(2)(d) and 64(3)
|
Electric Supply
Undertaking generating electricity.
|
Work performed by workers
on operation of boiler, prime movers, auxiliaries and switch gear.
|
|
(ii) No worker shall be
employed for more than 14 consecutive days without rest period of at least 24
consecutive hours. Holidays so lost shall be fixed in accordance with Section
53 of the Act
|
|
|
Electric transforming
station.
|
Work performed by workers
on operation of the transforming plant, switches and synchronous condensers.
|
-do-
|
(iii) No worker, shall be
allowed to work for more than 10 hours on any one day or for more than 56
hours in one week.
|
|
|
Water works, Sewage
disposal works and water supply pumping stations.
|
Works performed by
workers on operation of generations and pumping plant.
|
-do-
|
(iv) in the absence of a
worker who has failed to report for duty a shift worker shall be allowed to
work the whole or part of a subsequent Shift provided that:
|
|
|
Vegetable Oil
hydrogenation factories.
|
The work, viz, refining,
bleaching filtering, generation of hydrogen hydrogenating and decaderising
processes, compression of oxygen, Cylinder filling and work in electrical
power plant.
|
|
(a) the next shift or the
shift worker shall not commence before a period of 8 hours had elapsed.
(b) within 24 hours of
the commencement of the sub-sequent shift notice shall be sent to the
Inspector describing the circumstances under which the worker is required to
work in the subsequent shift
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v) Interval of at least
half an hour for rest shall be given on each working day to all workers
employed in such work.
|
|
|
Chemical Factories
|
All continuous process
|
-do-
|
(iv) The exemption shall
be restricted to only male adult workers.
|
|
|
Ice Factories
|
Work of the engine and
compressor drivers and assistants and boiler operators.
|
Sections 51, 52, 54, 55
& 61
|
|
|
|
Oil Mills
|
Work in connection with pressing
of oil, oil refining soap making and the work in power house.
|
-do-
|
As at (i) to (vi) above
against this entry.
|
|
|
Potteries
|
Work of firemen employed
in pottery kilns.
|
-do-
|
|
|
|
Production and
compression of oxygen and Acetylene Gas.
|
Work on attending to
generators and compressors.
|
-do-
|
|
|
|
Carbonic Acid gas
factories.
Iron and Steels smelting
and rolling factories and similar plants attached to any other factory.
|
Work on the production of
Carbonic Acid Gas.
Operating of blast furnaces,
steel melting furnaces rolling mills.
|
-do-
Section 51(1)
|
Such workers shall be
allowed to take light refreshments or meals at the place of their employment
in room, specially reserved for the purpose or in a canteen provided in the
factory, once during any period exceeding four hours.
|
|
|
Glass Factories, Iron and
Steel Foundries, including such plants attached to others factories.
|
All work on attending to
furnaces. Operation of cupola or steel melting furnaces including other work
connected therewith and incidental thereto.
|
Sections 52, 55
|
As at (ii) and (iv) above
against this entry such workers shall be allowed to take light refreshments
or meals at the place of their employment in a room specially reserved for
the purpose or in a canteen provided in the factory, once during any period
exceeding four hours.
|
|
|
Paper Factories
|
Work on choopers,
digesters, knedaders, strainders washers, beaters, paper making machine,
pumping, plants, reclars, cutters and power plants
|
Sections 52, 55 and 55
|
As at (ii) above against
this entry and (ii) and (iii) against entry (b).
|
|
|
Rubber Factories or
department doing Mfg. of rubber.
|
All work on curing
process
|
Section 55
|
As at (iii) against entry
(b).
|
|
|
Dyeing and bleaching
Factories or departments. Cloth Printing, or departments. Factories of
bleacning, finishing mercerising and dyeing department of factories.
|
Work performed by
Kier-men All work
|
Sections 51, 52, 54, 55,
& 61
-do-
|
As at (i) to (vi) against
entry (d).
|
|
|
Oil tank installation
|
Work performed in connection
with pumping
|
-do-
|
|
|
|
|
operations.
|
|
|
|
|
Factories or Departments
of factories charging electric accumulators.
|
Operation in connection
with electric accumulators.
|
-do-
|
|
|
|
Flour Mills
|
All continuous process
work.
|
Section 55.
|
As at (iii) against entry
(b)
|
|
|
Tanneries, Hides &
Skin Factories
|
Salting and sun drying of
hides and skins, skin curing and dry salting of skins.
|
Sections 51, 52, 53, 54,
55, 56 & 61.
|
(i) No worker shall be
employed for more than 14 consecutive days without holiday of 24 consecutive
hours.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ii) The total number of
hours of overtime work shall not exceed 50 in any one quarter.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iii) All workers working
in excess of 48 hours per week in a factory shall be paid in respect of such
additional hours at the rate of twice the ordinary rate in accordance with
the provisions of section 59 of the Act
|
|
|
|
|
|
(iv) Every worker shall
be given a com-
|
|
|
|
|
|
pensatory holidays in
accordance with Section 53 of the Act.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(v) Interval of at least
half an hour for food and rest shall be given to all the workers employed on
such works.
|
|
|
|
|
|
(vi) The work of such
workers on Sunday shall nor exceed 4 hours.
|
|
(e) 64(2)(e) & 64(3)
|
Dairies
|
All work.
|
Section 52
|
As at (ii) against entry
(d).
|
|
(f) 64(2)(h) & 64(3)
|
Engine room and boiler
houses.
|
Workers employed on
operation of engines and boilers.
|
-do-
|
As at (ii) against entry
(d).
|
|
(g) 64(2)(i) & 64(3)
|
All Newspapers
|
Teleprinter Service
|
Section 51, 52, 54, 55,
56 & 61
|
As at (i), (ii), (iii),
(iv) against entry at (b).
|
|
(h) 64(2)(j).
|
All Factories
|
Loading, unloading of
railway wagons, lorries or trucks.
|
Sections 51, 54 &61.
|
As at (i), (ii), (iii)
& (iv) against the entry at item (d) 64(2)(d) and 64(3).
(a) No worker shall be
allowed to work for more than 60 hours in one week.
(b) The spread over
inclusive of interval for rest shall not exceed 12 hours in any one day.
|
Explanation— The following shall be considered to be urgent repairs.
(a) Repairs to any part of machinery, plant or structure of a
factory which are of such a nature that delay in their execution involve,
danger to human life or safety or the stoppage of manufacturing process.
(b) Break-down repairs to the motive power, transmission or other
essential plant of other Factories, collieries, railways dockyards, harbours,
tramways, motor transport, gas, electrical generating and transmission, pumping
or similar essential or public utility service carried out in a general
engineering works and foundaries and which are necessary to enable such
concerns to maintain their main manufacturing process production of service
during normal working hours.
(c) Repairs in connection within change of motive power, for
example from steam to electricity or vice versa, when such work cannot possibly
be done without stoppage of the normal manufacturing process.
CHAPTER VI Employment of Young Persons
Notice prescribed under sub-section 3 of Section 72
Rule 85. Notice of periods of work for children.
The notice of periods of work for child workers
shall be in Form No. 13.
Register prescribed under sub-section 2 of
Section 73 '
Rule 86. Register of child workers.
The Register of child workers shall be in Form
No. 14.
Rule 86A.
The cash equivalent of the advantage accruing
through the concessional sale of food grains and other articles payable to
worker proceeding on leave shall be the difference between the value at the
average rates in the nearest market prevailing during the month immediately
proceeding his leave and the value at the concessional rates allowed of food
grains and other articles be is entitled to.
For the purpose of the cash equivalent monthly
average market rate of food grains and other articles shall be computed at the
end of every month."
CHAPTER VIII Leave
with Wages
Rules
87-94 prescribed under Section 83 and 112
Rule 87. Leave with wages register.
(1)
The Manager shall keep a Register in Form No. 15 hereinafter
called the Leave with Wages Register:
Provided that if the Chief
Inspector is of the opinion that any muster roll or register maintained as part
of the routine of the factory, or return made by the manager, gives, in respect
of any or all of the workers in the factory the particulars required for the
enforcement of Chapter VIII of the Act, he may, by order in writing, direct
that such muster roll or register or return shall, to the corresponding extent,
be maintained in place of and be treated as the register or return required
under this Rule in respect of that factory.
(2)
The Leave with Wages register shall be preserved for a period of
three years after the last entry in it and shall be produced before the
Inspector on demand.
Rule 88. Leave Book.
(1)
"The Manager shall provide each worker who has become
entitled to leave during a calendar year with a book in form No. 16
(thereinafter called the Leave Book) not later than the 31st January of the
following calendar Year. The Leave Book shall be the property of the worker and
the Manager or his agent shall not demand it except to make the relevant
entries therein whenever necessary, and shall not keep it for more than a week,
at a time.
Provided that in the case of a
worker who is discharged or dismissed from service during the course of the
year i.e. who is covered under sub-section (3) of section 79 of the Act, the
Manager shall issue an abstract from the "Register of Leave with
Wages" (Form No. 15) within a week from the date of discharge or
dismissal, as the case may be.
(2)
If a worker loses his Leave Book, Manager shall provide him with
another copy on payment of 15 N.P. and shall complete it from his record.
Rule 89. Medical Certificate.
If any worker is absent from work
due to his illness and he wants to avail himself of leave with wages due to
cover the whole or part of the period of his illness under the provisions of
Sub-Section (7) of Section 79, he shall, if required by the Manager, produce a
medical certificate signed by a registered Medical practitioner or recognised
Valid or Hakim stating the cause of the absence and the period for which the
worker, is in the opinion of such medical practitioner, Vail or Hakim unable to
attend to his work or other reliable evidence to prove that he was actually
sick during the period for which the leave is to be availed of.
Rule 90. Notice to Inspector of involuntary unemployment.
The Manager shall give, as soon
as possible a notice to the Inspector of every case of involuntary unemployment
of workers, giving number of unemployed and the reason for their unemployment.
Entries of this effect shall be made in the Leave with Wages Register and the
Leave book in respect of each worker concerned.
Rule 91. Notice by Workers.
Before or at the end of every
calendar year, a worker, who may be required to avail of leave in accordance
with sub-section (8) of Section 79 may give notice to the Manager of his
intention not to avail himself of the leave with wages falling due during the
following calendar year. The Manager shall make an entry to that effect in the
Leave with Wages Register and, in the Leave Book of the worker concerned.
Rule 92. Notice of leave with wages.
(1)
As far as circumstances permit, members of the same family
comprising husband, wife and children shall be allowed leave on the same date.
(2)
The Manager may alter the dates fixed for leave only after giving
a notice of four weeks to the worker.
Rule 93. Payment of wages if the worker dies.
If a worker dies before he
resumes work, the balance of his pay due for the period of leave with wages not
availed of shall be paid to his nominees within one week of the intimation of
the death of the worker. For this purpose each worker shall submit a nomination
in the following form duly signed by himself and attested by two witnesses.
FORM
I hereby require that in the
event of my death before resuming work the balance of my pay due for the period
of leave with wages not availed of shall be paid to ............... who is my
................ and resides ...................... at. "The nomination
shall remain in force until it is cancelled or revised by another
nomination".
Rule 94. Register to be maintained in case of exemption under section 84.
(1)
Where an exemption is granted under Section 84, the Manager shall
maintain a Register showing the position of each worker as regards leave due,
leave taken and wages granted.
(2)
He shall display at the main entrance of the factory, a notice
giving full details of the system established in the factory for leave with
wages and shall send a copy of it to the Inspector.
(3)
No alteration shall be made in the scheme approved by the Chief
Commissioner at the time of granting exemption under Section 84 without its previous
sanction.
CHAPTER IX Special Provisions
Rule Prescribed under Section 87
Rule 95. Dangerous Operations.
(1) The following operations (Manufacturing process or operation)
when carried on in a factory are declared to be dangerous operations under Section
87;
(1) Manufacture of aerated water and processes incidental
thereto.
(2) Electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by use of
an electrolyte containing chromic acid and other chromium compounds,
(3) Manufacture and repair of electric accumulators.
(4) Glass manufacture.
(5) Grinding or glazing of metals.
(6) Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain compounds of
lead.
(7) Generating petrol gas from petrol.
(8) Cleaning or smoothing of articles by a jet of sand, metal
shot or grit or other abrasive propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam.
(9) Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and processes
incidental thereto.
(10) Manufacture of pottery.
(11) Lead processing.
(12) Chemical works and processes incidental thereto.
(13) Manufacture of articles from refractory materials.
(14) Handling and processing of asbestos for manufacture of any
article of asbestos and process of manufacture or otherwise in which asbestos
is used, in any form.
(15) Handling or manipulation of corrosive substances.
(16) Compression of oxygen or hydrogen produced by electrolysis of
water.
(17) Process of extracting of oil and facts from extraction
plants.
(18) Manufacture of manipulation of manganese and its compounds.
(19) Manufacture of manipulation of dangerous pesticides.
(20) Manufacture, handling and use of benzene and substances
containing benze.
(21) Manufacturing process or operation in carbon-di-sulphide
plants.
(22) Manufacture and manipulation of carcenegenic dye
intermediates.
23. Operation involving high noise levels.
24. Â Highly flammable
compressed gases.
25. Â Operations in
foundries.
26. Â Manipulation of
stone or any other material containing Free Silica.
(2) The provisions specified in the Schedules annexed hereto
shall apply to any class or description of factories wherein dangerous
manufacturing process or operation specified in each Schedule are carried out
(2A) (a)
for the medical examination of workers to be carried out by the Certifying
Surgeon as required by the Schedule annexed to this rule, the occupier of the
factory shall pay fees at the rate of Rupees one per year for each worker.
(b) The
fees prescribed in sub-rule 2A shall be exclusive of any charges as for
biological, radiological or other test which may have to be carried out in
connection with the medical-examinations. Such charges shall be payable by the
occupier.
(c) The
fees to be paid for medical examinations shall be paid into the local treasury
under the head of account Major Head 087, Labour and Employment, Receipts Under
Labour Law. Receipts under various Acts, Fee realised under Factories Act
(d) For
each biological and radiological examination of workers carried out by the
Certifying Surgeon as required by the schedules annexed to this rule the
occupier of the factory shall pay fee at the rate of rupees five and twelve
respectively for each worker at the time of each examination.
(3) The rule shall come into force in respect of any class or
description of factories wherein the said operations are carried on such dates
as the Chief Commissioner may, by notification in the official gazette, appoint
in this behalf.
(4) Notwithstanding the provisions specified in the Schedule
annexed to this rule, the Inspector or the Chief Inspector, as the case may be,
by issue of order in writing to the manager, or occupier or both, direct to
carry out such measures, and within such time, as may be specified in such
order with a view to removing conditions dangerous to the health of the workers
or to suspend any process, where such process constitutes in the opinion of the
Inspector or the Chief Inspector, as the case may be, danger of poisoning or
toxicity.
SCHEDULE I
Manufacture of Aerated Waters and processes incidental
thereto
(1) Fencing of machines.
All
machines for filling bottles or syphons shall be so constructed, placed of
fenced as to prevent, as far as may be practicable, a fragment of a bursting
bottle or syphon from striking any person employed in the factory.
(2) Face guards and gauntlets.
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition for
the use of all persons engaged in filling bottles or syphons:
(a) suitable face-guards to protect the face, neck and throat,
and
(b) suitable gauntles for both arms to protect the whole hand and
arms; Provided that:
(i) paragraph 2(1) shall not apply where bottles are filled by
means of an automatic machine so constructed that no fragment of a bursting
bottle can escape, and
(ii) where a machine is so constructed that only one arm of the
bottler at work upon it is exposed to danger, a gauntlet need not be provided
for the arm which is not exposed to danger.
(2) The occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition for
the use of all persons engaged in corking, crowing, screwing, wiring, foiling,
capsuling, sighting or labelling bottles or syphons—
(a) suitable face-guards to protect the face, neck and throat,
and
(b) suitable gauntlets for both arms to protect the arms and at
least half of the palm and the space between the thumb and forefinger,
(3) Wearing of face guards and gauntlets.
All
persons engaged in any of the processes specified in paragraph 2 shall, while
at work in such processes, wear the face guards and gauntlets provided under
the provisions of the said paragraph.
[]SCHEDULE
II
Electrolytic
plating or oxidation of metal articles by use of an electrolyte containing
chromic acids, bases or salts of metals such as chromium, nickelx cadmium,
zinc, copper, silver, gold, etc.—
(1) Definitions.
For the
purposes of this Schedule:
(a) "Electrolytic chromium process" means the
electrolytic plating or oxidation of metal articles by the use of an
aelectrolyt containing acids, bases or salts of metals such as chromium,
nickel, cadmium, zinc, copper, silver, gold, etc.;
(b) "Bath means any vessel used for an electrolytic process
or for any subsequent process; and
(c) "Employed" means employed in any process involving contact
with liquid from a bath.
(2) Exhaust draught.
An
efficient exhaust draught shall be applied to every vessel in which an
electrolytic chromium process is carried on. Such draught shall be provided by
mechanical means and shall operate on the vapour or spray given off in the
process as near as may be at the point of origin. The exhaust draught appliance
shall be so constructed, arranged and maintained as to prevent the vapour of
spray entering into any room or place in which work is carried on.
(3) Prohibition relating to women and young persons.
No woman,
adolescent or child shall be employed or permitted to work at a bath.
(4) Floor of workrooms.
The floor
of every room containing a bath shall be impervious to water. The floor shall
be maintained in good and level condition and shall be washed down at least
once a day.
(5) Protective clothing.
(1) The occupier of the factory shall provide and maintain in
good and clean condition the following articles of protective devices for the
use of all persons employed on any process at which they are liable to come in
contact with liquid from a bath and such devices shall be worn by the persons
concerned:
(a) water-proof aprons and bibs, and
(b) for persons actually working at a bath, loose-fitting rubber
gloves and rubber boots or other water-proof foot wear, and chemical goggles.
(2) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all
persons employed suitable accommodation for the storage and adequate
arrangements for the drying of the protective devices.
(6) Water facilities.
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in good repairs for
the use of all persons employed in electrolytic process and process incidental
to it—
(a) a wash place under cover, with either—
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface filled with a waste
pipe, and of sufficient length to allow at least 60 cms for every 5 persons
employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of water from taps or
jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 60 cms, or
(ii) atleast one wash basin for every five such persons employed
at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and having a constant supply of water
laid on.
(b) a sufficient supply of clean towels renewed daily, and soap
or other suitable cleaning material.
(2) In addition to the facility in sub-paragraph 1, an approved
type of emergency shower with eye fountain shall be provided and maintained in
good working order. Whenever necessary, in order to ensure continuous water
supply, storage tank of 1500 litres capacity shall be provided as a source of
clean water for emergency use.
(7) Cautionary placard.
A
cautionary placard in the form specified below and printed in the language of
the majority of the workers employed shall be affixed in a prominent place in
the factory where it can be easily and conveniently read by the workers.
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
Electrolytic
plating—
1.
Chemicals handled in this plant are corrosive and
poisonous.
2.
Smoking, chewing tobacco, eating food or
drinking, in this area is prohibited. No food stuff or drink shall be brought
in this area
3.
Some of these chemicals may be absorbed through
the skin and may cause poisoning.
4.
A good wash shall be taken before meals.
5.
Protective devices supplied shall be used while
working in this area.
6.
Spillage of the chemicals on any part of the body
or on the floor shall be immediately washed away with water.
7.
All workers shall report for the prescribed
medical tests regularly to protect their own health.
(8) Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests-
(1) The occupier of every factory in such electrolytic processes
are carried on shall-
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical
surveillance of the workers employed therein whose appointment shall be subject
to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories;
(b) provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary
facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a); and
(c) maintain a sufficient supply of suitable barrier cream,
ointment and impermeable water proof plaster in a separate box readily
accessible to the workers and used solely for the purpose of keeping: these
substances. In case cyanides are used in the bath, the box shall also contain
an emergency cyanide kit.
(2) The medical practitioner shall examine all workers before
they are employed in electrolytic processes. Such examination in case of chrome
plating shall include inspection of hands, forearms, and nose and will be
carried out once at least in every fortnight
(3) The record of the examinations referred to in sub-paragraph
(2) shall be maintained in a separate register approved by the Chief Inspector
of Factories which shall be kept readily available for inspection by the
Inspector.
(9) Medical examination by the Certifying Surgeon.
(1) Every worker employed in the electrolytic processes shall be
examined by a Certifying Surgeon before his first employment. Such examination
shall include X-ray of the chest and—
(a) in case of chromium plating include examination for nasel
septum perforation and test for chromium in urine;
(b) in case of nickel plating, test for nickel in urine; and
(c) in case of cadmium plating, test for cadmium in urine and -2
microglobulin in urine.
(2) No worker shall be employed in any electrolytic process
unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(3) Every worker employed in the electrolytic processes shall be
re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once every year, except in case of
the workers employed in cadmium, chromium and nickel plating processes for whom
this examination shall be carried out once in every six months. Such re-examination
shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate, include tests as
specified under sub-paragraph (1) excluding the X-ray of the chest which shall
not be required normally to be carried out earlier than once in three years.
(4) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue
a Certificate of Fitness in Form 5. The record of examination and
re-examination carried out shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the
factory. The record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs(1) and
(2), including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered
by the Certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 17.
(5) The certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be
kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector,
(6) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that
a worker is no longer fit for employment in the electrolytic processes on the
ground that continuance therein would involve danger to the health of the
worker, he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the
health register. The entry of his findings in those documents should also
include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for
work in the said processes. The person declared unfit in such circumstances
shall be provided with alternate placement facility unless he is fully
incapacitated in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the
person affected shall be suitably rehabilitated.
(7) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in
sub-paragraph (6) shall be re-employed or permitted to work in the said
processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again
certifies him fit for employment in those processes.
SCHEDULE III
Manufacture and repair of electric accumulators
(1)
Savings.
This
schedule shall not apply to the manufacture or repair of electric accumulators
or parts thereof not containing lead or any compound of lead; or to the repair
on the premises of any accumulator forming part of a stationary battery.
(2)
Definitions.—
For the
purposes of this Schedule:
(a) "Lead Process" means the melting of lead or any
material containing lead casting, pasting, lead burning or any other work
including trimming, or any other abrading or cutting or pasted plates,
involving the use, movement or manipulation of, or contact with, any oxide of
lead.
(b) "Manipulation of raw oxide of lead" means any lead
process involving any manipulation or movement of raw oxides of lead other than
its conveyance in a receptacle or by means of an implement from one operation
to another.
(c) "Suspension" means suspension from employment in
any lead process by written certificates in the Health Register (Form 17)
signed by the Certifying Surgeon, who shall have power of suspension as regards
all persons employed in any such process.
(3)
Prohibition relating to women
and young persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any lead process or
any room in which the manipulation of raw oxide of lead or pasting is carried
on.
(4)
Separation of certain
processes.
Each of
the following processes shall be carried on in such a manner and under such
conditions as to secure effectual separation from one another, and from any
other process.
(a) Manipulation of raw oxide of lead;
(b) Pasting;
(c) Drying of pasted plates;
(d) Formation with lead burning ("tacking") necessarily
carried on in connection therewith;
(5)
Air space.
In every
room in which a lead process is carried on, there shall be at least 500 cubic
feet of air space for each person employed therein, and in computing this air
space no height over 12 feet shall be taken into account
(6)
Ventilation.
Every
workroom shall be provided with inlets and outlets of adequate size as to
secure and maintain efficient ventilation in all parts of the room.
(7)
Distance between workers in
pasting room.
In every
pasting room the distance between the centre of the working position of any
paster and that of the paster working nearest to him shall not be less than six
feet
(8)
Floor of workrooms.
(1) The floor of every room in which a lead process is carried on
shall be—
(a) of cement or of similar material so as to be smooth and
impervious to water;
(b) maintained in sound condition;
(c) kept free from materials, Plant, or other obstruction not
required for or produced in the process carried on in the room.
(2) In all such rooms other than grid casting shop the floor
shall be cleaned daily after being thoroughly sprayed with water at a time when
no other work is being carried on in the room.
(3) In grid casting shops the floor shall be cleansed daily.
(4) Without prejudice to the requirements of sub-paragraphs (1),
(2) and (3). where manipulation of raw oxide of lead or pasting is carried on,
the floor shall also be—
(a) kept constantly moist while work is being done;
(b) provided with suitable and adequate arrangements for
drainage;
(c) thoroughly washed daily by means of a hose pipe.
(9)
Work-benches.
The
work-benches at which any lead process is carried on shall—
(a) have a smooth surface and be maintained in sound condition;
(b) be kept free from all materials or plant not required for, or
produced in the process carried on thereat;
and all
such work-benches other than those in grid casting shops shall—
(c) be cleansed daily either after being thoroughly damped or by
means of a suction cleaning apparatus at a time When no other work is being
carried on thereat;
and all
such
(d) be cleansed daily;
and all
such work-benches in grid casting shops, shall—
(e) be covered throughout with sheet lead or other impervious
material;
(f) be provided with raised edges;
(g) be kept constantly moist while pasting is being carried on.
(10)
Exhaust draught.
The
following processes shall not be carried on without the use of an efficient
exhaust draught—
(a) Melting of lead or materials containing lead;
(b) Manipulation of raw oxide of lead, unless done in an enclosed
apparatus so as to prevent the escape of dust into the work-room;
(c) pasting;
(d) Trimming, brushing, filing or any other abrading or cutting
of pasted plates giving rise to dust.
(e) Lead burning other than
(i) "tacking" in the formation rooms;
(ii) Chemical burning for the making of lead linings for cell
cases necessarily carried on in such a manner that the application of efficient
exhaust is impracticable. Such exhaust draught shall be effected by mechanical
means and shall operate on the dust or fume given off as nearly as may be at
its point of origin, so as to prevent it entering the air of any room in which
persons work.
(11)
Fumes and gases from melting
pots.
The
products of combustion produced in the heating of any melting pot shall not be allowed
to escape into a room in which persons work.
(12)
Container for dross.
A suitable
receptacle with tightly, fitting cover shall be. provided and used for dross as
it is removed from every melting pot. Such receptacle shall be kept covered
while in the work-room, except when dross is being deposited therein.
(13)
Container for lead waste.
A suitable
receptacle shall be provided in every workroom in which old plates and waste
material which may give rise to dust shall be deposited.
(14)
Racks and Shelves in drying room.
The racks
or shelves provided in any drying room shall not be more than 8 feet from the
floor nor more than 2 feet in width; provided that as regards racks or shelves
set or drawn from both sides the total width shall not exceed 4 feet.
Such racks
or shelves shall be cleaned only after being thoroughly damped unless an
efficient suction cleaning apparatus is used for this purpose.
(15)
Medical Examination.
(a) Every person employed in a lead process shall be examined by
the Certifying Surgeon within seven days preceding or following the date of his
first employment in such process and thereafter shall be examined by the
Certifying Surgeon once in every calendar month or at such other intervals as
may be specified in writing by the Chief Inspector, on a day of which due
notice shall be given to all concerned.
'First
Employment' means first employment in a lead process in the factory or workshop
and also re-employment therein in a lead process following any and cessation of
employment in such process for a period exceeding three calendar months.
(b) A Health Register in Form No. 17 containing the names of all
persons employed in a lead process shall be kept.
(c) No person after suspension shall be employed in a lead
process without written sanction from the Certifying Surgeon entered in or
attached to the Health Register.
(16)
Protective clothing.
Protective
clothing shall be provided and maintained in good repair for all persons
employed in—
(a) manipulation of raw oxide of lead;
(b) pasting;
(c) the formation room;
and such clothing
shall be worn by the persons concerned. The protective clothing shall consist
of a waterproof apron and water-proof foot-wear; and also, as regards persons
employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead or in pasting head coverings.
The head coverings shall be washed daily.
(17)
Mess Room.
There
shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in a lead
process and remaining on the premises during the meals interval, a suitable
mess-room, which shall be furnished with (a) sufficient tables and benches, and
(b) adequate means
The
mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a responsible person and shall be
kept clean.
(18)
Cloak Room.
There
shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons, employed in a lead
process—
(a) a cloak-room for clothing put off during working hours with
adequate arrangements for drying the clothing if wet. Such accommodation shall
be separate from any mess-room; and
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of
protective clothing provided under paragraph 16.
(19)
Washing facilities.
There
shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair for the
use of all persons employed in a lead process—
(a) A wash-place under cover, with either—
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste
pipe, without plug and of sufficient length to allow of at least two feet for
every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply
of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than two
feet; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed
at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and having a constant supply
of water laid on;
(iii) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable
materials renewed daily, which supply; in the case of pasters and persons
employed in the manipulating of raw oxide of lead, shall include a separate
marked towel for each such worker; and
(iv) a sufficient supply of soap Or other suitable cleansing material
and of nail brushes;
(b) There shall in addition be provided means of washing in close
proximity to the rooms in which manipulation of raw oxide of lead or pasting is
carried on, if required by notice in writing from the Chief Inspector.
(20)
Time to be allowed for washing.
Before
each meal and before the end of the day's work, at least ten minutes, in
addition to the regular meal times, shall be allowed for washing to each person
who has been employed in the manipulation of raw oxide of lead or in pasting:
Provided
that if there be one basin or two feet of trough for each such person this Rule
shall not apply.
(21)
Facilities for bathing.
Sufficient
bath accommodation to the satisfaction of the Chief Inspector shall be provided
for all persons engaged in manipulation of raw oxide of lead or in pasting, and
a sufficient supply of soap and clean towels.
(22)
Foods, drinks, etc. prohibited
in work-rooms.
No food,
drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be consumed or brought by any worker
into any work-room in which any lead process is carried on.
SCHEDULE IV
Glass Manufacture
(1) Exemption
If the
Chief Inspector is satisfied in respect of any factory or any class of process
that, owing to the special methods of work or the special conditions in a
factory or otherwise any of the requirements of this Schedule can be suspended
or relaxed without danger to the persons employed therein or that the
application of this Schedule or any part thereof is for any reason
impracticable, he may by certificate in writing authorise " such
suspension or relaxation as may be indicated in the certificate for such period
and on such conditions as he may think fit.
(2) Definitions
For the
purpose of this Schedule—
(a) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localised
ventilation effected by mechanical means, for the removal of gas, vapour, dust
or fumes so as to prevent them (as far as practicable under the atmospheric
conditions, usually prevailing) from escaping into the air of any place in
which work is carried on. No draught shall be deemed efficient which fails to
remove smoke generated at the point where such gas, vapour, fume or dust
originate.
(b) "Lead compound" means any compound of lead other
than galena which, when treated in the manner described below, yields to an
aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid a quantity of soluble lead compound
exceeding, when calculated as lead monoxide five per cent of the dry weight of
the portion taken for analysis.
The method
of treatment shall be as follows:
A weighed
quantity of the material which has been dried at 100°C and thoroughly mixed
shall be continuously shaken for one hour at the common temperature with 1,000
times its weight of an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid containing 0.25
per cent by weight of hydrogen chloride. This solution shall thereafter be
allowed to stand for one hour and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the
clear filterate shall then be precipitated as lead sulphide and weighed as lead
sulphate.
(c) "Suspension" means suspension from employment in
any process specified in paragraph 3 by written certificate in the Health
Register Form No. 17 signed by the Certifying Surgeon who shall have power of
suspension as regards all persons employed in any such process.
(3) Exhaust draught
The
following processes shall not be carried on except under an efficient exhaust
draught or under such other conditions as may be approved by the Chief
Inspector.
(a) The mixing of raw materials to form a "batch".
(b) The dry grinding, glazing and polishing of glass or any
article of glass.
(c) All process in which hydrofluoric acid fumes or ammoniacal
vapours are given off.
(d) All process in the making of furnace moulds or
"pots" including the grinding or crushing of used "pots".
(e) All processes involving the use of a dry lead compound.
(4) Prohibition relating to women and young persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any of the operations
specified in paragraph 3 or at any place where such operations are carried on.
(5) Floors and work-benches.
The floor
and work-benches of every room in which a dry compound of lead is manipulated
or in which any process is being carried on giving off siliea dust shall be
kept moist and shall comply with the following requirements—
The floors
shall be—
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and impervious
to water;
(b) maintained in sound condition; and
(c) cleansed daily after being thoroughly sprayed with water at a
time when no other work is being carried on in the room.
The
work-benches shall—
(a) have a smooth surface and be maintained in sound condition;
and
(b) be cleaned daily either after being thoroughly damped or by
means of a suction cleaning apparatus at a time when no other work is being
carried on thereat
(6) Use of hydrofluoric acid.
The
following provisions shall apply to rooms in which glass is treated with
hydroflouric acid;
(a) There shall be inlets and outlets of adequate size so as to
secure and maintain efficient ventilation in all parts of the room;
(b) The floor shall be covered with guttapercha and be tight and
shall slope gently down to a covered drain;
(c) The workplaces shall be so enclosed in projecting hoods that
openings required for bringing in the objects to be treated shall be as small
as practicable; and
(d) The efficient exhaust draught shall be so contrived that the
gases are exhausted down wards.
(7) Storage and transport of Hydroflouric Acid.
Hydrofluoric
acid shall not be stored or transported except in cylinders or receptacles made
of lead or rubber.
(8) Blow-pipes.
Every
glass blower shall be provided with a separate blow-pipe bearing the distinguishing
mark of the person to whom it is issued and suitable facilities shall be
readily available to every glass blower for sterilising his blow pipe.
(9) Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in work-rooms.
No food,
drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into or consumed by any
worker in any room or work-place wherein any process specified in paragraph 3
is carried on.
(10) Protective clothing.
The
occupier shall provide, maintain in good repair and keep in a clean condition
for the use of all persons employed in the processes specified in paragraph 3
suitable protective clothing, foot-wear and goggles according to the nature of
the work and such clothing foot-wear, etc., shall be worn by the persons
concerned.
(11) Washing facilities.
There
shall be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and in good repair for the
use of all persons employed in the processes specified in paragraph 3.
(a) a wash place with either—
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste
pipe, without plug, and of sufficient length to allow of at least two feet for
every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply
of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 2
feet; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed
at any one time, fitted with waste pipe and plug and having an adequate supply
of water laid on or always readily available; and
(b) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material
renewed daily with a sufficient supply of soap or other suitable cleansing
material and of nail brushes; and
(c) a sufficient number of stand pipes with taps—the number and location of such stand pipes shall be to the
satisfaction of the Chief Inspector.
(12) Medical examination.
(a) Every person employed in any process specified in paragraph 3
shall be examined by the Certifying Surgeon within seven days preceding or
following the date of his first employment in such process and thereafter shall
be examined by the Certifying Surgeon once in every calendar month or at such
other intervals as may be specified in writing by the Chief Inspector on a day
of which due notice shall be given to all concerned.
(b) A Health Register in Form No. 17 containing the names of all
persons employed in the process specified in paragraph 3 shall be kept
(c) No person after suspension shall be employed in any process
specified in paragraph 3 without written sanction from the Certifying Surgeon
entered in or attached to the Health Register.
SCHEDULE V
Grinding or glazing of metals and processes incidental
thereto
(1)
Definitions.
For the
purposes of this Schedule—
(a) "Grindstone", means a grindstone composed of
natural or manufactured sandstone but does not include a metal wheel or
cylinder into which blocks of natural or manufactured sandstone are fitted.
(b) "Abrasive wheel" means a wheel manufactured of
bonded emery or similar abrasive.
(c) "Grinding" means the abrassion, by aid of
mechanical power, of metal by means of a grindstone or abrasive wheel.
(d) "Glazing" means the abrading polishing or
finishing, by aid of mechanical power, of metal, by means of any wheel, buff
mop or similar appliance to which any abrading or polishing substance is
attached or applied.
(e) "Racing" means the turning up, cutting or dressing
of a revolving grindstone before it is brought into use for the first time.
(f) "Hacking" means the chipping of the surface of a
grindstone by a Hack of similar tool.
(g) "Rodding" means the dressing of the surface of a
revolving grind-stone by the application or rod, bar or strip of metal to such
surface.
(2)
Exceptions.
(1) Nothing in this Schedule shall apply to any factory in which
only repairs are carried on except any part thereof in which one or more
persons are wholly or mainly employed in the grinding or glazing of metals.
(2) Nothing in this Schedule except paragraph 4 shall apply to
any grinding or glazing of metals carried on intermittently and at which no
person is employed for more than 12 hours in any week.
(3) The Chief Inspector may by certificate in writing subject to
such (sic) as he may specify therein, relax or suspend any of the provisions of
this Schedule in respect of any factory if owing to the special methods of work
or otherwise such relaxation or suspension is practicable without danger to the
health or safety of the persons employed.
(3)
Equipment for removal of dust
No racing,
dry grinding or glazing shall be performed without:
(a) A hood or other appliance so constructed arranged placed and
maintained as substantially to intercept the dust thrown off; and
(b) a duct of adequate size, air tight and so arranged as to be
capable of carrying away the dust, which dust shall be kept free from
obstruction and shall be provided with proper means of access for inspection
and cleaning, and where practicable with a connection at the end remote from
the fan to enable the Inspector to attach thereto any instrument necessary for
ascertaining the pressure of an air in the said duct; and
(c) a fan or other efficient means of producing a draught
sufficient to extract the dust;
Provided
that the Chief Inspector may accept any other appliance that is, in his
opinion, as effectual for the interception, removal and disposal of dust thrown
off as a hood, dust and fan would be.
(4)
Restriction on employment on
grinding operations.
Not more
than one person shall at any time perform the actual process of grinding or
glazing upon a grindstone, abrasive wheel or glazing appliance.
Provided
that this paragraph shall not prohibit the employment of person to assist in
the manipulation of heavy or bulky articles at any such grindstone, abrasive
wheel or glazing appliance.
(5)
Glazing.
Glazing or
other processes, except processes incidental to wet grinding upon a grindstone
shall not be carried on in any room in which wet grinding upon a grindstone is
done.
(6)
Hacking and rodding.
Hacking or
roddings shall not be done unless during process either (a) an adequate supply
of water is laid on at the upper surface of the grindstone or (b) adequate
appliances for the interception of dust are provided in accordance with the
requirements of paragraph 3.
(7)
Examination of dust equipment.
(a) All equipment for the extraction or suppression of dust shall
at least once in every six months be examined and tested by a competent person
and any defect disclosed by such examination and test shall be rectified as
soon as practicable.
(b) (A register containing particulars of such examination and
test shall be kept in a Form No. 17A).
SCHEDULE VI
Manufacture and treatment of lead and certain compounds of
lead
(1) Exemptions.
Where the
Chief Inspector is satisfied that all or any of the provisions of this Schedule
are not necessary for the protection of the persons employed he may by
certificate in writing exempt any factory from all or any of such provisions,
subject to such conditions as he may specify therein.
(2) Definitions.
For the
purposes of this Schedule—
(a) "Lead Compound" means any compound of Lead other
than galena which when treated in the manner described below, yields to an
aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid, a quantity of soluble lead compound exceeding,
when calculated as lead monoxide, five percent, of the dry weight of the
portion taken for analysis. In the case of paints and similar products and
other mixtures containing oil or fat the "dry weight" means the dry
weight of the material remaining after the substance has been thoroughly mixed
and treated with suitable solvents to remove oil, fats, varnish or other media.
The method
of treatment shall be as follows:
A weighed
quantity of the material which has been dried at 100°C and thoroughly mixed
shall be continuously shaken for one hour, at the common temperature with 1,000
times its weight of an aqueous solution of hydrochloric acid containing 0.25
per cent by weight of hydrogen chloride. This solution shall thereafter be
allowed to stand for one hour and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the
clear filterate shall then be precipitated as lead sulphide and weighted as
lead sulphate.
(b) "Efficient Exhaust draught" means localised
ventilation effected by the heat or mechanical means, for the removal of gas
vapour, dust or fumes so as to prevent them (as far as practicable under the
atmospheric conditions usually prevailing) from escaping into the air of any
place in which work is carried on, No draught shall be deemed efficient which
fails to remove smoke generated at the point where such gas, vapour, fumes or
dust originate.
(3) Application.
This
Schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factories in which any of the
following operations are carried on:
(a) Work at a furnace where the reduction of treatment of zinc or
lead ores is carried on.
(b) The manipulation, treatment or reduction of ashes containing
lead, the delivering of lead or the melting of scrap lead or zinc.
(c) The manufacture of solder or alloys containing more than ten
per cent of lead.
(d) The manufacture of any oxide carbonate, sulphate, chromate,
acetate, nitrate or silicate of lead.
(e) Handling or mixing of lead tetra-ethyl.
(f) Any other operation involving the use of a lead compound.
(g) The cleaning of workrooms where any of the operations
aforesaid are carried on.
(4) Prohibition relating to women and young persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any of the operations
specified in paragraph 3.
(5) Requirements to be observed.
No person
shall be employed or permitted to work in any process involving the use of lead
compounds if the process is such that dust or fume from a lead compound is
produced therein, or the persons employed therein are liable to be splashed
with any lead compound in the course of their employment unless the provisions
of paragraph 6 to 14 are complied with.
(6) Exhaust draught.
'Where
dust, fume, gas or vapour is produced in the process, provision shall be made
for removing them by means of an efficient exhaust draught so contrived as to
operate on the dust, fume, gas or vapour as closely possible to the point of
origin.
(7) Certificate of fitness.
A person
medically examined under paragraph 8 and found fit for employment shall be
granted by a certifying surgeon a certificate of fitness in Form No. 28 and
such certificate shall be in the custody of the manager of the factory. The
certificate shall be kept readily available for inspection by any Inspector and
the person granted such a certificate shall carry with him, while at work, a
token giving reference to such certificate.
(8) Medical examination.
(1) The person so employed shall be medically examined by a
Certifying Surgeon within 14 days of his first employment in such process and
thereafter shall be examined by the Certifying Surgeon at intervals of not more
than three months, and a record of such examinations shall be entered by the
Certifying Surgeon in the special certificate of fitness granted under
paragraph 7.
(2) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of opinion that any
person is no longer fit for employment on the ground that continuance therein
would involve special danger to health, he shall cancel the special certificate
of fitness of that person.
(3) No person whose special certificate of fitness has been
cancelled shall be employed unless the Certifying Surgeon, after examination,
again certifies him to be fit for employment
(9) Food, drinks, etc. prohibited in work-rooms.
No food,
drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into or consumed by any
worker in any work-room in which the process is earned on and no person shall
remain in any such room during intervals for meals or rest
(10) Protective clothing.
Suitable
protective overalls and head coverings shall be provided, maintained and kept
clean by the factory occupier and such overalls and head covering shall be worn
by the persons employed.
(11) Cleanliness of work-rooms, tools etc.
The rooms
in which the persons are employed and all tools and apparatus used by them
shall be kept in a clean state.
(12) Washing Facilities.
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all
persons employed suitable washing facilities consisting of—
(a) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste
pipe without plugs and of sufficient length to allow at least two feet for
every ten persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of
clean water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than
two feet; or
(b) at least one wash-basin for every ten persons employed at any
one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and having constant supply of clean
water:
together
with, in either case, a sufficient supply of nail brushes, soap or other
suitable cleansing material and clean towels.
(2) The facilities so provided shall be placed under the charge
of a responsible person and shall be kept clean.
(13) Messroom or Canteen.
The
occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of the person employed suitable
and adequate arrangements for taking their meals. The arrangements shall
consist of the use of a room separate from any workroom which shall be
furnished with sufficient tables and benches, and unless a canteen serving hot
meals is provided, with adequate means of warming food. The room shall be
adequately ventilated by the circulation of fresh air, shall be placed under the
charge, of a responsible person and shall be kept clean. N
(14) Cloak room.
The
occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of persons, employed, suitable
accommodation for clothing not worn during working hours, and for the crying of
wet clothing.
SCHEDULE VII
Generating petrol gas from dangerous petroleum as defined in
the Petroleum Act, 1934
(1)
Prohibition relating to women
and young persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in or shall be allowed
to enter any building in which the generating of petrol gas from dangerous
petroleum as defined in the Petroleum Act, 1934 is carried on.
(2)
Flame traps.
The plant
for generating petrol gas from petrol and associated piping and fittings shall
be fitted with at least two efficient flame traps so designed and maintained as
to prevent a flash back from any burner to the plant. One of these traps shall
be fitted as close to the plant as possible. The plant and all pipes and valves
shall be installed and maintained free from leaks.
(3)
Generating building or room.
All plants
for generating petrol gas from dangerous petroleum as defined in the Petroleum
Act, 1934, erected after the coming into force of the provisions specified in
this schedule, shall be erected outside the factory building proper in a
separate well ventilated building (hereinafter referred to as the
"generating building"). In the case of such plant erected before the
coming into force of the provisions specified in this Schedule there shall be
no direct communication between the room where such plants are erected
thereinafter referred to as "the generating room") and the remainder
of the factory building. So far as practicable all such generating rooms shall
be constructed of fire-resisting materials.
(4)
Fire extinguishers.
An efficient
means of extinguishing petrol fires shall be maintained in an easily accessible
position near the plant for generating petrol gas from petrol.
(5)
Plant to be approved by Chief
Inspector.
Petrol gas
shall not be manufactured except in a plant for generating petrol gas the
design and construction of which has been approved by the Chief Inspector.
(6)
Escape of petrol.
Effective
steps shall be taken to prevent petrol from escaping into any drain or sewer.
(7)
Prohibition relating to smoking
etc.
No person
shall smoke or carry matches, fire or naked light or other means of producing a
naked light or spark in the generating room or building or in the vicinity
thereof and a warning notice in the language understood by the majority of the
workers shall be pasted in the factory prohibiting smoking and the carrying of
matches, fire or naked light or other means of producing a naked light or spark
into such room or building.
(8)
Access to petrol or container.
No
unauthorised person shall have access to any petrol or to a vessel containing
or having actually contained petrol.
(9)
Electric fittings.
All
electric fittings shall be of flame proof construction and all electric
conductors shall either be enclosed in metal conduits or be leadsheathed.
(10)
Construction of doors.
All doors
in the generating room or building shall be constructed to open outwards or to
slide and no door shall be locked or obstructed or fastened in such a manner
that it cannot be easily and immediately opened from the inside while gas is
being generated and any person is working in the generating room or building.
(11)
Repair of containers.
No vessel
that has contained petrol shall be repaired in a generating room or building
and no repairs to any such vessel shall be undertaken unless live steam has
been blown into the vessel and until the interior is thoroughly steamed out or
other equally effective steps have been taken to ensure that it has been
rendered free from petrol or inflammable vapour.
SCHEDULE VIII
Cleaning or smoothing of articles by a jet of sand, metal
shot or grit or other abrasive propelled by a blast of compressed air or steam
(1)
Definition.
For the
purposes of this Schedule—
"Sand
blasting" means the blasting of any articles by a jet of sand, metal shot,
grit or other abrasive.
(2)
Sand blasting to be done in
enclosed chamber.
Sand
blasting shall not be done in any room except in an enclosed chamber or cabinet
in which no other work is performed and at which efficient means are provided,
arranged and maintained to prevent the escape of dust to the outside of such
chamber or cabinet.
(3)
Prohibition relating to
employment of women and young persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed or permitted to work at any operation of sand
blasting.
(4)
Protective equipment.
(1) Unless he is wearing a suitable protective helmet and
gauntlets;
(a) no person shall be employed or permitted to work at blasting
in the open air or work within thirty feet of sand blasting apparatus in
operation in the open air; and
(b) no person shall be employed or permitted to work or allowed
in a sand blasting chamber whilst the sand blasting apparatus is in operation;
(2) The occupier of the factory shall provide and maintain in
good condition all helmets, overalls and gauntlets that are necessary to comply
with the requirements of this Schedule.
(3) Every protective helmet shall carry the distinguishing mark
of the. person by whom it is to be used and shall be provided with a sufficient
supply of pure air for breathing and ventilation,; together with suitable
arrangements to permit the escape of the expired air.
(4) No person shall wear a protective helmet that has been worn
by another person unless such protective helmet shall have been thoroughly
disinfected.
(5) All person engaged in sand blasting while at work shall wear
the protective equipment provided under the provisions of this paragraph.
SCHEDULE IX
Liming and tanning of raw hides and skins and processes
incidental thereto
(1)
Cautionary notices.
(1) Cautionary notices as to anthrax in the form specified by the
Chief Inspector shall be affixed in prominent positions in the factory where
they may be easily and conveniently read by the persons employed.
(2) A copy of a warning notice as to anthrax in the form
specified by the Chief Inspector shall be given to each person employed when he
is engaged, and subsequently if still employed on the first day of each
calendar year.
(3) Cautionary notices as to the effects of chrome on the skin
shall be affixed in prominent positions in every factory in which chrome
solutions are used and such notice shall be so placed as to be easily and
conveniently read by the persons employed.
(4) Notices shall be affixed in prominent places in the factory
stating the position of the "First Aid"! box or cupboard and the name
of the person in charge of such box or cupboard.
(5) If any person employed in the factory is illiterate,
effective steps shall be taken to explain carefully to such illiterate person
the contents of the notices specified in paragraphs 1, 2 and 4 and if chrome
solutions are used in the factory, the contents of the notice specified in
paragraph 3.
(2)
Protective clothing.
The
occupier shall provide and maintain in good condition the following articles of
protective clothing:
(a) waterproof footwear, leg coverings, aprons and rubber gloves
for persons employed in processes involving contact with chrome solutions
including the preparation of such solution.
(b) glove and boots for persons employed in lime yard; and
(c) protective footwear, aprons and gloves for persons employed
in processes involving the handling of hides or skins other than in processes
specified in clause (a):
Provided
that—
(i) the gloves, aprons, leg coverings or boots may be of rubber
or leather, but the gloves and boots to be provided under sub-clauses (a) and
(b) shall be of rubber;
(ii) the gloves may not be provided to persons fleshing by hand or
employed in processes in which there is no risk of contact with lime, sodium
sulphide or other caustic liquor.
(3)
Washing facilities, messroom
and cloakroom.
There
shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair for the
use of all parsons employed—
(a) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste
pipe without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at least two feet for
every ten persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply of
water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than two
feet; or
(b) at least one wash basin for every ten such persons employed
at any time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and having a constant supply of
water together with in either case, a sufficient supply of nail brushes, soap
or other suitable cleansing material, and clean towels;
(c) a suitable mess-room, adequate for the number remaining on
the premises during the meal intervals, which shall be furnished with (1)
sufficient tables and benches, and (2) adequate means for warming food and for
boiling water.
The mess-room
shall (1) be separate from any room or shed in which hides or skins are stored,
treated or manipulated, (2) be separate from the cloak-room, and (3) be placed
under the charge of a responsible person;
(d) suitable accommodation for clothing put off during working
hours and another accommodation for protective clothing and shall also make
adequate arrangements for drying up the clothing in both the cases, if wet. The
accommodation so provided shall be placed under the charge of a responsible
person.
(4)
Food, drinks, etc. prohibited
in work-rooms.
No food,
drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be brought into or consumed by any
worker in any work-room or shed in which hides and skins are stored, treated or
manipulated.
First aid
arrangements.—
The
occupier shall—
(a) arrange for an inspection of the hands of all persons coming
into contact with chrome solutions to be made twice a week by a responsible
person;
(b) collapse or failure of a crane, derrick, winch, hoist or
other and impermeable waterproof plaster in a box readily accessible to the
worker and used solely for the purpose of keeping the ointment and plaster.
SCHEDULE X
Printing Presses and Type foundaries—Certain lead processes carried therein
(1)
Definitions.
For the
purpose of this Schedule—
(a) "Lead Material" means Material containing not less
than five per cent of lead,
(b) "Lead Process" means—
(i) the melting of lead or any lead material for casting and
mechanical composing;
(ii) and the re-charging of machines with used lead material; or
(iii) any other work including removal of dross from melting pots,
cleaning of plungers; and
(iv) Manipulation, movement or other treatment of lead material.
Efficient
exhaust draught" means localised ventilation affected by heat or
mechanical means, for the removal of gas vapour dust or fumes so as to prevent
them from escaping into the air of any place in which work is carried on. No
draught shall be deemed efficient which fails to remove gas, vapour, fumes or
dust at the point where they originate.
(2)
Exhaust draught
None of
the following processes shall be carried on except within efficient exhaust
draught:
(a) Melting lead material or slugs;
(b) Heating lead material so that vapour containing lead is given
off;
or unless
carried on in such a manner as to prevent free escape of gas, vapour, fumes or
dust into any place in which work is carried on;
or unless
carried on in electrically heated and thermostatically controlled melting pots.
Such
exhaust draught shall be affected by mechanical means and so contrived as to
operate on the dust, fumes, gas or vapour given off as closely as may be at its
point of origin.
(3)
Prohibition relating to women
and young persons.
No women
or young persons shall be employed or permitted to work in any lead process.
(4)
Separation of certain
processes.
Each of
the following processes shall be carried on in such a manner and under such
conditions as to secure effectual separation from one another and from any
other process—
(a) melting of lead or any lead material;
(b) casting of lead ingots;
(c) mechanical composing.
(5)
Container for dross.
A suitable
receptacle with tightly fitting cover shall be provided and used for dross as
it is removed from every melting pot. Such receptacle shall be kept covered
while in the work room near the machine except when the dross is being
deposited therein.
(6)
Floor of workroom.
The floor
of every workroom where lead process is carried on shall be—
(a) of cement or similar material so as to be smooth and
impervious to water
(b) maintained in sound conditions; and
(c) shall be cleaned through daily after being thoroughly damped
with water at a time when no other work is being carried on at the place.
(7)
Mess Room.
There
shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in a lead
process and remaining on the premises during the meal intervals, a suitable
mess-room, which shall be furnished with sufficient tables and benches.
(8)
Washing facilities.
There
shall be provided and maintained in a cleanly state and in good repair for the
use of all persons employed in a lead process;
(a) A wash place with either—
(i) A trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste
pipe without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at least two feet for
every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant supply
of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not more than 2
feet; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed
at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and having an adequate
supply of water laid on or always readily available; and
(b) A sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material
renewed daily with a sufficient supply of soap or other suitable cleansing
material.
(9)
Medical Examination.
(a) Every person employed in a lead process shall be examined by
the Certifying Surgeon within 14 days of his first employment in such processes
and thereafter shall be examined by the Certifying Surgeon at intervals of not
more than 3 months, and a record of such examinations shall be entered by the
Certifying Surgeon in the special certificate of fitness in Form No. 28.
(b) A Health register containing names of all persons employed in
any lead process shall be kept in Form No. 17.
(c) No person after suspension shall be employed in a lead
process without the written sanction from the Certifying Surgeon entered in the
Health Register.
(10)
Food, drinks, etc., prohibited
in workrooms.
No food,
drinks, pan and supari, or tobacco shall be consumed or brought by any worker
into any workroom in which any lead process is carried on.
(11)
Exemption.
Where
Chief Inspector is satisfied that all or any of the provisions of this schedule
are not necessary for the protection of persons employed; he may by certificate
in writing exempt any factory from all or any of such provisions subject to
such conditions as he may specify therein. Such certificate may at any time be
revoked by the Chief
Inspector.
SCHEDULE XI
Manufacture of pottery
(1) Savings.
These
provisions shall not apply to a factory in which any of the following articles,
but no other pottery are made-
(a) Unglazed or salt-glazed bricks and tiles; and
(b) architectural term-cotta made from plastic clay and either
unglazed or glazed bricks and tiles; and
(2) Definitions. -
For the
purposes of this Schedule—
(a) "Pottery" includes earthenware, stoneware,
porcelain, China tiles and any other articles made from clay and other
materials such as quartz, flint feldspar, and
(b) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localised
ventilation effected by mechanical or other means for the removal of dust or
fume so as to prevent it from escaping into the air of any place in which work
is carried on. No draught shall be deemed efficient which fails to remove
effectively dust or fume generated at the point where dust or fume organisates.
(c) "Fettling" includes scalloping, towing, sand
papering, sand sticking, brushing or any other process of cleaning of Pottery
ware in which dust is given off.
(d) "Leadless glaze" means a glaze which does not
contain more than one per cent of its dry weight of a lead compound calculated
as lead monoxide.
(e) "Low solubility glaze" means a glaze which does not
yield to dilute hydrochloric acid more than five percent of its dry weight of a
soluble lead compound calculated as lead monoxide when determined in the manner
described below:—
A weighed
quantity of the material which has been dried at 100°C and thoroughly mixed
shall be continuously shaken for one hour, at the common temperature with 1000
times its weight of any aqueous solution of hydrochloric and containing 0.25
per cent by weight of hydrogen chloride. This solution shall thereafter be
allowed to stand for one hour and then filtered. The lead salt contained in the
clear filtrate shall then be precipitated as lead sulphide and weighed as lead
sulphate.
(f) "Ground or powdered flint quartz" does not include
natural sands.
(g) "Potter's shop" includes all places where pottery
is formed by pressing or by any other process and all places where shaping,
fettling or other treatment of pottery articles prior to placing for the
biscuit fire is carried on.
(3) Efficient exhaust draught.
The
following processes shall not be carried on without the use of an efficient
exhaust draught:
(i) All processes involving the manipulation or use of a dry and
unfritted lead compound.
(ii) The fettling operations of any kind, whether on greenware or
biscuit, provided that this shall not apply to the wet fettling, and to the
occasional finishing of pottery articles without the aid of mechanical power.
(iii) Sifting of clay dust or any other material for making tiles
or other articles by pressure, except where:—
(a) this is done in a machine so enclosed as to effectually
prevent the escape of dust; or
(b) the material to be sifted is so damp that no dust can be
given off.
(iv) The pressing of tiles from clay dust, an exhaust opening
being connected with each press, this clause shall also apply to the pressing
from clay dust of articles other than tiles, unless the material is so damp
that no dust is given off.
(v) Fettling of tiles made from clay due by pressure, except
where the fettling is done wholly on, or with, damp material; this clause shall
also apply to the fettling of other articles made from day dust, unless the
material is so dump that no dust is given off.
(vi) The process of loading and unloading of saggars where
handling and manipulation of ground and powered flint, quartz, alimina or other
materials are involved.
(vii) The brushing of earthenware biscuit unless the process is
carried on in a room provided with efficient general mechanical ventilation or
other ventilation which is certified by the Inspector of Factories as adequate,
having regard to all the circumstances of the case.
(viii) Fettling of biscuit ware which has been fired in powdered
flint or quartz except where this is done in machines so enclosed as to
effectually prevent the escape of dust.
(ix) Ware cleaning after the application of glaze by dipping or
other process.
(x) Crushing and dry grinding of materials for pottery bodies,
and saggars, unless carried on in machines so enclosed as to effectively
prevent the escape of dust or is so damp that no dust can be given off.
(xi) Sieving or manipulation of powdered flint, quartz clay grog
or mixture of these materials unless it is so damp that no dust can be given
off.
(xii) Grinding of tires on a power driven wheel unless an efficient
water spray is used on the wheel.
(xiii) Lifting and conveying of materials by elevators and conveyors
unless they are effectively enclosed and so arranged as to prevent escape of
dust into the air in or near to any place which persons are employed.
(xiv) The preparation or weighing cut of flow material, lawning of
dry colours, colouring, dusting and colour blowing.
(xv) In mould making unless the basis of similar receptacles used
for holding plaster of Paris are provided with suitable covers.
(xvi) The manipulation of calcined material unless the material has
been made and remains wet that no dust is given off.
(4) Separation of processes.
Each of
the following process shall be carried on in such a manner and under such
conditions so as to secure effectual separation from one another, and from
other wet processes:—
(a) Crushing and dry grinding or sieving of materials, fettling,
pressing of tiles, drying of clay and greenware, loading and unloading of
saggars.
(b) All processes involving the use of a dry lead compound.
(5) Prohibition on use of glaze.
No glaze
which is not a leadless glaze or a low solubility glaze shall be used in a
factory in which pottery is manufactured.
(6) Prohibition relating to women and young persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any of the operations
specified in clause 2, or at any place where such operations are carried on.
(7) Provision of screen to potter's wheel.
The
potter's wheel (Jolly and Jigger) shall be provided with screens or so
constructed as to prevent clay scraping being thrown off beyond the wheel.
(8) Control of dust during cleaning.
(1) All practical measures shall be taken by damping or otherwise
to prevent dust arising during cleaning of floors.
(2) Damp saw-dust or other suitable material shall be used to
render the moist method effective in preventing dust arising into the air
during the cleaning process which shall be carried out after work has ceased.
(9) Floor of certain work-rooms.
The floors
of potter's shops, slip houses, dipping houses and ware cleaning rooms shall be
hard, smooth ad impervious and shall be thoroughly cleaned daily by a moist
method by an adult male.
(10) Protective equipment.
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable overalls and
head coverings for all persons employed in process included under clause 2.
(2) The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable aprons of a
water-proof or similar material, which can be sponged daily, for the use of the
dippers, dippers assistants throwers, jolly workers, casters, mould makers and
filter press and pug mill workers.
(3) Aprons provided, in pursuance of clause 11(2) shall be
thoroughly cleaned daily by the wearers by sponging or other wet process. All
over-alls and head coverings shall be washed, cleaned and mended at least once
a week, and this washing or mending shall be provided for by the occupier.
(4) No persons shall be allowed to work in emptying sacks of
dusty materials, weighing out and mixing of dusty materials and charging of
ball mills and blungers without wearing a suitable and efficient dust
respirator.
(11) Washing facilities.
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain in a cleanly state
and in good repair for the use of all persons employed in any of the processes
specified in clause 2, a wash place under cover with either—
(a) (i) a trough with smooth impervious surface fitted with a
waste pipe, without plug; and of sufficient length to allow at least two feet
for every five such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant
supply of clean water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of not
more than two feet; or
(ii) at
least one tap or stand pipe for every five such persons employed at any one
time, and having a constant supply of clean water the tap or stand pipe being
spaced not less than 4 feet apart; and
(b) A sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material
changed daily, with sufficient supply of nail brushes and soap.
(12) Time allowed for washing.
Before
each meal and before the end of the day's work, at least ten minutes, in
addition to the regular meal times,
shall be
allowed for washing to each person employed in any of the processes mentioned
in clause 2.
(13) Mess-rooms.
(1) There shall be, provided and maintained for use of all
persons remaining within the premises during the rest intervals, a suitable
mess-room providing accommodation of 10 square feet per head and furnished with—
(i) a sufficient number of tables and chairs or benches with back
rest:
(ii) arrangements for washing utensils;
(iii) adequate means for warming food; and
(iv) adequate quantity of drinking water.
(2) The room shall be adequately ventilated by the circulation of
fresh air and place under the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept
clean.
(14) Food-drinks, etc., prohibited in work-rooms.
No food,
drink, pan and supari, or tobacco shall be brought into, or consumed by any
worker in, any work-room in which any of the processes mentioned in clause 2
are carried on and no person shall remain in any such room during intervals for
meals or rest
(15) Cloak-room etc.
There
shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in any of
the processes mentioned in clause 2:
(a) a cloak-room for clothing put off during working hours and
such accommodation shall be separate from any mess-room; and
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of
protective equipment provided under clause 11.
(16) Medical Examination.
(1) All persons employed in any process included under clause 2
shall be examined by the Certifying Surgeon within 7 days preceding or
following the date of their first employment in such process; thereafter all
persons employed in any process included under clause 2(1)(xiv) shall be
examined by the Certifying Surgeon once in every three calendar months, and
those employed in any process included in clause 2(ii) to (xiii) and (xv) and
(xvi) once in every 12 months by the Certifying Surgeon. Records of such examinations
shall be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in the Health Register and
Certificate of fitness granted to him under Clause 10.
(2) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of opinion that any
person employed in any process included in clause 2 is no longer fit for
employment on the ground that continuance therein would involve damage to his
health, he shall cancel the certificate of fitness granted to that person.
(3) No persons whose certificate of fitness has been cancelled
shall be reemployed unless the Certifying Surgeon after examination, again
certifies him to be fit for employment
(17) Certificate of fitness.
A person
medically examined under clause 9 and found fit for employment shall be granted
by the Certifying Surgeon a certificate of fitness in Form 5 and such
certificate shall be in the custody of the manager of the factory. The
Certificate shall be kept readily available for inspection by any inspector and
the person granted such a certificate shall carry with him while at work, a
token giving reference to such certificate.
(18) Exemption.
If in
respect of any factory the Chief Inspector of Factories is satisfied that all
or any of the provisions of this Schedule are not necessary for the protection
of the persons employed in such factory, he may by a certificate in writing
exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions, subject to such
conditions as he may specify therein. Such certificate may at any time be
revoked by the Chief Inspector without assigning any reasons.
[]SCHEDULE
XII
Chemical Works—
(1) Application.
This
Schedule shall apply to all manufacturers and processes incidental thereto
carried on in chemical works.
(2) Definitions.
For the
purpose of this schedule—
(a) "chemical works" means any factory or such parts of
any factory as are listed in Appendix "A" to this Schedule;
(b) "efficient exhaust draught" means localised
ventilation effected by mechanical or other means for the removal of gas,
vapour, fume or dust to prevent it from escaping into the air of any place in
which work is carried on;
(c) "bleaching powder" means the bleaching powder
commonly called chloride of lime;
(d) "chlorate" means chlorate or perchlorate;
(e) "caustic" means hydroxide of potassium or sodium;
(f) "chrome process" means the manufacture of chromate
or bichromate of potassium or sodium, or the manipulation, movement or other
treatment of these substances;
(g) "Nitro or amino process" means the manufacture of
nitro or amino derivatives of phenol and benzene or its homologues, and the
making of explosives with the use of any of these substances;
(h) the term "permit to work" system means the
compliances with the procedures laid down under para 20 of part II;
(i) "toxic substances" means all these substances which
when they enter into the human body, through inhalation or ingestion or absorption
through skin, in sufficient quantities cause fatality or exert serious
affliction of health, or chronic harmful effects on the health of persons
exposed to it due to its inherent chemical or biological effects. In respect of
substances whose TLV is specified in Rule 95A exceeding the concentration
specified therein would make the substance toxic;
(j) "emergency" means a situation or condition leading
to a circumstance or set of circumstances in which there is danger to the life
or health of persons or which could result in big fire or explosion or
pollution to the work and outside environment, affected the workers or
neighbourhood in a serious manner, demanding immediate action.
(k) "dangerous chemical reactions" means high speed
reactions, run-away reactions, delayed reactions, etc., and are characterized
by evaluation of large quantities of heat, intense release of toxic or
flammable gases or vapours, sudden pressure build up etc.;
(l) "manipulation" means mixing, blending, filling
employing, grinding sieving, drying, packing, sweeping handling, using etc;
(m) "approved personal protection equipment" means
items of personal protective equipment conforming to the relevant ISI
specifications or in the absence of it, personal protective equipment approved
by the Chief Inspector of Factories;
(n) "appropriate personal protective equipment" means
that when the protective equipment is used by the worker, he shall have no risk
to his life or health or body; and
(o) "confined space" means any space by reason of its
construction as well as in relation to the nature of the work carried therein
and where hazards to the persons entering into or working inside exit or are
likely to develop during working.
PART II
General requirements
Applying to all the works in Appendix "A"
(1)
House-keeping.
(1) Any spillage of materials shall be cleaned up before further
processing.
(2) Floors, platforms, stairways, passages and gangways shall be
kept free of any obstructions.
(3) There shall be provided easy means of access to all parts of
the plant to facilitate cleaning.
(2)
Improper use of chemicals.
No
chemicals or solvents or empty containers containing chemicals or solvents
shall be permitted to be used by workers for any purposes other than in the
processes for which they are supplied.
(3)
Prohibition of the use of food,
etc.
No food,
drink, tobacco, pan or any edible item shall be stored or heated or consumed on
or near any part of the plant or equipment
(4)
Cautionary notices and
instructions.
(1) Cautionary notice in a language understood by the majority of
workers shall be prominently displayed in all hazardous areas drawing the
attention of all workers about the hazards to health, hazards involving fire
and explosion and any other hazard such as consequences of testing of material
or substances used in the process or using any contaminated container for
drinking or eating, to which the workers' attention should be drawn for
ensuring their safety and health.
(2) In addition to the above cautionary notice, arrangement shall
be made to instruct and educate all the workers including illiterate workers
about the hazards in the process including the specific hazards to which they
may be exposed to, in the normal course of their work. Such instructions and
education should also deal with the hazards involved in unauthorized and
un-safe practices including the properties of substances used in the process
under normal conditions as well as abnormal conditions and the precautions to
be observed against each and every hazard. Further an undertaking from the
workers shall be obtained within 1 month of their employment and for old
workers employed, within one month of coming into operation of the rules, to
the effect that' they have read the contents of the cautionary notices and
instructions understood them and should abide by them. The training and
instructions to all workers and all supervisory personnel shall include the
significance of different types of symbols and colours used on the labels
struck or painted on the various types of containers and pipe litres.
(5)
Evaluation and provision of
safeguards before the commencement of process.
(1) Before commencing any process or any experimental work, or
any new manufacture covered under Appendix "A", the occupier shall
take all possible steps to ascertain definitely all the hazards involved both
from the actual operations and the chemical reaction including the dangerous
chemical reactions. The properties of the raw materials used, the final
products to be made, and any by-products derived during manufacture, shall be
carefully studied and provisions shall be made for dealing with any hazards
including effects on workers, which may occur during manufacture.
(2) Information in writing giving details of the process, its
hazards and the steps taken or proposed to be taken form the design state to
disposal stage for ensuring the safety as in sub-para (1) above should be sent
to the Chief Inspector at the earliest but in no case less than 15 days before
commencing manufacture, handling, or storage of any of item covered under
Appendix "A", whether on experimental basis, or as pilot plant or as
trial production, or as large scale manufacture.
(3) The design, construction, installation, maintenance and
disposal of the buildings, plants and facilities shall take in consideration
effective safeguards against all the safety and health hazards so evaluated.
(4) The requirement under the sub-paras (1) to (3) shall not act
in lieu of or in derogation to, any other provisions contained in any Act
governing the work.
(6)
Authorized entry.
Authorized
persons only shall be permitted to enter any section of the factory or plant
where any dangerous operations or processes are being carried on or where
dangerous chemical reactions are taking place or where hazardous chemicals are
stored.
(7)
Examination of instruments and safety
devices.
(1) All instruments and safety devices used in the process shall
be tested before taking into use and after carrying out any repair to them and
examined once in a month, by a competent person. Records of such tests and
examinations shall be maintained in register.
(2) All instruments and safety devices used in the process shall
be operated daily or as often as it is necessary, to ensure its effective and
efficient working at all times.
(8)
Electrical installations.
All
electrical installations used in the process covered in Appendix "A"
shall be of an appropriate type to ensure safety against the hazard prevalent
in that area such as suitability against dust, dampness, corrosion,
flammability and explosivity etc. and shall conform to the relevant ISI specifications
governing their construction and use for that area.
(9)
Handling and storage of
chemicals.
(1) The containers for handling and storage of chemicals shall be
of adequate strength taking into consideration the hazardous nature of the
contents. They shall be provided with adequate labelling and colour coding
arrangements to enable identification of the containers and their contents
indicating the hazards and safe handling methods and shall conform to the
respective ISI standards. The instructions given in the label shall be strictly
adhered to. Damaged containers shall be handled only under supervision of a
knowledgeable and responsible person and spillage shall be rendered innocuous
in a safe manner using appropriate means.
(2) The arrangements for the storage of chemicals including
charging of chemicals in reaction vessels and containers shall be such as to
prevent any risk of fire or explosion or formation of toxic concentration of
substances above the limits specified in Rule 95A.
(3) Without prejudice to the generality of the requirements in
sub-para (2) above, the arrangements shall have suitable ventilation facilities
and shall enable the maintenance of safe levels in vessels and containers. Such
arrangements shall also take into consideration, the type of flooring and the
capacity of flooring and the compatibility requirements of substances with
other chemicals stored nearby.
(4) (a) Storage of chemicals and intermediate products, which are
highly unstable or reactive or explosive shall be limited to the quantities
required for two months use.
(b)
Whenever the quantities laid down in the above clause (a) are to be exceeded,
the permission of the Chief Inspector shall be obtained.
(c)
Notwithstanding anything contained in clauses (a) and (b) above the Chief Inspector
of factories may direct any factory carrying out processes covered in Appendix
"A", to further limit the storage of hazardous substances to
quantities less than two months on considerations of safety.
(5) Standby arrangements equal to the biggest container shall
always be available to transfer the toxic substances quickly into the standby
storage facility if any defect develops in any of the container resulting in
the release of toxic substances.
(6) Any storage facility constructed using non-metallic material
such as fibreglass, Reinforced Plastics (FRP), all glass vessels, etc., shall
have adequate strength to withstand the stress, if any, exerted by the contents
and shall be properly anchored. Working platforms, access ladders, pipe-lines
etc., used in such storage facility shall not have any support on the structure
of the storage facility and shall be independently supported.
(10)
Facility for isolation.
The plant
and requirement shall be so constructed and maintained as to enable quick
isolation of plant or part of plant or equipment, with appropriate indication.
One copy of the labour plan indicating the isolation facilities shall always be
available with the security personnel, the maintenance and the health and
safety personnel and these isolation facilities shall be checked for its
effectiveness once in a month.
(11)
Personal protective equipment.
(1) All workers exposed to the hazards in the processes covered
by the Schedule shall be provided with appropriate and approved type of
personal protective equipment Such equipment shall be in a clean, sterile and
hygienic condition before issue.
(2) The occupier shall arrange to inform, educate and supervise
all the workers in the use of personal protective equipment while carrying out
the job.
(3) As regards any doubt regarding the appropriateness of any
personal protective equipment the decision of the Chief Inspector will be
final.
(12)
Alarm systems.
(1) Suitable and effective alarm systems giving audible and
visible indications, shall be installed at the control room as well as in all
strategic locations where process control arrangements are available so as to
enable corrective action to be taken before the operational parameter exceed
the predetermined safe levels or lead to conditions conductive an outbreak of
fine or explosion to occur. Such alarm systems shall be checked daily and
tested every month atleast once to ensure its performance efficiently at all
times.
(2) The Chief Inspector of Factories may direct such systems to
be installed in case of plants or processes where toxic materials are being
used and spillage or leakage of which may cause wide spread poisoning in or
around the plant
(13)
Control of escape of substances
into the work atmosphere.
(1) Effective arrangements such as, enclosure, or bypass or
efficient exhaust draught, maintenance of negative pressure etc., shall be
provided in all plants, containers, vessels, sewers, drains, flues, ducts,
culverts and buried pipes and equipments to control the escape and spread of
substances which are likely to give rise to fire or explosion or toxic hazards
during normal working and in the event of accident or emergency.
(2) In the event of the failure of the arrangements for control
resulting in the escape of substances in the work atmosphere immediate steps
shall be taken to control the process in such manner, that further escape is
brought down to the safe level.
(3) The substance that would have escaped into the work
atmosphere before taking immediate steps as required in sub-para (2), shall be
rendered innocuous by diluting with air or water or any other suitable agent or
by suitable treating of the substances.
(14)
Control of dangerous chemical
reactions.
Suitable
provision, such as automatic and or remote control arrangements, shall be made
for controlling the effects of "dangerous chemical reaction" in the
event of failure of control arrangements automatic flooding or blanketing or
other effective arrangements shall come into operation.
(15)
Testing, examination and repair
of plant & equipment.
(1) All parts of plant, equipment and machinery used in the
process which in the likely event of their failure may give rise to an emergent
situation shall be tested by a competent person before commencing process and
retested at an interval of two years of after carrying out repairs to it. The
competent person shall identify the parts of the plant, equipment and machinery
required to be tested as aforesaid and evolve a suitable testing procedure. In
carrying out the test as mentioned above in respect of pressure vessels or
reaction vessels the following precautions shall be observed, namely—
(a) before the test is carried out, each vessel shall be
thoroughly cleaned and examined externally, and as far as practicable,
internally also for surface defects, corrosion and foreign matters. During the
process of cleaning and removal of sludge, if any, all precautions shall be
taken against fire or explosion, if such sludge is of pyrepheric nature or
contains spontaneously combustible chemicals;
(b) as soon as the test is completed, the vessel shall be
thorough dried internally and shall be clearly stamped with the marks and
figures indicating the person by whom testing has been done and the date of
test; and
(c) any vessel which fails to use the test or which for any other
reason is found to be unsafe for use shall be destroyed or rendered unusable
under intimation to the Chief Inspector.
(2) All parts of plant, equipment, machinery which in the likely
event of failure may give rise to an emergent situation shall be examined once
in a month by the competent person.
(3) Records of testing and examination referred to in paragraphs
(1) and (2) shall be maintained as long as that part of the plant, equipment
and machinery are in use.
(4) All repair work including alteration, modification and
addition to be carried out to the plant, equipment and machinery shall be done
under the supervision of a responsible person who shall evolve a procedure to
ensure safety and health of persons doing the work. When repairs or
modification is done on pipelines, and joints are required to be welded, but
welding of joints shall be preferred. Whenever necessary the responsible person
shall regulate the aforesaid work through a "Permit to work system".
(16)
Staging.
(1) All staging that is erected for the purpose of maintenance
work or repair work or for work connected with entry into confined spaces and
used in the processes included in Appendix "A", shall be stable,
rigid and constructed out of substantial material of adequate strength. Such
staging shall conform to the respective Indian Standard specifications.
(2) Staging shall not be erected over by closed or open vessel
unless the vessel is so constructed and ventilated to prevent exposure of
persons working on the stages.
(3) All the staging constructed for the purpose of this para
shall have appropriate access which are safe and shall be fitted with proper
hand rails to a height of one metre and to board.
(17)
Seating arrangements.
The
seating arrangements provided for the operating personnel working in processes
covered in Appendix "A" shall be located in a safe manner as to
prevent the risk of exposure to toxic, flammable and explosive substances
evolved in the work environment in the course of manufacture, or repair or
maintenance, either due to failure of plant and equipment or due to the
substances which are under pressure, escaping in the atmosphere.
(18)
Entry into or work in confined
spaces.
(1) The occupier of every factory to which the provisions of this
Schedule apply, shall ensure the observance of the following precautions before
permitting any person to enter or work inside the confined spaces;
(a) identify all confined spaces and the nature of hazards that
are encountered in such spaces, normally or abnormally and arrange to develop
the most appropriate safeguards for ensuring the safety and health of persons
entering into or working inside, the confined spaces.
(b) regulate the entry or work inside the confined spaces through
a "permit to work system" which should include the safeguards so
developed as required under sub-clause (a) above.
(c) before testing the confined space for entry into or work, the
place shall be rendered safe by washing or cleaning with neutralising agents;
or purging with steam or inert gases and making adequate forced ventilation
arrangements or such measure which will render the confined space safe.
(d) shall arrange to carry out such tests as are necessary for
the purposes by a competent person and ensure that the confined space is for
the persons to enter or work. Such testing shall be carried out as often as is
necessary during the course of work to ensure its continued safety;
(e) shall arrange to educate and train the personnel who would be
required to work in confined spaces about the hazating involved in the work. He
shall also keep in readiness the appropriate and approved personal protective equipment
including arrangements for rescue, resurrection and first-aid, and shall
arrange supervision of the work at all times by a responsible and knowledgeable
person.
(2) The manager shall maintain a log book of all entries into or
working, confined spaces and such record shall contain the details of persons
assigned for the work, the location of the work and such other details that
would have a bearing on the safety and health of the persons assigned for this
work. The log book so maintained shall be retained as long as the concerned
workers are in service and produced to the Inspector when demanded.
(19)
Maintenance work, etc.
(1) All the work connected with the maintenance of plants and
equipment including cleaning of empty containers which have held hazards substances
used in the processes covered in this Schedule, shall be carried out under
"permit to work system" employing trained personnel and under
supervision of responsible person, having knowledge of the hazards and
precautions required to deal with them.
(2) Maintenance work shall be carried out in such a manner that
there is no risk to persons in the vicinity or to persons who pass by, if
necessary, the place of such work shall be cordoned off or the presence of
unconnected persons effectively controlled.
(20)
Permit to work system.
The permit
to work system shall inter-alia include the observance of the following
precautions while carrying out any. specified work to be subjected to the
permit to work system—
(a) all work subject to the permit to work system is carried out
under the supervision of a knowledgeable and responsible person;
(b) all parts of plant or machinery or equipment on which permit
to work system is carried out, shall remain isolated from other parts
throughout the period of permit to work and the place of work including the
parts of plant, machinery shall be rendered safe by cleaning, purging, washing,
etc.
(c) all work subject to the permit to work system shall have
predetermined work procedures which integrate safety with the work. Such
procedures shall be reviewed whenever any change occurs in material or
equipment so that continued safety is ensured.
(d) persons who are assigned to carry out the permit to work
system shall be physically fit in all respects taking into consideration the
demands and nature, of the work before entering into the confined space. Such
persons shall be adequately informed about the correct work procedures as well
as the precautions to be observed while carrying out the permit to work system;
(e) adequate rescue arrangements wherever considered necessary
and adequate first-aid, rescue and resurrection arrangements shall be available
in good working condition near the place of work while carrying out the permit
to work system, for use in emergency;
(f) appropriate and approved personal protective equipment shall
be used while carrying out the "permit to work system";
(g) after completion of work subject to the "permit to work
system" the person responsible shall remove all the equipment and tools
and restore to the original condition (the place of work) so as to prevent any
danger while carrying out regular process.
(21)
Safety sampling personnel.
The
occupier shall ensure the safety of persons assigned for collecting samples by
instructing them on the safe procedures. Such personnel shall be provided with
proper and approved personal protective equipment, if required.
(22)
Ventilation.
Adequate
ventilation arrangements shall be provided and maintained at all times in the
process area where dangerous or toxic or flammable or explosive substances
could be evolved. These arrangements shall ensure that concentrations, which
are either harmful or could result in explosion, are not permitted to be built
up in the work environment.
(23)
Procedures for meeting
emergencies.
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out the works covered
in Appendix "A" shall arrange to identify all types, of possible
emergencies that could occur in the processes during the course of work or
while carrying out maintenance work or repair work. The emergencies so identified
shall be reviewed every year.
(2) The occupier shall formulate a detailed plan to meet all such
identified emergencies including arrangements for summoning outside help for
rescue and fire-fighting and arrangements for making available urgent medical
facilities.
(3) The occupier shall send the list of emergencies and the
details of procedures and plans formulated to meet the emergencies, to the
Chief Inspector of Factories.
(4) The occupier shall arrange to install distinctive and
recognizable warning arrangements to caution all persons inside the plant as
well as the neighbouring community, if necessary, to enable evacuation of
persons and to enable the observance of emergency procedures by the persons who
are assigned emergency duties. All concerned must be well informed about the
warning arrangements and their meaning. The arrangements must be checked for
its effectiveness every month.
(5) Alternate power supply arrangements shall be made and
interlocked with the normal power supply system so as to ensure constant supply
of power to the facilities and equipment meant for compliance with requirements
of Paragraphs 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 18, 22 and this paragraph of Part II, Part
III, Part IV and Part V of the Schedule.
(6) The occupier shall arrange to suspend the further process
work in a place where emergency is established and shall forthwith evacuate all
persons in that area except workers who have been assigned emergency duties.
(7) All the employees of the factory shall be trained about the
action to be taken by them including evacuation procedures during emergencies.
(8) All emergency procedures must be rendered every three months
and deficiencies, if any, in the achievement of the objectives shall suitably
be corrected.
(9) The occupier shall arrange to have ten per cent of the workers
trained in the use of First-Aid, Fire-Fighting appliances and in the rendering
of specific First-Aid measures taking into consideration the special hazards of
the particular process.
(10) The occupier shall furnish immediately on request the
specific chemical identity of the hazardous substances to the treating
physician when the information is needed to administer proper emergency or
first-aid treatment to exposed persons.
(24)
Danger due to effluents.
(1) Adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent the mixing of
effluents from different processes and operations which may cause dangerous or
poisonous gases to be evolved.
(2) Effluents which contain or give rise in the presence of other
effluents to poisonous gases shall be provided with independent drainage systems
to ensure that they may be trapped and rendered safe.
PART III
Fire and Explosions Risks
(1)
Sources of ignition including
lighting installation.
(1) No internal combustion engine and no electric motor or other
electrical equipment, and fittings and fixtures capable of generating sparks or
otherwise causing combustion or any other source of ignition or any naked light
shall be installed or permitted to be used in the process area where there
could be fire and explosion hazards.
(2) All hot exhaust pipes shall be installed outside a building
and other hot pipes or hot surface or surfaces likely to become hot shall be
suitably protected.
(3) The classification of work area in terms of its hazards
potential and the selection of electrical equipment or other equipment that
could constitute a source of ignition shall be in accordance with the
respective Indian Standard.
(4) Where a flammable atmosphere may be prevalent or could occur,
the soles of footwear worn by workers shall have no metal on them, and the
wheels of trucks or conveyors shall be conductive type.
(5) All tools and appliances used for work in this area shall be
of non-sparking type.
(6) Smoking in process area where there are risks of fire and
explosion shall be prohibited, and warning notices in the language understood
by majority of workers shall be posted in the factory prohibiting smoking into
specified areas.
(2)
Static Electricity.
(1) All machinery and plant particularly, pipe-lines and belt
drives, on which static charge is likely to accumulate, shall be effectively
earthed. Receptacles for flammable liquids shall have metallic connections to
the earthed supply tanks to prevent static sparking. Where necessary, humidity
shall be regulated.
(2) Mobile tanker wagons shall be earthed during filling and
discharge, and precautions shall be taken to ensure that earthing is effective
before such filling or discharge takes place.
(3)
Lighting Protection.
Lighting
protection arrangement shall be fitted where necessary, and shall be
maintained.
(4)
Process heating.
The method
of providing heat for a process likely to result in fire and explosion shall be
as safe as possible and where the use of naked flame is necessary, the plant
shall be so constructed as to prevent any escaping flammable gas, vapour or
dust coming into contact with the flame or exhaust gases or other sources
likely to cause ignition. Wherever possible, the heating arrangement shall be
automatically controlled at a predetermined temperature below the danger
temperature.
(5)
Leakage of flammable liquids.
(1) Provision shall be made to confine by means of bund walls,
dykes, sumps, etc. possible leakages from storage vessels containing flammable
liquids.
(2) Waste material in contact with flammable substances shall be
disposed off suitably under the supervision of knowledgeable and responsible
person.
(3) Adequate and suitable fire-fighting appliances shall be
installed in the vicinity of such vessels.
(6)
Safety valves.
Every
still and every closed vessel in which gas is evolved or into which gas is
passed, and in which the pressure is liable to rise above the atmospheric
pressure, shall have attached to it a pressure gauge, and a proper safety valve
or other equally efficient means to relieve the pressure. These appliances
shall be maintained in good condition.
(7)
Installation of pipe-line etc.
All
pipelines carrying flammable or explosive substances shall be protected from
mechanical damage and shall be examined by a responsible person once in a week
to detect any deterioration or defects, or accumulation of flammable or
explosive substances, and record kept of any defects found and repairs made.
(8)
Fire-fighting systems.
(1) Every factory employing 500 or more persons and carrying out
processes listed in Appendix "A" shall provide—
(a) Trained and responsible fire-fighting squad so as to effectively
handle the fire-fighting and life saving equipment in the event of fire or
other emergency. Number of persons in this squad will necessarily depend upon
the size of risk involved, but in no case shall be less than 8 such trained
persons to be available at any time. The squad shall consist of watch and ward
personnel, fire pumpman and departmental supervisors and operators trained in
the operation of fire & emergency services.
(b) Squad leaders shall preferably be trained in a recognized
government institution and their usefulness enhanced by providing residence on
the premises.
(c) Squad personnel shall be provided with clothing and equipment
including helmets, boots and belts.
(2) A muster-roll showing the duties allocated to each member of
the squad shall be prepared and copies supplied to each leader as well as
displayed in prominent places so as to be easily available for reference in
case of emergency.
(3) the pumpman shall be thoroughly conversant with the location
of all appliances. He shall be responsible for maintaining all fire fighting
equipment in proper working order. Any defect coming to his notice shall be
immediately brought to the notice of squad leader.
(4) As far as is practicable, the fire pump room and the main
gate(s) of the factory be connected to all manufacturing or storing areas
through telephone inter linked and placed in a convenient location near such
areas.
PART IV
Risks of Toxic Substances
(1)
Leakage.
(1) All plants shall be so designed and constructed as to prevent
the escape of toxic substance. Where necessary, separate buildings, rooms or
protective structure shall u, used for the dangerous stages of the process and
the buildings shall be so designed as to localized any escape of toxic
substances.
(2) Catch pits, bund walls, dykes or other suitable safeguards
shall be provided to restrict the serious effects of such leakages. Catch pits
shall be placed below joints in pipelines where there is danger involved to
maintenance and other workers from such leakage.
(2)
Drainage.
Adequate drainage
shall be provided and shall lead to collection tanks specifically provided for
this purpose wherein deleterious material shall be neutralised, treated or
otherwise rendered safe before it is discharged into public drains or sewers.
(3)
Covering of vessels.
(1) Every fixed vessel or structure containing any toxic
substance and not so covered as to eliminate all reasonable risk of accidental
contact of any portion of the body of a worker, shall be so constructed as to
avoid physical contact
(2) Such vessel shall, unless its edge is at least 90 centimeter
above the adjoining ground or platform be securely fenced to a height of at least
90 centimeters above such adjoining ground or platform.
(3) Where such vessels adjoin the space between them, clear of
any surrounding brick or other work is either less than 45 centimeters in width
or is 45 or more centimeters in width, but is not securely fenced on both sides
to a height of at least 90 centimeters, secure barriers shall be so placed as
to prevent passage between them:
Provided
that sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph shall not apply to—
(a) staurators used in the manufacture of sulphate of ammonia;
and
(b) that part of the sides of brine evaporating pans which
require raking, drawing or filling.
(4)
Continuous exhaust arrangement.
(1) Any process evolving toxic vapour, gas, fume and substance
shall have efficient continuous exhaust draught. Such arrangement shall be
interlocked in the process control wherever possible.
(2) In the event of failure of continuous exhaust arrangement
means shall be provided to automatically stop the process.
(5)
Work-bench.
All the
work benches used in processes involving the manipulation of toxic substance,
shall be graded properly and shall be made of smooth impervious surface which
shall be washed daily after the completion of work.
(6)
Waste disposal.
(1) There shall be provided a suitable receptacle made of
non-absorbable material with a tightly fitting cover for depositing waste
material soiled with toxic substances and the contents of such receptacles
shall be destroyed by burning or using other suitable methods under the
supervision of a responsible person.
(2) During the course of manufacture, whenever any batch or
intermediate products having toxicity is rejected on consideration of quality,
sufficient precautions shall be taken to render them innocuous or otherwise
treat them or inactive them before disposal
(3) The empty containers of toxic substance shall be cleaned
thoroughly before disposal under the supervision of a responsible person;
PART V
Special Provisions
(1) Special precautions for Nitro or Amino Processes.
(1) Unless the crystallised nitro or amino substances or any of
its liquor is broken or agitated in a completely enclosed process so as not to
give rise of dust or fume, such process shall be carried on under an efficient
exhaust draught or by adopting any other suitable means in such a manner as to
prevent the escape of dust or fume in the working atmosphere.
(2) No part of the plant or equipment or implements which was in
contact with nitro of amino compounds shall be repaired, or handled unless they
have been emptied and thoroughly cleaned and decontaminated.
(3) Filling of containers with nitro or amino compounds shall be
done only by using a suitable scoop to avoid physical contact and the drying of
the containers in the stove shall be done in such a manner that the hot and
contaminated air from the stove is not drawn into the work room.
(4) Processes involving the steaming into or around any vessel
containing nitro or amino compounds or its raw materials shall be carried out
in such a manner that the steam or vapour is effectively prevented to be blown
back into the working atmosphere.
(5) Suitable antidotes such as methylene blue injections shall
always be available at designated places of work for use during emergency
involving the poisoning with nitro or amino compounds.
(2) Special precautions for chrome processes.
(1) Grinding and sieving of raw materials in chrome processes
shall be carried on in such a manner and under such condition as to secure
effective separation from any other processes and under an efficient exhaust
draught
(2) There shall be washing facilities located very near to places
where wet chrome processes such as leaching, acidification, sulphate settling,
evaporation, crystallisation, centrifugation or packing are carried out, to
enable quick washing of affected parts of body with running water.
(3) Weekly inspection of hand and feet of all persons employed in
chrome process shall be done by a qualified nurse and record of such
inspections shall be maintained in a form approved by the Chief Inspector of
Factories.
(4) There shall be always available at designated places of work
suitable ointment such as glycerine, vaceline, etc., and water proof plasters
in a separate box readily accessible to the workers so as to protect against
performation of nasal septum.
(3) Special precautions for processes carried out in all glass
vessels.
(1) Processes and chemical reactions such as manufacture of vinyl
chloride, benzyl chloride etc., which are required to be carried out in all
glass vessels shall have suitable means like substantial wiremesh covering to
protect persons working nearby in the event of breakage of glass vessel.
(2) Any spillage or emission of vapour from the all glass vessels
due to breakage, shall be immediately inactivated or rendered innocuous by
mailable means such as dilution with water or suitable solvents so as to avoid
the risks of fire or explosion or health hazards.
(4) Special precautions for processes involving chlorate
manufacture.
(1) Crystallisation, grinding or packing of chlorate shall not be
done in a place used for any other purpose and such places shall have hard,
smooth and impervious surface made of non-combustible material. The place shall
be thoroughly cleaned daily.
(2) The personal protective equipment like overall etc. provided
for the chlorate workers shall not be taken from the place of work and they
shall be thoroughly cleaned daily.
(3) Adequate quantity of water shall be available near the place
of chlorate process for use during fire emergency.
(4) Wooden vessels shall not be used for the crystallisation of
chlorate or to contain crystallised ground chlorate.
PART VI
Medical Requirements
(1)
Decontamination facilities.
In all
places where toxic substances are used in processes listed in Appendix
"A" the following provisions shall be made to meet an emergency.
(a) fully equipped first-aid box.
(b) readily accessible means of drenching with water persons,
parts of body of persons, and clothing or persons who have been contaminated
with such toxic and corrosive substances and such means shall be as shown in
the Table below:
|
No. of persons employed
at any time
|
No. of drenching showers
|
|
Up to 50 persons
Between 51 to 100
101 to 200
201 to 400
401 and above
|
2
3
3 + 1 for every 50
persons thereafter
5 + 1 for every 100
persons thereafter
7 + 1 for every 200
persons thereafter
|
(c) a sufficient number of eye-wash bottles filled with distilled
water or suitable liquid, kept in boxes or cupboards conveniently situated and
clearly indicated by a distinctive sign which shall be visible at all times.
(2)
Occupational health centre.
In all the
factories carrying out processes covered in Appendix "A" there shall
be provided and maintained in good order an occupational health centre with
facilities as per scale laid down hereunder—
(1) For factories employing up to 50 workers—
(a) the services of a qualified medical practitioner hereinafter
known as Factory Medical Officer, available on retainership basis, in his
notified clinic near to the factory for seeking medical help during emergency.
He will also carry out the pre-employment and periodical medical examinations
as stipulated in paragraph 4 of this part.
(b) A minimum of five persons trained in first-aid procedures,
amongst whom at least one shall always be available during the working period.
(c) A fully equipped first-aid box.
(2) For factories employing 51 to 200 workers—
(a) The occupational health center shall have a room having a
minimum floor area of 15 sq.m. with floors and walls made of smooth, hard and
impervious surface and shall be adequately illuminated, ventilated and
equipped.
(b) A part-time Factory Medical Officer will be in over all
charge of the Center who shall visit the factory minimum twice in a week and
whose services shall be readily available during emergencies.
(c) There shall be one qualified and trained
dresser-cum-compounder on duty throughout the working period.
(d) A fully equipped first-aid box.
(3) Â For factories
employing above 200 workers—
(a) There shall be one full-time Factory Medical Officer for
factories employing up to 500 workers and one more medical officer for every
1000 workers or part thereof.
(b) The occupational health center in this case shall have a
minimum of 2 rooms each having a minimum floor area of 15 sq.m. with floors and
walls made or smooth, hard and impervious surface and shall be adequately
illuminated, ventilated and equipped.
(c) There shall be one trained nurse, one dresser-cum-compounder
and one sweeper-cum-ward boy throughout the working period.
(d) The Occupational Health Center in this case shall be suitably
equipped to manage medical emergencies.
(3)
 Ambulance van.
(1) In every factory carrying out processes covered in Appendix
"A", there shall be provided and maintained in good condition, a
suitably constructed and fully equipped ambulance van as per Appendix
"C" manned by a full time driver-cum-mechanic and a helper, trained
in first-aid for the purposes of transportation of serious cases of accidents
or sickness unless arrangements for procuring such facility at short notice
during emergencies have been made with the nearby hospital or other places. The
ambulance van shall not be used for any purpose other than the purpose
stipulated herein and will always be available near the Occupational Health
Center.
(2) The relaxation to procure Ambulance van from nearby places
provided for the sub-para (1) above will not be applicable to factories employing
more than 500 workers;
(4)
Medical examination.
(1) Workers employed in processes covered in Appendix
"A" shall be medically examined by a Factory Medical Officer in the
following manner—
(a) Once before employment, to ascertain physical suitability of
the person to do the particular job;
(b) Once in a period of 6 months, to ascertain the health status
of the workers; and
(c) The details of pre-employment and periodical medical
examinations carried out as aforesaid shall be recorded in the prescribed form.
(2) Any findings of the Factory Medical Officer revealing any
abnormality or unsuitability of any person employed in the process shall
immediately be reported to the Certifying Surgeon who shall in turn, examine
the concerned worker and communicate his findings within 30 days. If the
Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that the person so examined is required to
be suspended from the process for health protection he will direct the occupier
accordingly, who shall not employ the said worker in the same process. However,
the person so suspended from the process shall be provided with alternate
placement facilities unless he is fully incapacitated in the opinion of the
Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected shall be suitably
rehabilitated.
Provided
that the Certifying Surgeon on his own may examine any other worker whom he
feels necessary to be examined for ascertaining the suitability of his
employment in the process covered in Appendix "A" or for ascertaining
the health status of any other worker and his opinion shall be final.
(3) No person shall be newly appointed without the certificate of
Fitness granted by the Factory Medical Officer. If the Factory Medical Officer
declares a person unfit for being appointed to work in the process covered in
Appendix "A" such person shall have a right of appeal to the
Certifying Surgeon, whose opinion shall be final in this regard.
(4) The worker suspended from the process owing to the
circumstances covered in sub-para (2) shall be employed again in the same
process only after obtaining the Fitness Certificate from the Certifying
Surgeon and after making entries to that effect in the health register.
PART VII
Additional Welfare Amenities
(1) Washing facilities.
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in every factory for
the use of all the workers taps for washing, at the rate of one tap for every
15 persons including liquid soap in a container with filting arrangements and
nail brushes or other suitable means for effective cleaning. Such facilities
shall be conveniently accessible and shall be kept in a clean and hygienic
condition.
(2) If washing facilities as required above are provided for
women, such facilities shall be separate for them and adequate privacy at all
times shall be ensured in such facilities.
(2) Mess-room facilities.
(1) The occupier of all the factories carrying out processes
covered in Appendix "A" and employing SO workers or more, shall
provide for all the workers working in a shift mess-room facilities which are
well ventilated and provided with tables and sitting facilities alongwith the
provision of cold and hygienic drinking water facilities.
(2) Such facilities shall include suitable arrangements for
cleaning and washing and shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic condition.
(3) Cloak-room facilities.
(1) The occupier of every factory carrying out any process
covered in Appendix "A" shall provide for all the workers employed in
the process cloak-room facilities with lockers. Each worker shall be provided
with two lockers, one for work clothing and another separately for personal
clothing and the lockers should be such as to enable the keeping of the
clothing in a hanging position.
(2) The cloak-room facilities so provided in pursuance of
sub-para (1) shall be located as far as possible near to the facilities
provided for washing in pursuance of para 1 (1), If it is not possible to
locate the washing facilities the cloak-room facilities shall have adequate and
suitable arrangements for cleaning and washing.
(4) Special bathing facilities.
(1) The occupier of any factory carrying out the process covered
under Appendix "B" shall provide special bathing facilities for all
the workers employed and such facilities shall be provided at the rate of 1 for
25 workers and part thereof and shall be maintained in a clean and hygienic
condition.
(2) The occupier shall insist all the workers employed in the
processes covered in Appendix "B" to take bath after the completion
of the day's or shift work using the bathing facilities so provided and shall
also effectively prevent such of those workers taking bath in any place other
than the bathing facilities.
(3) Notwithstanding anything contained in sub-para (1) above, the
Chief Inspector may require in writing the occupier of any factory carrying out
any other process for which in his opinion bathing facilities are essential
from the health point in view, to provide special bathing facilities.
PART VIII
(1)
Duties of workers.
(1) Every worker employed in the processes covered in Appendix
"A" and Appendix "B" shall not make any safety device or
appliance or any guarding or fencing arrangement, inoperative or defective and
shall report the defective condition of the aforesaid arrangements as soon as
he is aware of any such defect
(2) Before commencing any work, all workers employed in processes
covered in Appendix "A" shall check their work place as well as the
machinery equipment or appliance used in the processes and report any
mal-function or defect immediately to the supervisor or any responsible person
of the management.
(3) All workers shall be co-operate in all respects with the
management while carrying out any work or any emergency duty assigned to them
in pursuance of this Schedule and shall always use all the personal protective
equipments issued to them, in a careful manner.
(4) All workers employed in the processes covered in Appendix
"A" or Appendix "B" shall not smoke in the process area or
storage area. If special facilities are provided by the management only such
facilities should be used.
(5) All workers employed in the processes covered in Appendix
"A" shall not remain in unauthorized place or carry out unauthorized
work or improvise any arrangements or adopt short cut method or misuse any of
the facilities provided in pursuance of the Schedule in such a manner as to
cause risk to themselves as well as or to others employed.
(6) The workers shall not refuse undergoing medical examination
as required under these rules.
PART IX
Restrictions on the employment of young persons under 18
years of age and women
(1) The Chief Inspector of Factories may, by an order in writing,
restrict or prohibit the employment of women and young persons under the age of
18, in any of the processes covered in Appendix "A" of this schedule
on considerations of health and safety of women and young persons.
(2) Such persons who are restricted or prohibited from working in
the process due to the order issued in pursuance of sub-para (1) above shall be
provided with alternate work which is not detrimental to their health or
safety.
PART X
Exemptions
(1)
Power of exemption.
The State
Government or subject to the control of the State Government, the Chief
Inspector may exempt from the compliance with any of the requirements of this
Schedule partly or fully, any factory carrying out processes covered in
Appendix "A" if it is clearly and satisfactorily established by the
occupier that the compliance with any of the requirements is not necessary to
ensure the safety and health of persons employed suitable and defective
alternate arrangements are available to any of the requirements covered in this
schedule.
Appendix "A"
Any works
or that part of works in which—
(a) the manufacture, manipulation or recovery of any of the
following is carried on:—
(i) sodium, potassium, iron, aluminium, cobalt, nicket, copper,
arsenic, antimony, chromium, zinc, selenium, magnesium, cadmium, mercury,
berryllium and their organic and inorganic salts, alloys oxides and hydroxides;
(ii) ammonia, ammonium hydroxide and salts of ammonium;
(iii) the organic and inorganic compounds of sulphurous, sulphuric,
nitric, nitrous, hydrochloric, hydrofluoric, hydroiodic, hydrosulphuric,
hydrobromic, boric;
(iv) cyanogen compounds, cyanide compounds, cyanate compounds;
(v) phosphorus and its compounds other than organo phosphorus
insecticides;
(vi) chlorine.
(b) hydrogen sulphide is evolved by the decomposition of metallic
sulphides, or hydrogen sulphide is used in the production of such sulphides;
(c) bleaching powder is manufactured or chlorine gas is produced
in chlor-alkali plants;
(d) (i) gas tar or coal tar or bitumen or shalo oil asphalt or
any residue of such tar is distilled or is used in any process of chemicals
manufacture;
(ii) tar
based synthetic colouring matters or their intermediates are produced;
(e) nitric acid is used in the manufacture of nitro compounds;
(f) explosives are produced with the use of nitro compounds;
(g) aliphatic or aromatic compounds or their metallic and
non-metallic derivatives or substituted derivatives, such as chloroform,
ethylene glycol, formaldehyde, benzyl chloride, phenol, methyle ethyle keytone
peroxide, cobalt carbonyl, tungsten carbide etc are manufactured or recovered.
Appendix "B"
Concerning Special Bathing Accommodation in pursuance of para
4 of Part IV
(1) Nitro or amino processes.
(2) All chrome processes.
(3) Processes of distilling gas or coal tar or processes of
chemical manufacture in which tar is used.
(4) Processes involving manufacture, manipulation, handling or
recovery of cyanogen compound, cynide compound, cyanate compounds.
(5) Processes involving manufacture of bleaching powder or
production of chlorine gas in chlor-alkali plants.
(6) Manufacture, manipulation or recovery of nickel and its
compounds.
(7) All processes involving the manufacture, manipulation or
recovery of aliphatic or aromatic compounds or their derivatives or substituted
derivatives.
Appendix "C"
Ambularce
Ambulance
should have the following equipments:—
General:—
— An wheeled stretcher with folding and adjusting devices;
Head of the stretcher must be capable of being lifted upward.
— Fixed suction unit with equipments;
— Fixed oxygen supply with equipments;
— Pillow with case;
— Sheets;
— Blankets;
— Towels;
— Emesis bag;
— Bed pan;
— Urinal;
— Glass.
Safety
equipment:—
— Flares with life of 30 minutes;
— Floodlights;
— Flashlights;
— Fire extinguisher dry power type;
— Insulated gaunlets.
Emergency
care equipments:—
Resuscitation:—
— Portable suction unit;
— Portable oxygen unit;
— Bag-valve-mask hand operated article ventilation unit;
— Airways;
— Mouth gages;
— Tracheostomy adaptors;
— Short spine board;
— I. V. Fluids with administration unit;
— BP. manometer;
— Gagg;
— Stethoscope.
Immobilization:—
— Long & short padded boards;
— Wire ladder splints;
— Triangular bandage;
— Long & short spine boards.
Dressings:—
— Gauze pads 4" X 4";
— Universal dressing 10" X 36";
— Roll of aluminium foils;
— Soft roller bandages 6" X 5" yards;
— Adhesive tape in 3" roll;
— Safety pins;
— Bandage sheets;
— Burn sheet;
Poisoning:—
—Syrup of ipecea;
—Activated Charcoal:—Pre packed in doses;
—Snake bite kit;
—Drinking water,
Emergency
Medicines:—
—As per requirement (under the advice of Medical Officer
only).
SCHEDULE XIII
Manufacture of articles from refractory materials
(1) Application and exemption.
This
schedule shall apply to the following processes—
(a) Handling, moving, breaking, crushing, grinding or sieving of
any refractory materials, containing not less than 25 per cent total silica for
purpose of manufacture—
(i) of articles used in the construction of furnaces and flues;
(ii) of crucibles; and
(iii) of compositions of other materials used in the preparation of
moulds in which metals are cast; or
(b) any process in the manufacture of refractory brick as
hereinafter defined. Provided that nothing in this schedule shall apply—
(i) to handling, moving, mixing or sieving of natural sand;
or
(ii) to the manipulation of rotten rock in the preparation of
moulds, used in metal foundries.
Provided
further that if the Chief Inspector of Factories is satisfied in respect of any
factory or part thereof that owing to the special conditions of work or
otherwise, that any of the requirements of this schedule can be suspended or
relaxed without any danger to the health of the persons employed therein, he
may by an order in writing grant such suspension or relaxation for such period
and on such condition as he may think fit. Any such order may be revoked at any
time.
(2) Definition.
For the
purpose of this schedule—
(a) "refractory material" means any refractory material
containing not less man 25 per cent total silica;
(b) "refractory brick" means any brick or article
composed of refractory material and containing not less than 25 per cent total
silica; and
(c) "efficient exhaust draught" means localized
ventilation by mechanical means for the removal of dust, so as to prevent dust
from escaping into the air or any place in which work is carried on. No draught
shall be deemed to be efficient which fails to remove the dust produced at the
point where such dust originates.
(3) Refractory material not to be broken.
No
refractory material shall be broken in places by manual labour unless the
process is carried out in the open air
Provided that
where it is not practicable to carry out this process in open air, the process
shall be carried out under an efficient exhaust draught.
(4) Crushing or grinding of refractory material.
No
refractory material, unless it is so wet that dust will not be produced, shall
be crushed or ground in a stone crushing or a grinding machine unless such
machine is provided with—
(a) an efficient exhaust draught and efficient dust collecting
appliances; or
(b) an efficient water or steam spray;
Provided
that every grinding machine wherein any refractory material is ground in dry
state, shall be, totally enclosed and connected to a mechanical exhaust system
so as to prevent effectively any escape of dust outside the casing of the
machine by maintaining a pressure below the atmospheric pressure within the
casing of the machine.
Provided
further that all processes of crushing and grinding shall be effectively
isolated from other processes.
(5) Refractory material handling equipment to be enclosed.
All
chutes, conveyors, elevators, screens, sieves and mixers used for manipulating
refractory material shall, unless the material is so wet that the dust will not
be produced, be enclosed and be provided with an efficient exhaust draught
(6) Precautions in handling refractory material.
No refractory
material so dry as to produce dust shall—
(a) be loaded into any wagon or other receptacle for transport
unless it has been placed in a suitable dust proof container or damped as to
preclude dust;
(b) be unloaded from any wagon on other receptacle for transport
unless it has been so damped as to preclude dust or unless the work is done
under an efficient exhaust draught; or
(c) be shovelled or raked or otherwise manipulated by means of
hand tools in any manufacturing process unless it has been so damped as to preclude
dust or unless the work is done under an efficient exhaust draught:
Provided
that sub-paragraph (b) of this paragraph shall not apply to refractory material
in the form of rock or pebbles before it is manipulated in any manufacturing
process.
(7) Maintenance of floors.
(1) The floors of all places where refractory bricks are dried,
other than the floors of tunnel ovens or chamber dries not normally entered by
persons employed shall, after each lot of refractory bricks has been removed,
be carefully cleaned of all debris and the part being cleaned shall be kept
damp while the cleaning is being done.
(2) There shall be provided in every such place a constant supply
of water laid on under adequate pressure with sufficient connections and a
flexible branch pipe and sprinkler to enable water to be supplied direct to
every part of the floor.
(8) Prohibition of use of drying stove.
No drying
stove in which refractory bricks are baked by fires before being placed in the
kilns shall be used.
(9) Cleaning of floors and suppression of refractory dust
The
surface of every floor or place where persons are liable to pass shall be
cleaned of debris of refractory material once at least during each daily period
of employment or where shifts are worked, once during each shift. Such debris
unless it is immediately required for use in the processes, shall be
effectively damped and either be placed in covered receptacles, or be otherwise
stored in such a manner as to prevent the escape of dust into the air in or
near to any place where any person is employed.
(10) Suppression of refractory dust while drying.
Where
plates are used, whether portable or forming part of the floor, on which
refractory bricks are dried, such plates shall be freed from adherent material
only by a wet method or by such other method as will prevent the escape of dust
into the air.
(11) Prohibition of use of refractory dust for moulding.
The dust
or powder of refractory materials shall not be used for sprinkling the moulds
in refractory brick-making.
Provided
that nothing in this paragraph shall be deemed to prevent the use of natural
sand for the purpose of sprinkling the moulds.
(12) Workers not to work in refractory dust atmosphere.
No worker
shall be allowed to work on any dust process or at any place where dust of any
refractory material is present in the atmosphere:
Provided
that in an emergency a worker may be allowed to work at such process or place
if he wears a suitable and efficient dust mask or breathing apparatus.
(13) Medical examination.
(1) Every worker employed on any of the processes specified in
sub-paragraphs (a) and (b) of paragraph 1 shall be medically examined in such
manner and at such intervals as may be specified by any rules made under the
Workmen's Compensation Act, 1923 or if no such rules have been framed under the
said Act, every such worker shall be medically examined by the Certifying
Surgeon before employment on any of the aforesaid processes and at an interval
not exceeding six months thereafter.
(2) Subject to sub-paragraph (3), an X-ray examination of the
chest of every worker referred to in sub-paragraph (1) shall be carried out—
(a) if he is already in employment on the date of coming into
force of the subparagraph, within six months of such date and at an interval of
every three years thereafter;
(b) if he is employed after such date within one month of the
date of his employment and at an interval of every three years thereafter, the
result of every such X-ray examination shall be produced before the Certifying
Surgeon within a month of the examination.
(3) If the Certifying Surgeon, during the course of medical
examination of any worker under sub-paragraph (1) has reason to suspect onset
of any chest disease, he may direct the manager or the occupier to get an X-ray
examination of the worker done and to produce the X-ray plate before him within
a specified time and on receipt of such direction the manager or the occupier,
as the case may be, Shall carry out the direction.
(4) The Certifying Surgeon shall grant to each worker examined a
certificate specifying therein whether or not the worker was considered fit to
be employed on any of the aforesaid processes.
(5) The manager shall maintain a register in which the findings
and recommendations of the Certifying Surgeon in respect of every medical
examination shall be maintained duly signed by the Certifying Surgeon.
(6) A worker not declared fit shall not be employed on any of the
aforesaid processes and he shall be employed on only such other process or he
shall be subjected to such other examination or treatment as may be directed by
the Certifying Surgeon.
(7) No fees shall be charged from any worker for the medical examination
and it shall be the responsibility of the occupier and the manager to comply
with the provisions of this schedule.
(14) Time limit for compliance in respect of existing plants.
In case
any existing plant or machinery needs alteration, modification or replacement
or in case any new plant is required to be installed, to comply with the
requirements of this schedule, such alteration, modification, replacement or
installation of the plant or machinery shall be carried on within a period not
exceeding one year from the date of publication of this schedule.
Provided
that the Chief Inspector of Factories in consideration of special and
exceptional circumstances by an order in writing may extend this period for
such reasonable length of time as he may think fit
SCHEDULE XIV
Handling and processing of Asbestos, Manufacture of any
Article of Asbestos and any other Process of Manufacture or otherwise in which
Asbestos is used in any Form
(1) Application.
This
schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factories in which any of the
following process is carried on:—
(a) breaking, crushing, disintegrating, opening, grinding, mixing
or sieving of asbestos and any other processes involving handling and
manipulation of asbestos incidental thereto;
(b) all processes in the manufacture of asbestos textiles
including preparatory and finishing processes;
(c) making of insulation slabs or sections, composed wholly or
partly of asbestos, and processes incidental thereto;
(d) making or repairing of insulating mattreses, composed wholly or
partly of asbestos, and processes incidental thereto;
(e) manufacture of asbestos cardboard and paper;
(f) manufacture of asbestos cement goods;
(g) application of asbestos by spray method;
(h) sawing, grinding, turning, abrading and polishing in dry
state of articles composed wholly or partly of asbestos;
(i) cleaning of any room, vessel, chamber, fixture or appliance
for the the collection of asbestos dust; and
(j) any other processes in which asbestos dust is given off into
the work environment.
(2) Definition.
For the purpose
of this schedule—
(a) "asbestos" means any fibrous silicate mineral and
any admixture containing actionlite, amosite, anthophyllite, dhrysotile,
crocidolite, tremolite or any mixture thereof, whether crude, crushed or
opened;
(b) "asbestos textiles" means yarn or cloth composed of
asbestos or asbestos mixed with any other material;
(c) "approved" means approved for the time being in
writing by the Chief Inspector.
(d) "breathing apparatus" means a helmet or face piece
with necessary connection by means of which a person using it breathes air free
from dust, or any other approved apparatus;
(e) "efficient exhaust draught" means localized
ventilation by mechanical means for the removal of dust so as to prevent dust
from escaping into air of any place in which work is carried on. No draught
shall be deemed to be efficient which fails to control dust produced at the
point where such dust originates;
(f) "preparing" means crushing, disintegrating, and any
other processes in or incidental to the opening of asbestos;
(g) "protective clothing" means overalls and head
covering which (in either case) will when worn exclude asbestos dust;
(3) Tools and Equipment
Any tools
or equipment used in processes to which this schedule applied shall be such
that they do not create asbestos dust above the permissible limit or are
equipped with efficient exhaust draught
(4) Exhaust draught
(1) An efficient exhaust draught shall be provided and maintained
to control dust from the following processes and machines—
(a) manufacture and conveying machinery namely— (i) preparing, grinding or dry mixing machines;
(i) carding, card waste and ring spinning machines and looms;
(ii) machines or other plant fed with asbestos; and
(iii) machines used for the sawing, grinding, turning, drilling,
abrading or polishing; in the dry state of articles composed wholly or partly
of asbestos;
(b) cleaning and grinding of the cylinders or other parts of a
carding machine;
(c) chambers, hoopers or other structures into which loose
asbestos is delivered or passes;
(d) work-benches for asbestos waste sorting or for other
manipulation of asbestos by hand;
(e) work-places at which the filling or emptying of sacks, skips
or other potable containers, weighing or other process incidental thereto which
is effected by hand, is carried on;
(f) sack cleaning machines;
(g) mixing and blending of asbestos by hand; and
(h) any other process in which dust is given off into the work
environment;
(2) Exhaust ventilation equipment provided in accordance with
sub-paragraph (1) shall, while any work of maintenance or repair to the machinery,
apparatus or other plant or equipment in connection with which it is provided
is being carried on, be kept in use so as to produce an exhaust draught which
prevents the entry of asbestos into the air of any work-place.
(3) Arrangements shall be made to prevent asbestos dust
discharged from exhaust apparatus being drawn into the air of any workroom.
(4) The asbestos bearing dust removed from any workroom by the
exhaust system shall be collected in suitable receptacles or filter bags which
shall be isolated from all work areas.
(5) Testing and examination of ventilating systems.
(1) All ventilating systems used for the purpose of extracting of
suppressing dust as required by this schedule shall be examined and inspected
once every week by a reasonable person. It shall be thoroughly examined and
tested by a competent person once in every period of 12 months. Any defects
found by such examination or test shall be rectified forthwith.
(2) A register containing particulars of such examination and
tests and the state of the plant and the repair or alterations (if any) found
to be necessary shall be kept and shall be available for inspection by an
Inspector.
(6) Segregation in case of certain process.
Mixing or
blending by the hand of asbestos, or making or repairing of insulating
mattresses composed wholly or partly of asbestos shall not be carried on in any
room in which any other work is done.
(7) Storage and distribution of loose asbestos.
(1) All loose asbestos shall while not in use, be kept in
suitable closed receptacles which prevent the escape of asbestos dust therefrom
such asbestos shall not be distributed within a factory except in such
receptacles or in a totally enclosed system of convenience.
(8) Asbestos sacks.
(1) All sacks used as receptacles for the purpose of transport of
asbestos within the factory shall be constructed of impermeable material and
shall be kept in good repair.
(2) A sack which has contained asbestos shall not be cleaned by
hand beating but by a machine, complying with paragraph 3.
(9) Maintenance of floors and workplaces.
(1) In every room in which any of the requirements of this
schedule apply—
(a) the floors, work-benches, machinery and plant shall be kept
in a clean state and free from asbestos debris and suitable arrangements shall
be made for the storage of asbestos not immediately required for use; and
(b) the floors shall be kept free from any material, plant or
other articles not immediately required for the work carried on in the room,
which would obstruct the proper cleaning of the floor.
(2) The cleaning as mentioned in sub-rule (1) shall, so far as is
practicable, be carried out by means of vacuum cleaning equipment so signed and
constructed and so used that asbestos dust neither escapes nor is discharged
into the air of any workplace.
(3) When the cleaning is done by any method other than that
mentioned in subparagraph (2), the person doing cleaning work and any other
person employed in that room shall be provided with respiratory protective
equipment and protective clothing.
(4) The vacuum cleaning equipment used in accordance with
provisions of subparagraph (2), shall be properly maintained and after each
cleaning operation, its surface kept in a clean state and free from asbestos
waste and dust.
(5) Asbestos waste shall not be permitted to remain on the floors
or other surfaces at the workplace at the end of the working shift and shall be
transferred without delay to suitable receptacles. Any spillage of asbestos
waste occurring during the course of the work at any time shall be removed and
transferred to the receptacles maintained for the purpose without delay.
(10) Breathing Apparatus and Protecting Clothing.
(1) An approved breathing apparatus and protective clothing shall
be provided and maintained in good conditions for use of every person employed:
(a) in chambers containing loose asbestos;
(b) in cleaning dust settling or filtering chambers of apparatus.
(c) in cleaning the cylinders, including the doffer cylinders, or
other parts of a carding machine by means of hand-strickless; and
(d) in filling, beating or levelling in the manufacture or repair
of insulating mattresses; and
(e) in any other operation or circumstances in which it is
impracticable to adopt technical means to control asbestos dust in the work
environment within, the permissible limit
(2) Suitable accommodation in conveniently accessible position
shall be provided for the use of persons when putting on or taking off
breathing apparatus and protective clothing provided in accordance with this
rule and for the storage, of such apparatus and clothing when not in use.
(3) All breathing apparatus and protective clothing when not in
use shall be stored in the accommodation provided in accordance with sub-rule
(2) above.
(4) All protective clothing in use shall be dedusted under an
efficient exhaust draught or by vacuum cleaning and shall be washed at suitable
intervals. The cleaning schedule and procedure should be such as to ensure the
efficiency in protecting the wearer.
(5) All breathing apparatus shall be cleaned and disinfected at
suitable intervals and thoroughly inspected once every month by a responsible
person.
(6) A record of cleaning and maintenance and of the condition of
the breathing apparatus shall be maintained in register provided for that
purpose which shall be readily available for inspection by an Inspector.
(7) No person shall be employed to perform any work specified in
sub-paragraph (1) for which breathing apparatus is necessary to be provided
under that sub-paragraph unless he has been fully instructed in the proper use
of that equipment.
(8) No breathing apparatus provided in pursuance of sub-paragraph
(1) which has been worn by a person shall be worn by another person unless, it
has been thoroughly cleaned and disinfected since last being worn and the
person has been fully instructed in the proper use of that equipment.
(11) Separate accommodation for personal clothing.
A separate
accommodation shall be provided in a conveniently accessible position for all
persons employed in operations to which this schedule applied for storing of
personal clothing. This should be separated from the accommodation provided
under sub-paragraph (2) to prevent contamination of personal clothing.
(12) Washing and bathing facilities.
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and
in good repair for the use of all workers employed in the processes covered by
the schedule, adequate washing and bathing places having a constant supply of
water under cover at the rate of one such place for every 15 persons employed.
(2) The washing places shall have standpipe placed at intervals
of not less than one metre.
(3) Not less than one half of the total number of washing places
shall be provided with bathroom.
(4) Sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material
shall be provided: Provided that such towels shall be supplied individually for
each worker if so ordered by the Inspector.
(5) Sufficient supply of soap and nail brushes shall be provided.
(13) Messroom.
(1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all
workers employed in the factory covered by this schedule, remaining on the
premises during the rest intervals, a suitable messroom which shall be
furnished with—
(a) sufficient tables and benches with back rest, and
(b) adequate means for warming food.
(2) The messroom shall be placed under the charge of a
responsible person and shall be kept clean.
(14) Prohibition of employment of young persons.
No young
person shall be employed in any of the process covered by this schedule.
(15) Prohibition relating to smoking.
No person
shall smoke in any area where processes covered by this schedule are carried on.
A notice in the language understood by majority of the workers shall be pasted
in the plant prohibiting smoking at such areas.
(16) Cautionary Notice.
(1) Cautionary notice shall be displayed at the approach and
along the perimeter of every asbestos processing area to warn all persons
regarding—
(a) hazards to health from asbestos dust
(b) need to use appropriate protective equipment
(c) prohibition of entry to unauthorized persons or authorized
persons but without protective equipment
(2) Such notice shall be in the language understood by the
majority of the workers.
(17) Air Monitoring,
To ensure
the effectiveness of the control measures, monitoring of asbestos fibre entered
in a register specially maintained and the record of the results so obtained,
shall be in the air shall be carried on once atleast in every shift purpose.
(18) Medical facilities and records of medical examination and
tests.
(1) The occupier of every factory or part of the factory to which
the Schedule applies, shall—
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical
surveillance of the workers covered by this schedule whose employment shall be
subject to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories;
(b) provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary
facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a).
(2) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests
carried out by the said medical practitioner shall be maintained in a separate
register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept
readily available for inspection by the Inspectors.
(19) Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon.
(1) Every worker employed in the processes specified in paragraph
1 shall be examined by a Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first
employment. Such examination shall include pulmonary function tests, test for
detecting asbestos fibres in sputum and chest X-ray. No worker shall be allowed
to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory unless certified
fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the process referred to in
sub-paragraph (1) shall be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon atleast once in
every twelve calendar months. Such examination shall, wherever the Certifying
Surgeon considers appropriate, include all the tests specified in sub-paragraph
(1) except chest X-ray which will be tarried out once in 3 years.
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examination a worker, shall
issue a Certificate of Fitness in Form S. The record of examination and
re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the certificate and the
certificate shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. The
record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2)
including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the
Certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 17.
(4) The Certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be
kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of opinion that a
worker is no longer fit for employment in the said processes on the ground that
continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the worker,
he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health
register. The entry of his findings in those documents should also include the
period for which he considers that the said person is unfit to work in the said
processes.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in
sub-paragraph (5) shall be re-employed or permitted to work in the said
processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again
certifies him fit for employment in those processes.
(20) Exemptions.
If in
respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the
exceptional Circumstances or infrequency of the processes or for any other
reason, all or any of the provisions of this Schedule is net necessary For
protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a
certificate in writing, which he may at his discretion remove at any time, exempt
such factory from all Of any of such" provisions subject to such
conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
SCHEDULE XV
Handling or manipulation of corrosive substances
(1) Definitions.
For the
purpose of this Schedule—
(a) "corrosive operation" means aft operation of
manufacturing, storing, handling, processing, packing or using any corrosive
substance in a factory; and
(b) "corrosive substance" includes sulphuric acid,
nitric acid, hydrochloric acid, hydroflouric acid, carbolic acid, phosphoric
acid, liquid chlorine, liquid bromine, ammonia, sodium hydroxide and potassium
hydroxide and a mixture thereof, and any other substance which the State
Government by notification in the Official Gazette specify td be a corrosive
substance.
(2) Flooring.
The floor
of every work-room of a factory in which corrosive operation is carried on
shall be made of impervious, corrosion and fire resistant material and shall be
so constructed as to prevent collection of any corrosive Substance. The surface
of such flooring shall be smooth and cleaned as often as necessary and
maintained in a sound condition.
(3) Protective equipment.
(1) The occupier shall provide for the use of all persons
employed in any corrosive operation suitable protective wear for hands and
feet, suitable aprons, face shields, chemical safety goggels and respirators.
The equipments shall be maintained in good order and shall be kept in clean and
hygienic condition by suitably treating to get rid of the ill effects any
absorbed chemicals and by disinfecting. The occupier shall also provide
suitable protective creams and other preparations wherever necessary.
(2) The protective equipment and preparations provided shall be
used by the persons employed in any corrosive operation.
(4) Water facilities.
Where any
corrosive operation is carried on, there shall be provided as close to the
place of such operation as possible, a source of clean water at a height of 210
centimeters from a pipe of 1.25 centimeters/diameter and fitted with a quick
acting valve so that in case of injury to the worker by any corrosive
substance, the injured part can be thoroughly flooded with water. Whenever
necessary, in order to ensure continuous water supply, a storage tank having a
minimum length, breadth and height of 210 centimeters, 120 centimeters and 60
centimeters respectively or such dimensions as are approved by the Chief
Inspector shall be provided as the source of clean water.
(5) Cautionary notice.
A
cautionary notice in the following form and printed in the language which
majority of the workers employed understand, shall be displayed prominently
close to the place where the corrosive operation is carried out and where it
can be easily and conveniently read by the workers. If any worker is
illiterate, effective steps shall be taken to explain carefully to him the
contents of the notice so displayed.
Cautionary
Notice DANGER
Corrosive
substances cause severe burns and vapours thereof may be extremely hazardous.
In case of contact, immediately flood the part affected with plenty of water
for at least 15 minutes. Get medical attention quickly.
(6) Transport.
(1) Corrosive substances shall not be filled, moved or carried
except in containers and when they are to be transported, they shall be placed
in crates of sound construction and of sufficient strength.
(2) A container with a capacity of 11.5 litres or more of a
corrosive substance shall be placed in a receptacle or crate and then carried
by more than one person at a height below the waist line unless a suitable number
of wheeled truck is used for the purpose.
(3) Containers for corrosive substances shall be plainly
labelled.
(7) Devices for handling corrosive.
(1) Suitable tilting or lifting device shall be used for emptying
jars, carboys and other containers of corrosives.
(2) Corrosive substances shall not be handled by bare hands but
by means of a suitable scoop or other device.
(8) Opening of valves.
Valves
fitted to containers holding a corrosive substance shall be opened with great
care. If they do not work freely, they shall not be forced open. They shall be
opened by a worker suitably trained for the purpose.
(9) Cleaning tanks, stills etc.
(1) In cleaning out or removing residues from, stills or other
large chambers used for holding any corrosive substance, suitable implements made
of wood or other material shall be used to prevent production of areninuretted
hydrogen (arsine).
(2) Whenever it is necessary for the purpose of cleaning or other
maintenance work for any worker to enter chamber, tank, vat, pit or other
confined spaced where a corrosive substance bad been stored, all possible
precautions required under section 36 of the Act shall be taken to ensure the
worker's safety.
(3) Wherever possible, before repairs are undertaken to any part
of equipment in which a corrosive substance was handled, such equipment or part
thereof shall be freed of any adhering corrosive substance by adopting suitable
methods.
(10) Storage.
(1) Corrosive substances shall not be stored in the same room
with other chemicals, such as turpentine, carbides, metallic powders and
combustible materials, the accidental mixing with may cause a reaction which is
either violent or gives rise to toxic fumes and gases.
(2) Pumping or filing overhead tanks, receptacles, vats or other
containers for storing corrosive substances shall be thoroughly examined every
year for finding out any defects, and defects so found out shall be removed
forthwith. A register shall be maintained of every such examination made and
shall be produced before the Inspector whenever required.
(11) Fire extinguishers and fire-fighting equipment.
An
adequate number of suitable type of fire extinguishers or other fire-fighting
equipment, depending on the nature of chemicals stored, shall be provided. Such
extinguishers or other equipments shall be regularly tested and refilled. Clear
instructions as to how the extinguishers or other equipments should be used,
printed in the language which majority of the workers employed understand,
shall be affixed near each extinguishers or other equipment.
(12) Exemption.
If in
respect of any factory on an application made by the manager, the Chief
Inspector is satisfied that owing 10 the exceptional circumstances, or the
infrequency of the process or for any other reason to be recorded by him in
writing, all or any of the provisions of this schedule are not necessary for
the protection of the persons employed therein, he may by a certificate in
writing, which he may at any time revoke, exempt the factory from such of the
provisions and subject to such conditions as he may specify therein.
SCHEDULE XVI
Compression of oxygen and hydrogen produced by electrolysis
of water
(1) Location of electrolyser plant.
The room
in which electrolyser plant is installed shall be separate from the plant for
storing and compressing the oxygen and hydrogen and also the electric generator
room.
(2) Testing of purity.
(1) The purity of oxygen and hydrogen shall be tested by a
competent person at least once in every shift at the following posts:
(a) in the electrolysis room;
(b) at the gasholder inlet; and
(c) at the suction end of the compressor.
(2) The purity figures shall be entered in a register and signed
by the persons carrying out such tests:
Provided ,
however, that if the electrolyser plant is fitted with automatic recorder of
purity or oxygen and hydrogen with alarm lights, it shall be sufficient if the
purity of gases is tested at the suction end of the compressor only.
(3) Restriction as to the compression.
The oxygen
and hydrogen gases shall not be compressed if their purity as determined under
paragraph 2 above falls below 98% at any time.
(4) Limits switch for gasholders.
The bell
of any gasholder shall not be permitted to go within the 30 centimeters of its
lowest position when empty and a limit switch shall
be.................the................in such a manner as to switch off
the......................the limit is reached.
(5) Provision of negative pressure switch.
In
addition to the limit switch in gasholder, a sensitive negative pressure switch
shall be provided in or adjacent to the suction main for hydrogen close to the
gasholder and between the gasholder and the hydrogen compression to switch off
the compressor motor in the event of the gasholder being emptied to the extent
as to cause vacuum.
(6) Purity of caustic soda.
The water
and caustic soda used for making dye shall be chemically pure within
pharmaceutical limits.
(7) Precautions against reversal of polarity.
Electrical
connections at the electrolyser cells and at the electric generator terminals
shall be so constructed as to preclude the possibility of wrong connections
leading to the reversal of polarity and in addition an automatic device shall
be provided to cut off power in the event of reversal of polarity owing to
wrong connections either at the switch board or at the electric generator
terminals.
(8) Colouring of gas pipes.
Oxygen and
hydrogen gas pipes shall be painted with distinguishing colours and in the
event of leakage at the joints of the hydrogen gas pipe, the pipe after
reconnection shall be purged of all air before drawing in hydrogen gas.
(9) Use of flame-proof fittings.
All
electrical wiring and apparatus in the electrolyser room shall be of
flame-proof construction or enclosed in flame-proof of fittings and no naked
light or flame shall be allowed to be taken either in the electrolyser room or
where compression and filling of the gases is carried on and such warning
notices shall be exhibited in prominent places.
(10) Prohibition of hot work.
No part of
the electrolyser plant, and the gasholders and compressor shall be subjected to
welding, brazing, soldering or cutting until steps have been taken to remove
any explosive substance from that part and render the part safe for such
operations and after the completion of such operations no explosives substance
shall be allowed to enter that part until the metal has cooled sufficiently to
prevent risk of explosion.
(11) Repair, etc. to be done under supervision.
No work of
operation, repair or maintenance shall be undertaken except under the direct
supervision of a person who, by his training, experience and knowledge of the
necessary precautions against risk of explosion is competent to supervise such
work. No electric generator after erection or repairs shall be switched on to
the electrolysers unless the same is certified by the competent persons under
whose direct supervision erection or repairs are carried on to be in a safe
condition and the terminals have been checked for the polarity as required by
paragraph 7.
(12) Checking plant.
Every part
of the electrolyser plant and the gas-holders and compressor shall have a regular
schedule or overhaul and checking and every defect noticed shall be rectified
forthwith.
SCHEDULE XVII
Process of extracting oils and fats from vegetable and animal
sources in solvent extraction plants
(1)
Definitions.
For the
purposes of this Schedule:
(a) "solvent extraction plant" means a plant in which
the process of extracting oils and fats from vegetables and animal sources by
use of solvents is carried on;
(b) "solvent" means an inflammable liquid such as
pentane, haxane and heptane used for the recovery of vegetable oils;
(c) "flame-proof enclosure" as applied to electrical
machinery or apparatus means an enclosure that will withstand, when covers or
other access doors are properly secured, an internal explosion of the
inflammable gas or vapour which may enter or which may originate inside the
enclosure without suffering damage and without communicating internal
inflammation (or explosion) to the external flammable gas or vapour;
(d) "competent person" for the purpose of this schedule
shall be at least a Member of the Institution of Engineers (India) or an
Associate Member of the said Institution with 10 years experience in a
responsible post as may be approved by the Chief Inspector:
Provided
that a graduate in mechanical engineering or chemical technology with
specialised knowledge of oils and fats and with a minimum experience of 5 years
in a solvent extraction plant shall also be considered to be a competent
person.
Provided
further that the State Government may accept any other qualifications if in its
opinion they are equivalent to the qualifications aforesaid.
(2)
Location and layout.
(1) No solvent extraction plant shall be permitted to be
constructed or extended within a distance of 30 metres from the nearest
residental locality.
(2) A 1.5 metre high continuous wire fencing shall be provided
around the solvent extraction plant upto a minimum distance of 15 metres from
the plant
(3) No person shall be allowed to carry any matches or an open
flame or fire inside the area bound by the fencing.
(4) Boiler houses and other buildings where open flame processes
are carried on Shall be located at least 30 metres away from the solvent
extraction plant
(5) If godowns and preparatory processes are at a distance of
less than 30 metres from the solvent extraction plant, these shall be at least
15 metres distant from the plant, and continuous barrier wall of
non-combustible material 1.5 metres high shall be erected at a distance of not
less than 15 metres from the solvent extraction plant so that it extends to at
lest 30 metres of vapour travel around its ends from the plant to the possible
sources of ignition.
(3)
Electrical installations.
(1) All electrical motors and wiring and other electrical
equipment, installed or housed in solvent extraction plant shall be of
flame-proof construction1.
(2) All metal parts of the plant and building including various
tanks and containers where solvents are stored or are present and all parts of
electrical equipment not required to be energised shall be properly bonded
together and connected to earth so as to avoid accidental rise in the
electrical potential of such parts above the earth potential.
(4)
Restriction on smoking.
Smoking
shall be strictly prohibited within 15 metres distance from solvent extraction
plant. For this purpose, "No Smoking" signs shall be permanently
displayed in the area.
(5)
Precautions against friction.
(1) All tools and equipment including ladders, chains and other
liftings tackle required to be used in solvent extraction plant shall be of
non-sparking type.
(2) No machinery or equipment in solvent extraction plant shall
be belt driven.
(3) No person shall be allowed to enter and work in the solvent
extract plant if wearing clothes made of nylon or such other fibre that can
generate static electrical charge, or wearing footwear which is likely to cause
sparks by friction.
(6)
Fire-fighting apparatus.
(1) Adequate number of portable fire extinguishers suitable for
use against flammable liquid fires shall be provided in the solvent extraction
plant
(7)
Precautions against power
failure.
Provision
shall be made for the automatic cutting off of steam in the event of power
failure and also for emergency overhead water-supply for feeding water by
gravity to condensers which shall come into play automatically with the power
failure.
(8)
Magnetic separators.
Oil cake
shall be fed to the extractor by a conveyor through a hopper and a magnetic
separator shall be provided to remove any pieces of iron during its transfer.
(9)
Venting.
(1) Tanks containing solvents shall be protected with emergency
venting to relieve excessive internal pressure in the event of fire.
(2) All emergency relief vents shall terminate at least 6 metres
above the ground and be so located that vapours will not re-enter the building
in which solvent extraction plant is located.
(10)
Wastewater.
Process
waste water shall be passed through a flash evaporator to remove any solvent
before it is discharged into a sump which should be located within the fenced
area but not closer than 8 metres to the fence.
(11)
Ventilation.
The
solvent extraction plant shall be well ventilated and if the plant is housed in
a building, the building shall be provided with mechanical ventilation with
provision for at least six air changes per hour.
(12)
Housekeeping.
(1) Solvents shall not be stored in an area covered by solvent
extraction plant except in small quantities which shall be stored in approved
safety cans.
(2) Waste materials such as oily rags, other wastes and
absorbants used to wipe off solvent and paints and oils shall be deposited in
approved containers and removed from the premises at least once a day.
(3) Space within the solvent extraction plant and within 15
metres from the plant shall be kept free, from any combustible materials and
any spills of oil or solvent, shall be cleaned up immediately.
(13)
Examination and repairs.
(1) The solvent extraction plant shall be examined by the
competent person to determine any weakness or corrosion and wear once in every
12 months. Report of such examination shall be supplied to the Inspector with
his observation as to whether or not the plant is in safe condition to work.
(2) No repairs shall be carried but to the machinery or plant
except under the direct supervision of the competent person.
(3) Facility shall be provided for purging the plant with inert
gas before opening for cleaning or repairs and before introducing solvent after
repairs.
(14)
Operating personnel.
The
operation of the plant and machinery in the solvent extraction plain shall be
in the charge of such duly qualified and trained persons as are certified by
the competent person to be fit for the purpose and no other person shall be
allowed to operate the plant and machinery.
(15)
Employment of women and young
persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed in the solvent extraction plant
(16)
Vapour detection.
A suitable
type of flame-proof and portable combustible gas indicater shall be provided
and maintained in good working order and a schedule of routine sampling of
atmosphere at various locations as approved by the Chief Inspector shall be
drawn out and entered in a register maintained for the purpose.
SCHEDULE XVIII
Manufacture or manipulation of manganese and its compounds
(1)
Application.
This
schedule shall apply to every factory in which or in any part of which any
manganese process is carried on.
(2)
Definitions.
For the
purposes of this Schedule—
(a) "manganese process" means processing, manufacture
or manipulation of manganese or any compound of manganese or any ore or any
mixture containing manganese;
(b) "first employment" means first employment in any
manganese process and includes also re-employment in any manganese process
following any cessation of employment for a continuous period exceeding 3
calendar months;
(c) "manipulation" means mixing, blending, filling,
employing, grinding, sieving, drying, packing, sweeping or otherwise handing of
manganese or a compound of manganese, or any ore of any mixture containing
manganese; and
(d) "efficient exhaust ventilation" means localised
ventilation effected by mechanical means for the removal of dust or fume or
mist at its source of origin so as to prevent it from escaping into the
atmosphere of any place where any work is carried on. No draught shall be
deemed to be efficient which fails to remove the dust or fume or mist at the
point where it is generated and fails to prevent it from escaping into and
spreading.
(3)
Isolation of a process.
Every
manganese process which may give rise to dust, vapour or mist containing
manganese shall be carried on in a totally enclosed system or otherwise
effectively isolated from other processes so 'that other plants and processes
and other parts of the factory and persons employed on other processes may not
be affected by the same.
(4)
Ventilation of process.
No process
in which any dust, vapour or mist containing manganese is generated, shall be
carried out except under an efficient exhaust ventilation which shall be
applied as near to the point of generation as practicable.
(5)
Personal protective equipment.
(1) The occupier of the factory shall provide and maintain in
good and clean condition suitable overalls and head coverings for all persons
employed in any manganese process and such overalls and head coverings shall be
worn by the persons while working on a manganese process.
(2) The occupier of the factory shall provide suitable
respiratory protective equipment for use by workers in emergency to prevent
inhalation of dusts, fumes or mists. Sufficient number of complete sets of such
equipment shall always be kept near the work place and the same shall be
properly maintained and kept always in a condition to be used readily.
(3) The occupier shall provide and maintain for the use of all
persons employed, suitable accommodation for the storage and make adequate
arrangements for cleaning and maintenance of personal protective equipment
(6)
Prohibition relating to women
and young persons.
No women
or young persons shall be employed or permitted to work in any manganese
process.
(7)
Food, drinks etc. prohibited in
the work-rooms.
No food,
drink, pan and supari or tobacco shall be allowed to be brought into or
consumed by any worker in any work-room in which any manganese process is
carried on.
(8)
Mess-room.
There
shall be provided and maintained for the use of the persons employed in a
manganese process a suitable mess-room which shall be furnished with sufficient
tables and benches and adequate means for warming of food. The mess-room shall
be placed under the charge of a responsible person and shall be kept clean.
(9)
Washing facilities.
There
shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good condition, for
the use of persons employed on manganese process—
(a) a wash place under cover, with either—
(i) a trough with a smooth impervious surface fitted with a waste
pipe without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at least 60 centimeters
for every ten such persons employed at any one time, and having a constant
supply of water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals of hot more
than 60 centimeters; or
(ii) at least one wash basin for every five such persons employed
at any one time, fitted with a waste pipe and plug and having a constant supply
of water; and
(b) sufficient supply of soap or other suitable cleaning material
and nail brushes and clean towels.
(10)
Cloak-room.
If the
Chief Inspector so requires there shall be provided and maintained for the use
of persons employed in manganese process a cloak-room for clothing put off
during working hours with adequate arrangements for drying the clothing.
(11)
Cautionary placard and
instructions.
Cautionary
notices in the form specified in appendix and printed in the language of the
majority of the workers employed, shall be affixed in prominent places in the
factory where they can be easily and conveniently read by the workers and
arrangement shall be made by the occupier to instruct periodically all workers
employed in a manganese process regarding the health hazards connected with
their duties and the best preventive measures and methods to protect
themselves. The notices shall always be maintained in a legible condition.
(12)
Medical examination.
(1) Every person employed in a manganese process shall be
medically examined by Certifying Surgeon within 14 days of his first employment
and thereafter at intervals of not more than three months.
(2) If a person medically examined is found fit for employment on
a manganese process the Certifying' Surgeon, shall grant a certificate of
fitness in Form 28 which shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the
factory. The certificate shall be readily produced by the manager whenever
required by any Inspector, and the person granted such a certificate shall be
provided with a token made of metal with the number of the certificate
inscribed thereon and the said person shall always carry the said token on the
person while at work.
(3) If a person is found unfit for work in any manganese process,
the Certifying Surgeon" shall grant a certificate to that effect and such
person shall not be allowed to work in any manganese process.
(4) (a) If the Certifying Surgeon finds that any worker who had
been granted a certificate Of fitness at a previous medical examination was no
longer fit to be employed on any manganese process, he may revoke the previous
certificate and no person whose certificate of fitness has been revoked shall
be allowed to work on any manganese process,
(b) The
Certifying Surgeon may require such person to be produced before him for fresh
medical examination after such period as he may specify in writing on the
revoked certificate and in the health register.
(5) If the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that a person had
become permanently unfit for employment on any manganese process, he shall make
an entry to that effect in the certificate and in the health register and no
such person shall be allowed to work in any manganese process.
(6) If the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that any special
expert examination or test is necessary for a proper diagnosis in a doubtful
case, he may direct the manager and/or the occupier to get the worker examined
by the expert, or to get tests carried out as may be specified by him and the
manager or the occupier as the case may be shall comply with the direction
given within a specified time and produce the report or examination or test as
the case may be before the Certifying Surgeon.
(7) If the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that any person
is not fit for employment in any manganese process but is fit to be employed or
any other work he may advise the manager or the occupier to employ the said
person on such other job as may be safe for him. The Certifying Surgeon may
also advise the worker to undergo such treatment as he may consider necessary.
(8) If any person has any doubt regarding the diagnosis or
decision of the Certifying Surgeon he may make an appeal to the Chief Inspector
of Factories and the Chief Inspector may refer the case to the Medical
Inspector of Factories or to a Medical Committee constituted by him for this
purpose of which the Medical Inspector of Factories shall be a member. The
decision of the Medical Inspector or the Committee as the case may be, shall be
final in the matter.
(13)
Exemption.
If in
respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to any
exceptional circumstances, or infrequency of the process, or for any other
reason, application of all or any of the provisions of this schedule is not
necessary for the protection of the persons employed in such factory he may, by
an order in writing which he may at his discretion revoke, exempt such factory
from all or any of the provisions on such conditions and for such period as he
may specify in the said order.
APPENDIX
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
Manganese
and Manganese Compounds
(1) Dust fumes and mists of manganese and its compounds are toxic
when inhaled or when ingested.
(2) Do not consume food or drink near the work place.
(3) Take a good wash before taking meals.
(4) Keep the working area clean.
(5) Use the protective clothing and equipment provided.
(6) When required to work in situations where dust, fumes or
mists are likely to inhaled, use respiratory protective equipment provided for
the purpose.
(7) If you get severe head-aches, prolonged sleeplessness or
abnormal sensation on the body, report to the manager who would make
arrangements for your examination and treatment
SCHEDULE XIX
Manufacture of manipulation of dangerous pesticides
(1)
Application.
This
schedule shall apply in respect of all factories or any part thereof in which
the process of manufacture or manipulation of dangerous pesticides hereinafter
referred to as the said manufacturing process is carried on.
(2)
Definitions.
For the
purpose of this Schedule:—
(a) "dangerous pesticides" means any product proposed
or used for controlling, destroying or repelling any pest or for preventing
growth or mitigating effects of such growth including any of its formulations
which is considered toxic under and is covered by the Insecticides Act, 1968
and the rules made thereunder and any other product, as may be notified from
time to time, by the State Government
(b) "manipulation" includes mixing, blending,
formulating, filling, emptying, packing or otherwise handling;
(c) "efficient exhaust drought" means localised
mechanical ventilation for removal of smoke, gas, vapour, dust, fume of mist so
as to prevent them from escaping into the air or any work room in which work is
carried on. No exhaust draught shall be considered efficient if it fails to
remove smoke generated at the point where such gas, fume, dust, vapour or mist
originates from the process.
(d) "first employment" shall mean first employment in
any manufacturing process to which this schedule applies and shall also include
re-employment in the said manufacturing process following any celassion of
employment for a continuous period exceeding three calendar months; and
(e) "suspension" means suspension from employment in
any process wherein a dangerous pesticide is manipulated, by written
certificate in the health register in Form 25 signed by the Certifying Surgeon
who shall be competent to suspend all persons employed in such process.
(3)
Instructions to workers.
Every
worker on his first employment shall be fully instructed on the properties
including dangerous properties of the chemicals handled in the said
manufacturing process and the hazards involved. The employees shall also be
instructed in the measures to be taken to deal with any emergency. Such
instructions shall be repeated periodically.
(4)
Cautionary notice and placards.
Cautionary
notices and placards in the form specified in appendix to this schedule and
printed in the language of the majority of the workers shall be displayed in
all work places in which said manufacturing process is carried on so that they
can be easily and conveniently read by the workers. Arrangements shall be made
by the occupier and the manager of the factory to periodically instruct the
workers regarding the health hazards arising in the said manufacturing process
and methods of protections. Such notices shall include brief instructions
regarding the periodical clinical tests required to be undertaken for
protecting health of the workers.
(5)
Prohibition relating to
employment of women or young persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any room in which the
said manufacturing process is carried on or in any room in which dangerous
pesticide is stored.
(6)
Food, drinks and smoking
prohibited.
(1) No food, drink, tobacco, pan or supari shall be brought into
or consumed by any worker in any work-room in which the said manufacturing
process is carried out
(2) Smoking shall be prohibited in any work-room in which the
said manufacturing process is carried out
(7)
Protective clothing and
protective equipment.
(1) Protective clothing consisting of long pants and shirts or
overalls with long sleeves and head coverings shall be provided for all workers
employed in the said manufacturing process.
(2) (a) Protective equipment consisting of rubber gloves, gum
boots, rubber aprons, chemical safety goggles and respirators shall be provided
for all workers employed in the said manufacturing process.
(b)
Gloves, boots, aprons shall be made from synthetic rubber where a pesticide
contains oil.
(3) Protective clothing and equipment shall be worn by the
workers supplied with such clothing and equipment
(4) Protective clothing and equipment shall be washed daily from
inside and outside if the workers handle pesticides containing nicotine or
phosphorous and shall be washed frequently if handling other pesticides.
(5) Protective clothing and equipment shall be maintained in good
repair.
(8)
Floors and work benches.
(1) Floors in every work-room where dangerous pesticides are
manipulated shall be of cement or other impervious material giving a smooth
surface.
(2) Floors shall be maintained in good repair, provided with
adequate slope leading to a drain and thoroughly washed once a day with hose
pipe.
(3) Work-benches where dangerous pesticides are manipulated shall
be made of smooth, non-absorbing material preferably stainless steel and shall
be cleaned at least once daily.
(9)
Spillage and waste.
(1) If a dangerous pesticide during its manipulation splashes or
spills on the work bench, floor or on the protective clothing worn by a worker,
immediate action shall be taken for thorough decontamination of such areas or
articles.
(2) Cloth, rags, paper or other material soaked or soiled with a
dangerous pesticide shall be deposited in a suitable receptacle with tight
fitting cover. Contained waste shall be destroyed by burning at least once a
week.
(3) Suitable deactivating agents, where available, shall be kept
in a readily accessible place for use while attending to a spillage.
(4) Easy means of access shall' be provided to all parts of the
plant for cleaning, maintenance and repair.
(10)
Empty containers used for
dangerous pesticides.
Containers
used for dangerous pesticides shall be thoroughly cleaned of their contents and
treated with an inactivating agent before being discarded or destroyed.
(11)
Manual handling.
(1) A dangerous pesticide shall not be required or allowed to be
manipulated by hand except by means of a long handled scoop.
(2) Direct contact of any part of the body with a dangerous
pesticide during its manipulation shall be avoided.
(12)
Ventilation.
(1) In every work-room or area where a dangerous pesticide is
manipulated, adequate ventilation shall be provided at all times by the
circulation of fresh air.
(2) Unless the process is completely enclosed, the following
operations during manipulation of a dangerous pesticide shall not be undertaken
without an efficient exhaust draught—
(a) emptying a container holding a dangerous pesticide;
(b) blending a dangerous pesticide;
(c) changing or filling a dangerous pesticide into a container,
tank copper or machine or small sized containers;
(d) preparing a liquid or powder formulation containing a
dangerous pesticide;
(3) In the event of a failure of the exhaust draught provided on
the above operation, the said operations shall be stopped forthwith.
(13)
Time allowed for washing.
(1) Before each meal and before the end of the day's work at
least ten minutes in addition to the regular rest interval shall be allowed for
washing to each worker engaged in the manipulation of dangerous pesticides.
(2) Every worker engaged in the manipulation of dangerous
pesticides shall have a thorough wash before consuming any food and also at the
end of the day's work.
(14)
Washing and bathing facilities.
(1) These shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and
in good repair for the use of all workers employed in the factory where the
said manufacturing process is carried on, adequate washing and bathing places
having a constant supply of water under cover at the rate of one such place for
every 5 persons employed.
(2) The washing places shall have standpipes placed at intervals
of not less than one metre.
(3) Not less than one half of the total number of washing places
shall be provided with bathrooms.
(4) Sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material
shall be provided: Provided that such towels shall be supplied individually for
each worker if so ordered by the Inspector.
(5) Sufficient supply of soap and nail brushes shall be provided.
(15)
Cloak-room.
There
shall be provided and maintained for the use of all workers employed in the
factory where the said manufacturing process is carried on—
(a) a cloak-room for clothing put off during working hours with
adequate arrangements for drying clothing, if wet; and
(b) separate and suitable arrangements for the storage of
protective clothing provided under paragraph 7.
(16)
Mess-room.
(1) There shall be provided and maintained for the use of all
workers employed in the factory in which the said manufacturing process is
carried on and remaining on the premises during the rest intervals, a suitable
mess-room which shall be furnished with—
(a) sufficient tables and benches with back rest, and
(b) adequate means for warming food.
(2) The mess-room shall be placed under the charge of a
responsible person and shall be kept clean.
(17)
Manipulation not to be
undertaken.
Manufacture
or manipulation of a pesticides shall not be undertaken in any factory unless a
certificate regarding its dangerous nature or otherwise is obtained from the
Chief Inspector.
(18)
Medical examination.
(1) Every worker employed in the said manufacturing process shall
be examined by the Certifying Surgeon within seven days of the first employment
and no worker shall be allowed to work unless certified fit for such employment
by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said manufacturing process shall
be re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in six calendar months.
(3) Due notice shall be given to the Certifying Surgeon and the
concerned workers regarding the arrangements for examination of workers
employed in the said manufacturing process after obtaining the consent
regarding the arrangement from the Certifying Surgeon.
(4) Health register in Form 6 containing names of all workers
employed in the said manufacturing process shall be maintained.
(5) No worker after suspension shall be employed without written
sanction from the Certifying Surgeon entered in or attached to the health
register.
(19)
Medical facilities.
(1) The occupier shall engage a qualified medical practitioner
approved by the Chief Inspector who shall examine and when necessary treat on
the premises of the factory, all workers who are employed in the said
manufacturing process for effects of excessive absorption of the dangerous
pesticides at least once a week.
(2) The occupier shall make necessary arrangements to ensure
quite availability of qualified medical practitioner in emergency.
(3) The occupier shall provide medicines and antidotes and other
equipment required for treatment of excessive absorption of dangerous
pesticides.
(4) Records of such examinations and treatments and tests shall
be maintained in a form approved by the Chief Inspector and shall be made
available to Inspector.
(5) The Chief Inspector may order suitable clinical test or tests
to be carried out at specified intervals in respect of workers in any factory
where such manufacturing process is carried on. Charges for such test or tests
shall be borne by the employer.
(6) Every worker in any factory where the said manufacturing
process is carried on, shall undergo the prescribed examination, tests and
treatments.
(20)
Exemption.
In respect
of any factory the Chief Inspector is specified that owing to the exceptional
circumstances or the infrequency of the said manufacturing process or for any
other reason which he shall record in writing all or any of the provisions of
this schedule are not necessary for the protection of the workers employed in
the factory, he may by a certificate in writing exempt such factory, from all
or any of the provisions on such conditions, as he may specify therein. Such
certificate may at any time be revoked by the Chief Inspector after recording
his reasons therefor.
APPENDIX
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
Insecticides
and Pesticides
(1) Chemicals handled in this plant are poisonous substances.
(2) Smoking, eating food or drinking, chewing tobacco in this
area is prohibited. No food stuff or drink shall be brought in this area.
(3) Some of these chemicals may be absorbed through skin and may
cause poisoning.
(4) A good wash shall be taken before meals.
(5) A good bath shall be taken at the end of the shift
(6) Protective clothing and equipment supplied shall be used
while working in this area.
(7) Containers of pesticides shall not be used for keeping food
stuffs.
(8) Spillage of the chemicals on any part of the body or on the
floor or work-bench shall be immediately washed away with water.
(9) Clothing contaminated due to splashing shall be removed immediately.
(10) Scrupulous cleanliness shall be maintained in this area.
(11) Do not handle pesticides with bare hands, use scoops provided
with handle.
(12) In case of sickness like nausea, vomiting, giddiness, the
manager should be informed who will make necessary arrangements for treatment
(13) All workers shall report for the prescribed medical tests
regularly to protect their own health.
SCHEDULE XX
Manufacture, handling and usage of benzene and substances
containing benzene
(1)
Application.
This
schedule shall apply in respect of factories or parts thereof in which benzene
or substances containing benzene are manufactured, handled or used.
(2)
Definitions.
For the
purpose of this schedule,—
(a) "substances containing benzene" means substances
wherein benzene content exceeds one per cent by volume;
(b) "substitute" means a chemical which is harmless or
less harmful than benzene and can be used in place of benzene;
(c) "enclosed system" means a system which will not
allow escape of benzene vapours to the working atmosphere;
(d) "Efficient exhaust draught" means localised
ventilation effected by mechanical means for the removal of gases, vapours and
dust or fumes so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any workroom.
No draught shall be deemed to be efficient if it fails to remove smoke
generated at the point where such gases, vapours, fumes or dusts originate.
(3)
Prohibition and substitution.
"(1) Use of Benzene and the following substances
containing Benzene is prohibited, in the following processes:—
(a) Manufacture of varnishes, paints and thinners.
(b) Cleaning and degressing operations."
(2) Â Benzene or
substances containing benzene shall not be used as a solvent or diluent unless
the process in which it is used is carried on in an enclosed system or unless
the process is carried on in a manner which is considered equally safe as if it
were carried out in an enclosed system.
(3) Â Where suitable
substitutes are available, they shall be used in stead or benzene or substances
containing benzene. This provision, however, shall not apply to the following
processes:
(a) production of benzene;
(b) process where benzene is used for chemical synthesis:
(c) motor spirits (used as fuel).
(4) Â The Chief
Inspector may, subject to confirmation by the State Government, permit
exemptions from the percentage laid down in sub-paragraph 2(a) and also from
the provisions of sub-paragraph (2) of this paragraph temporarily under
conditions and within limits of time to be determined after consultation with
the employers and workers concerned.
(4)
Protection against inhalation.
(1) The process involving the use of benzene or substances
containing benzene shall be as far as practicable carried out in an enclosed
system.
(2) Where, however, it is not practicable to carry out the
process in an enclosed system, the workroom in which benzene or substances
containing benzene are used shall be equipped with an efficient exhaust draught
or other means for the removal of benzene vapours to prevent their escape into
the air of the workroom so that the concentration of benzene in the air does
not exceed 25 parts per million by volume or 80 miligrams per cubic metre.
(3) Air analysis for the measurement of concentration of benzene
vapours in air small be carried out every 8 hours or at such intervals as may
be directed by the Chief Inspector at places where process involving, use of
benzene is carried on and the result of such analysis shall be recorded in a
register specially maintained for this purpose. If the concentration of benzene
vapours in air as measured by air analysis, exceeds 25 parts per million by
volume or 80 miligrams per cubic metre, the Manager shall forthwith report the
concentration to the Chief Inspector stating the reasons for such increase.
(4) Workers who for special reasons are likely to be exposed to
concentration of benzene in the air of the work-room exceeding the maximum
referred to in sub-paragraph (2) shall be provided with suitable respirators or
face masks. The duration of such exposure shall be limited as far as possible.
(5)
Measures against skin contact.
(1) Workers who are likely to come in contact with liquid benzene
or liquid substances containing benzene shall be provided with suitable gloves,
aprons, boots and where necessary vapour tight chemical goggles, made of
material not effected by benzene or its vapours.
(2) The protective wear referred to in sub-paragraph (1) shall be
maintained in good condition and inspected regularly.
(6)
Prohibition relating to
employment of women and young persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any workroom
involving exposure to benzene or substances containing benzene.
(7)
Labelling.
Every
container holding benzene or substances containing benzene shall have the work
'Benzene' and approved danger symbols clearly visible on it and shall also
display information on benzene content, warning about toxicity and warning
about inflammability of the chemical.
(8)
Improper use of benzene.
(1) The use of benzene or substances containing benzene by
workers for cleaning their hands or their work clothing shall be prohibited.
(2) Workers shall be instructed on the possible dangers arising
from such misuse.
(9)
Prohibition of consuming food,
etc. in work-room.
No worker
shall be allowed to store or consume food or drink in the work-room in which
benzene or substances containing benzene are manufactured, handled or used.
Smoking
and chewing tobacco or pan shall be prohibited in such work-rooms.
(10)
Instructions as regards risks.
Every
worker on his first employment shall be fully instructed on the properties of
benzene or substances containing benzene which he has to handle and of the
dangers involved. Workers shall also be instructed on the measures to be taken
to deal with in an emergency.
(11)
Cautionary notices.
Cautionary
notices in the form specified in appendix and printed in the language easily
read and understood by the majority of the workers shall be displayed in
prominent places in the workrooms where benzene or substances containing
benzene are manufactured, handled or used.
(12)
Washing facilities, cloak-room
and mess-room.
In
factories in which benzene or substances containing benzene are manufactured,
handled or used the occupier shall provide and maintain in a clean state and,
in good repair—
(a) washing facilities under cover, of the standard of at least
one tap for every 10 persons having constant supply of water with soap and a
clean towel provided individually to each worker if so ordered by the
Inspector,
(b) a cloak-room with lockers for each worker having two
compartments—one for street clothing and one
for work clothing; and
(c) a mess-room furnished with tables and benches with means for
warming food, provided that where a canteen or other proper arrangements exist
for the workers to take their meals, the requirements of mess-room shall be
dispensed with.
(13)
 Medical examination.
(1) Every worker who is to be employed in processes involving use
of benzene substances containing benzene, shall undergo—
(a) a thorough pre-employment medical examination including a
blood test for fitness for employment by a Certifying Surgeon; and
(b) periodical medical examination including blood test and other
biological tests at intervals of every six months by the factory medical
officer with the assistance of a laboratory.
(2) Certificates of per-employment medical examination and
periodical examination including tests, shall be entered in a health register
in Form 6 which shall be produced on demand by an Inspector.
(3) (a) If the factory medical officer on examination at any time
is of the opinion that any worker has developed signs or symptoms of benzene
exposure, he shall make a record of his findings in the said register and
inform the manager in writing.
(b) On
receipt of the information from the factory medical officer the Manager of the
factory shall send the worker so found exposed, to the Certifying Surgeon who
shall, after satisfying himself with the finding of the factory medical officer
and conducting necessary examinations, issue order of temporary shifting of the
worker or suspension of the worker in the process.
(4) The medical examination shall be arranged by the occupier or
Manager of the factory and the worker so examined shall not bear any expenses
for it
APPENDIX
CAUTIONARY NOTICE
Benzene and substances containing benzene
(1) Hazards.
(a) Benzene and substances containing benzene are harmful.
(b) Prolonged or repeated breathing of benzene vapours may result
in acute or chronic poisoning.
(c) Benzene can also be absorbed through skin which may cause
skin and other diseases.
(2) Preventive measures.
(a) Avoid breathing of benzene vapours.
(b) Avoid prolonged or repeated contact of benzene with the skin.
(c) Remove benzene soaked or wet clothing promptly.
(d) If any time you are exposed to high concentration of benzene
vapours and exhibit signs and symptoms such as dizziness, difficulty in
breathing, excessive excitation and losing of consciousness, immediately inform
your factory manager.
(e) keep all the containers of benzene closed.
(f) Handle, use the process benzene and substances containing
benzene carefully in order to prevent their spillage on floor.
(g) Maintain good house-keeping.
(3) Protective equipment
(a) Use respiratory protective equipment in places where benzene
vapours are present in high concentration.
(b) In emergency, use self-generating oxygen mask or oxygen or
air cylinder masks.
(c) Wear hand gloves, aprons, goggles, gum boots to avoid contact
of benzene with your skin and body part
(4) First-aid measures in case of acute benzene poisoning.
(a) Remove the clothing immediately if it is wetted with benzene.
(b) If liquid benzene enters eyes, flush thoroughly for atleast 15
minutes with clean running water and immediately secure medical attention.
(c) In case of unusual exposure to benzene vapour, call a
physician immediately. Until he arrives, do the following:
(i)
If the exposed person is conscious—
(a) Move him to fresh air in open.
(b) Lay down without a pillow and keep him quiet and warm.
(c) If the exposed person is unconscious—(aa) Lay him down preferably on the left side with the head
low.
(d) Remove any false teeth, chewing-gum, tobacco, or other
foreign objects which may be in his mouth.
(e) Provide him artificial respiration in case difficulty is
being experienced in breathing.
(f) In case of shallow breathing or cyanosis (blueness of skin,
lips, ears, finger nail beds), he should be provided with medical oxygen or
oxygen carbon dioxide mixture. If needed he should be given artificial
respiration. Oxygen should be administered by a trained person only.
SCHEDULE XXI
Manufacturing process or operations in carbon-di-sulphide
plant
(1)
Application.
This
schedule shall apply to all electric furnaces in which carbon-di-sulphide is
generated and all other plants where carbon-di-sulphide after generation, is
condensed, refined and stored. This schedule is in addition to and not in
derogation of any of the provisions of the Act and Rules made thereunder.
(2)
Construction, installation and
operation.
(1) The buildings in which electric furnaces are installed and
carbon-di-sulphide after generation is condensed and refined shall be
segregated from other parts of the factory and shall be of open type to ensure
optimum ventilation and the plant layout shall be such that only a minimum
number of workers are exposed to the risk of any fire or explosion at any one
time.
(2) Every electric furnace and every plant in which
carbon-di-sulphide is condensed refined and stored with all their fittings and
attachments shall be of good construction, sound material and of adequate
strength to sustain the internal pressure to which the furnace or the plant may
be subjected to and shall be so designed that carbondi-sulphide liquid and gas
are in closed system during their normal working.
(3) The electric furnace supports shall be firmly grouted about
60 centimetres in concrete or by other effective means.
(4) Every electric furnace shall be installed and operated
according to manufacturers' instructions and these instructions shall be
clearly imparted to the personnel incharge of construction and operation.
(5) The instructions regarding observance of correct furnace
temperature, sulphur dose, admissible current or power consumption and periodical
checking of charcoal level shall be strictly complied with.
(3)
Electrodes.
(1) Where upper ring electrodes made of steel are used in the
electric furnace, they shall be of seamless tube construction and shall have
arrangement for being connected to cooling water system through a siphon built
in the electrodes or through a positive pressure water-pump.
(2) The arrangement for cooling water referred to in
sub-paragraph (1) shall be connected with automatic alarm system which will
actuate in the event of interruption of cooling water in the electrodes and
give visible and audible alarm signals in the control room and simultaneously
stop power supply for the furnace operation and to stop the further supply of
water. The alarm system and the actuating device shall be checked every day.
(4)
Maintenance of charcoal level.
When any
electric furnace is in operation, it shall be ensured that the electrodes are
kept covered with charcoal bed.
(5)
Charcoal separator.
A cyclone
type of charcoal separator shall be fitted on the off-take pipe between the
electric furnace and sulphur separator to prevent entry of pieces of charcoal
into the condensers and piping.
(6)
Rupture discs and safety seal.
(1) At least two rupture discs of adequate size which shall blow
off at a pressure twice the maximum operating pressure shall be provided on
each furnace and shall either be mounted directly on the top of the furnace or
each through an independent pipe as close as possible to the furnace.
(2) A safety waterseal shall be provided and tapped from a point
between the charcoal separator and the sulphur separator.
(7)
Pyrometer and manometers.
(1) Each electric furnace shall be fitted with adequate number of
pyrometers to give an indication of the temperature as correctly as reasonable
practicably at various points in the furnace. The dials for reading the
temperatures shall be located iii the control room.
(2) Manometers or any other suitable devices shall be provided
for indicated pressure—
(a) in the off-take pipe before and after the sulphur separator;
and
(b) in primary and secondary condensers.
(8)
Check valves.
All piping
carrying carbon disulphide shall be fitted with check valves at suitable
positions so as to prevent gas from flowing back into any electric furnace in
the event of shut down.
(9)
Inspection and maintenance of
electric furnaces.
(1) Every electric furnace shall be inspected internally by a
competent person:
(a) before being placed in service after installation;
(b) before being placed in service after reconstruction or
repairs; and
(c) periodically every time the furnace is opened for cleaning or
de-ashing or for replacing electrodes.
(2) When an electric furnace is shut down for cleaning or
de-ashing;
(a) the brick lining shall be checked for continuity and any part
found defective removed;
(b) after removal of any part of the lining referred to in (a)
the condition of the shell shall be closely inspected; and
(c) any plates forming shell found corroded to the extent that
safety of the furnace is endangered shall be replaced.
(10)
Maintenance of records.
The
following hourly records shall be maintained in a log book:—
(a) manometer readings at the points specified in sub-paragraph
7(2);
(b) gas temperature indicated by pyrometers and all other vital
points near the sulphur separator and primary and secondary condensers;
(c) water temperature and flow of water through the siphon and
electrodes; and
(d) primary and secondary voltages and current and energy
consumed.
(11)
Electrical apparatus, wiring
and fittings.
All
buildings in which carbon-di-sulphide is refined or stored shall be provided
with electrical apparatus, wiring and fittings which shall afford adequate
protection from fine and explosion.
(12)
Prohibition relating to
smoking.
No person
shall smoke or carry matches, fire or naked light or other means of producing a
naked light or spark in buildings in which carbon-di-sulphide is refined or
stored, and a notice in the language understood by a majority of the workers
shall be pasted in the plant prohibiting smoking and carrying of matches, fire
or naked light or other means of producing naked light or spark into such
rooms.
(13)
Means of escape.
Adequate
means of escape shall be provided and maintained to enable persons to move to a
safe place as quickly as possible in case of any emergency. At least two
independent staircases of adequate width shall be provided in every building
housing the furnaces at reasonable intervals at opposite ends. These shall
always be kept clear of all obstructions and so designed as to afford easy
passage.
(14)
Warning in case of fire.
There
shall be adequate arrangements for giving warning in case of fire or explosion
which shall operate on electricity and in case of failure of electricity by
some mechanical means.
(15)
Fire-fighting equipment.
(1) Adequate number of suitable fire extinguishers or other
fire-fighting equipment shall be kept in constant readiness for dealing with
risks involved and depending on the amount and nature of materials stored.
(2) Clear instructions as to how the extinguishers or other
equipment should be used printed in the language which the majority of the
workers employed understand shall be affixed to each extinguisher or other
equipment and the personnel trained in their use.
(16)
Bulk sulphur.
(1) Open or semi-enclosed spaces for storage of bulk sulphur
shall be sited with due regard to the dangers which may arise from sparks given
off by nearby locomotives, etc., and precautions shall be taken to see that
flames, smoking and matches and other sources of ignition do not come in
contact with the clouds of dust arising during handling of bulk sulphur.
(2) All enclosures for bulk sulphur shall be of non-combustible
construction, adequately ventilated and so designed as to provide a minimum of
ledges on which dust may ledge.
(3) The bulk sulphur in the enclosures shall be handled in such a
manner as to minimise the formation of dust clouds and no flame, smoking and
matches or other sources of ignition shall be employed during handling and
non-sparking tools shall be used whenever sulphur is shovelled or otherwise
removed by hand.
(4) No repairs involving flames, heat or use of hand or power
tools shall be made in the enclosure where bulk sulphur is stored.
(17)
Liquid sulphur.
Open
flames, electric sparks and other sources of ignition, including smoking
matches, shall be excluded from the vicinity of molten sulphur.
(18)
Training and supervision.
(1) All electric furnaces and all plants in which
carbon-di-sulphide is condensed, refined or stored shall be under adequate
supervision at all times while the furnaces and plant are in operation.
(2) Workers in charge of operation and maintenance of electric
furnaces and the plants shall be properly qualified and adequately trained.
(19)
Washing facilities.
(1) The occupier shall provide and maintain in a clean state and
in good repair, for the use of all persons employed wash place under cover with
at least one tap or standpipe, having a constant supply of clean water for
every five such persons, the taps or stand-pipes being spaced not less than 120
centimeters apart with a sufficient supply of soap and clean towels, provided
that towels shall be supplied individually to each worker if so ordered by the
Inspector.
(2) All the workers employed in the sulphur storage, handling and
melting operations shall be provided with a nail brush.
(20)
Personal protective equipment
(1) Suitable goggles and protective clothing consisting of
overall without pockets, gloves and foot-wear shall be provided for the use of
operatives—
(a) When operating valves or cocks controlling fluids etc.
(b) drawing off molten sulphur from sulphur pots; and
(c) handling charcoal or sulphur.
(2) Suitable respiratory protective equipment shall be provided
and stored in the appropriate place for use during abnormal conditions or in an
emergency.
(3) Arrangements shall be made for proper and efficient cleaning
of all such protective equipment
(21)
 Cloak-rooms.
There
shall be provided and maintained for the use of all persons employed in the
processes a suitable cloak-room for clothing put off during work hours and a
suitable place separate from the cloak-room for the storage of overalls or
working clothes. The accommodation so provided shall be placed in the charge of
a responsible person and shall be kept clean.
(22)
Unauthorised persons.
Only
maintenance and repair personnel, persons directly connected with the plant
operation and these accompanied by authorised persons shall be admitted into
the plant
SCHEDULE XXII
Manufacture or manipulation of caboinogonic dye intermediates
(1)
Application.
The
schedule shall apply in respect of all factories or any part thereof where
processes in which the substances mentioned in paragraphs 3 and 4 are formed,
manufactured, handled, or used and the processes incidental thereto in the
course of which these substances are formed, are carried on. The processes
indicated in this paragraph shall be referred to hereinafter as "the said
processes", and such reference shall mean any or all the processes
described in this paragraph.
(2)
Definition.
For the
purpose of this schedule the following definitions shall apply, unless the
context otherwise requires—
(a) "controlled substances" means chemical substances
mentioned in paragraph 4 of this schedule;
(b) "first employment" means first employment in the
said processes and also reemployment in such processes following any cessation
of employment for a continuous period exceeding three calendar months;
(c) "efficient exhaust draught" means localised
ventilation effected by mechanical means for the removal of gas, vapour, dust
or fume so as to prevent them from escaping into the air of any place in which
work is carried on. No draught, shall be deemed to be efficient which fails to
remove smoke generated at the point where such gas, vapour, fume or dust
originates, and
(d) "prohibited substances" means chemical substances
mentioned in paragraph 3 of this schedule.
(3)
Prohibited substances.
For the
purpose of this schedule the following chemical substances shall be classified
as "prohibited substances" except when these substances are present
or are formed as a by-product of a chemical reaction in a total concentration
not exceeding one per cent—
(a) beta-naphthylamine and its salts,
(b) benzidine and its salts;
(c) 4-amino diphenyl and its salts;
(d) 4-nitro diphenyl and its salts; and
(e) any substance containing any of these compounds;
(4)
Controlled substances.
For the
purpose of this schedule the following chemical substances shall be classified
as "controlled substances:—
(a) alpha-napthylamine or alpha-napthylamine containing not more
than one percent of beta-napthylamine either as a by product of chemical
reaction or otherwise, and its salts;
(b) ortho-alidine and its salts;
(c) dianisidine and its salts;
(d) dichlorobenzidine and its salts;
(e) auramine; and
(f) magneta.
(5)
Prohibition of employment.
No person
shall be employed in the said processes in any factory in which any prohibited
substance is formed, manufactured, processed, handled, or used except as
exempted by the Chief Inspector as stipulated in paragraph 23.
(6)
Requirements for processing or
handling controlled substances.
(1) Wherever any of the controlled substances referred to in
paragraph 4 are formed, manufactured, processed, handled, or used, all
practical steps shall be taken to prevent inhalation or used, all practical
steps shall be taken to prevent inhalation, ingestion or absorption of the said
controlled substances by the workers while engaged in processing that substance
and its storage or transport within the plant, or in cleaning or maintenance of
the concerned equipment, plant, machinery and storage areas.
(2) As far as possible all operations shall be carried out in a
totally enclosed system. Whenever such enclosure is not possible, efficient
exhaust draught shall be applied at the point where the controlled substances
are likely to escape into the atmosphere during the process.
(3) The controlled substances shall be received in the factory in
tightly closed containers and shall be kept so except when these substances are
in process or in use. The controlled substances shall leave the factory only in
tightly closed containers of appropriate type. All the containers shall be
plainly labelled to indicate the contents.
(7)
Personal protective equipment.
(1) The following items of personal protective equipment shall be
provided and issued to every worker employed in the said process:—
(a) long trousers and shirts or overalls with full sleeves and
head covering. The shirt or overall shall cover the neck completely, and
(b) rubber gum-boots.
(2) The following items of personal protective equipment shall be
provided in sufficient number for use by workers employed in said processes
when there is danger of injury during the performance of normal duties or in
the event of emergency—
(a) rubber hand-gloves;
(b) rubber aprons; and
(c) airline respirators or other suitable respirator protective
equipment
(3) It shall be the responsibility of the manager to maintain all
items of personal protective equipment in a clean and hygienic condition and in
a good repair.
(8)
Prohibition relating to
employment of women and young persons.
No woman
or young person shall be employed or permitted to work in any room in which the
said processes are carried on.
(9)
Floors of work-room.
The floor
of every work-room in which the said processes are carried on shall be (a)
smooth and impervious to water provided that asphalt or tar shall not be used
in the composition of the floor, (b) maintained in a state of good repair, (c)
with a suitable slope for easy draining and provided with gutters, and (d)
thoroughly washed daily with the drain water being led into a sever through a
closed channel.
(10)
Disposal of empty containers.
Empty
containers used for holding controlled substances shall be thoroughly cleaned
of their contents and treated with an inactivating agent before being
discarded.
(11)
Manual handling.
Controlled
substances shall not be allowed to be mixed, filled, emptied or handled except
by means of a scoop with a handle. Such scoop shall be thoroughly cleaned
daily.
(12)
Instructions regarding risk.
Every
worker oh his first employment in the said process shall be fully instructed on
the properties of the toxic chemicals to which he is likely to be taken.
Workers shall also be instructed on the measures to be taken to deal with an
emergency.
(13)
Cautionary placards.
Cautionary
placards in the form specified in appendix attached to this schedule and
printed in the language of the majority of the workers employed in the said processes
shall be affixed in prominent places frequented by them in the factory, where
the placards can be easily and conveniently read. Arrangements shall be made by
the manager to instruct periodically all such workers regarding the precautions
contained in the cautionary placards.
(14)
Obligations of the workers.
It shall
be the duty of the persons employed in the said processes to submit themselves
for the medical examination including exfoliative cytology of urine by the
Certifying Surgeon or the qualified medical practitioner as provided for under
these rules.
(15)
Washing and bathing facilities.
(1) The following washing and bathing facilities shall be
provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair for the use of all
workers employed in the said processes:—
(a) a wash place under cover having constant supply of water and
provided with clean towels, soap and nail brushes and with at least one stand
pipe for every five such workers;
(b) 50 per cent of the stand pipes provided under clause (a)
shall be located in bathrooms where both hot and cold water shall be made
available during the working hours of the factory and for one hour thereafter;
(c) the washing and bathing facilities shall be in close
proximity of the area housing the said processes;
(d) clean towels shall be provided individually to each worker;
and
(e) in addition to the taps mentioned under clause (a) one stand
pipe in which warm water is made available shall be provided on each floor.
(2) Arrangement shall be made to wash factory uniforms and other
work clothes everyday.
(16)
Food, drinks, etc. prohibited
in work-room.
No worker
shall consume food, drink, pan, supari or tobacco or shall smoke in any
work-room in which the said processes are carried on and no worker shall remain
in any such room during intervals for meals or rest
(17)
Cloak-room.
These
shall be provided and maintained in a clean state and in good repair for the
use of the workers employed in the said processes— (a) a cloak-room with lockers having two compartments— one for street clothes and the other for work clothes and
(b) a place separate from the locker room and the mess-room, for the storage of
protective equipment provided under paragraph 7. The accommodation so provided
shall be under the care of a responsible person and shall be kept clean.
(18)
Mess-room.
There
shall be provided and maintained for the use of workers employed in the said
processes who remain on the premises during the meal intervals, a mess-room
which shall be furnished with tables and benches and provided with suitable
means for warming food.
(19)
Time allowed for washing.
Before the
end of each shift 30 minutes shall be allowed for bathing for each worker who
is employed in the said processes. Further, at least 10 minutes shall be
allowed for washing before each meal in addition to the regular time allowed
for meals.
(20)
Restriction on age of persons
employed.
No worker
under the age of 40 years shall be engaged in the factory in the said processes
for the first time after the date on which the schedule comes into force.
(21)
Medical examination.
(1) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be examined
by a Certifying Surgeon within 14 days of his first employment. Such
examination shall include tests which the Certifying Surgeon may consider
appropriate and shall include exfoliative cytology of the urine. No worker
shall be allowed to work after 14 days of his first employment in the factory
unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be
reexamined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every six calendar months.
Such examination shall include tests which the Certifying Surgeon may consider
appropriate but shall include exfoliative cytology of the urine.
(3) A person medically examined under sub-paragraph (1) shall be
granted by the Certifying Surgeon a certificate of fitness in Form 28. Record
of each re-examination carried out under sub-paragraph (2) shall be entered in
the certificate. The certificate shall be kept in the custody of the manager of
the factory.
(4) The record of each examination carried out as referred to in
sub-paragraph (1) and (2) including the nature and the results of the tests
shall be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 29.
(5) The certificate of fitness and the health register shall be
kept readily available for inspection by any Inspector.
(6) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that
a person is no longer fit for employment in the said processes or in any other
work on the ground that continuance therein would involve damage to his health,
he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the health
register. The entry of his findings in this documents should also include the
period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for work in the
said processes or any work as the case may be.
(7) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in
sub-paragraph (6) shall be re-employed or permitted to work unless the
Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again certified him to be fit
for employment.
(22)
Medical facilities.
(1) The occupier of every factory in which the said processes are
carried on shall engage a qualified medical practitioner for medical
surveillance of the workers employed in such process. His appointment shall be
subject to approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories.
(2) The occupier shall provide to him all the necessary
facilities for the purpose referred to in sub-paragraph (1).
(3) A record on medical examination and appropriate tests carried
out by the qualified medical practitioner shall be maintained in a form
approved by the Chief Inspector.
(23)
Exemptions-prohibited
substances.
(1) The Chief Inspector may by a certificate in writing (which he
may at his discretion revoke at any time), subject to such conditions, if any,
as may be specified therein, exempt any process in the course of which any of
the prohibited substances is formed processed, manufactured, handled, or used,
from the provisions of paragraph 5 if he is satisfied that the process is
carried out in a totally enclosed and hermetically sealed system in such a
manner that the prohibited substance is not removed from the system except in
quantities not greater than that required for the purpose of the control of the
process of such purposes as is necessary to ensure that the product is free
from any of the prohibited substances.
(2) The Chief Inspector may allow the manufacture, handling or
use of benzidine hydrochloride provided that all the processes in connection
with it are carried out in a totally enclosed system in such a manner that no
prohibited substance other than benzidine hydrochloride is removed therefrom
except in quantities no greater than that required for the purpose of control
of the processes or such purposes as is necessary to ensure that the product is
free from prohibited substances and that adequate steps are taken to ensure
that benzidine hydrochloride is, except while not in a totally enclosed system,
kept wet not less than one part of water of two parts of benzidine
hydrochloride at all times.
(24)
Exemptions—general.
If in
respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the
exceptional circumstances or infrequency of the processes or for any other
reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule is not necessary for the
protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a
certificate in writing (which he may in his discretion revoke at any time),
exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such
conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
APPENDIX
CAUTIONARY PLACARD/NOTICE
Carcinogenic dye intermediates
(1) Dye intermediates which are nitro amino derivatives or
aromatic hydrocarbons are toxic. You have to handle these chemicals frequently
in this factory.
(2) Use the various items of protective wear to safeguard your
own health.
(3) Maintain scrupulous cleanliness at all times. Thoroughly wash
hands and feet before taking meals.
(4) Wash off any chemical falling on your body with soap and
water.
If
splashed with a solution of the chemical, remove the contaminated clothing
immediately. These chemicals are known to produce cyanosis. Contact the medical
officer or appointed doctor immediately and get his advice.
(5) Handle the dye intermediates only with long handled scoops,
never with bare hands.
(6) Alcoholic drinks should be avoided as they enhance the risk
of poisoning by the chemicals.
(7) Keep your food and drinks away from work place. Consuming
food, drinks or tobacco in any form at the place of work is prohibited.
(8) Serious effects from work with toxic chemicals may follow
after many years. Great care must be taken to maintain absolute cleanliness of
body, clothes machinery and equipment."
SCHEDULE XXIII
Preparations involving High Noise Levels
(1)
Application.
This
schedule shall apply to all operations in any manufacturing process having high
noise level.
(2)
Definition.
For the
purpose of this schedule—
(a) "Noise" means any unwanted sound.
(b) "High Noise Level" means any noise level measured
on the A-weighted scale is 90 db or above.
(c) "Decibel" means one-tenth of "Bel" which
is the fundamental division of a logarithmic scale used to express the ratio of
two specified or implied quantities, the number of "Bel" denoting
such a ratio being the logarithm to the base of 10 of this ratio. The noise
level (or the sound pressure level) corresponds to a reference pressure of 20 x
10 — 6 nowtons per square metre or
0.0002 dynes per square centimeter which is the threshold of hearing, that is,
the lowest sound pressure level necessary to produce the sensation of hearing
in average healthy listeners. The decibel in abbreviated form is db.
(d) "Frequency" is the rate of pressure variations
expressed in cycles per second or hertz.
(e) "dBA" refer to sound level in decibels as measured
on a sound level meter operating on the A-weighting net work with slow meter
response.
(f) "A-weighting" means making graded adjustments in
the intensities of sound of various frequencies for the purpose of noise
measurement, so that the sound pressure level measured by an instrument
reflects the actual response of the human ear to the sound measured.
(3)
Protection against noise.
(1) In every factory, suitable engineering control or
administrative measures shall be taken to ensure, so far as is reasonably
practicable, that no worker is exposed to sound levels exceeding the. maximum
permissible noise exposure levels specified in Tables l and 2.
TABLE 1
Permissible Exposure in Cases of Continuous Noise
|
Total time of exposure
(continuous or a number of short term exposers) per days in hours
|
Sound pressure level in
dBA
|
|
8
|
90
|
|
6
|
92
|
|
4
|
95
|
|
3
|
97
|
|
2
|
100
|
|
11/2
|
102
|
|
1
|
105
|
|
3/4
|
107
|
|
1/2
|
110
|
|
1/4
|
115
|
Notes:—1. No exposure in excess of 115 dBA is to permitted.
(2) For any period of exposure falling in between any figures and
the next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 1, the permissible sound
pressure level is to be determined by the extrapolation on a proportionate
basis.
TABLE 2
Permissible Exposure Levels of Impulsive or impact Noise
|
Peak sound pressure level
in dB
|
Permitted number of
impulses or impacts per day
|
|
140
|
100
|
|
135
|
315
|
|
130
|
1,000
|
|
125
|
3,160
|
|
120
|
10,000
|
Notes:— 1. No exposure in excess of 140 dB peak sound pressure level
is permitted.
(3) (1) For any peak sound pressure level falling in between any
figure and the next higher or lower figure as indicated in column 1, the
permitted number of impulses or impacts per day is to be determined by
extrapolation on a proportionate basis.
(2) For
the purposes of this Schedule, if the variations in the noise level involve at
intervals of one second or less the noise is to be considered as a continuous
one and the criteria given in Table 1, would apply. In other cases, the noise
is to be considered as impulsive of impact noise and the criteria given in
Table 2 would apply.
(3) When
the daily exposure is composed of two or more periods of noise exposure at
different levels their combined effect should be considered, rather than the
individual effect of each. The mixed exposure should be considered to exceed
the limit value if the sum of the fractions C1 + C2......Cn / T1 +T2 Tn
exceeds unity—Where the C1, C2 etc. indicate
the total time of actual exposure at a specified noise level and T1, T2 etc.
denote the time of exposure permissible at that level. Noise exposure of less
than 90 dBA may be ignored in the above calculation.
(4) Where
it is not possible to reduce the noise exposure to the levels specified in
sub-rule (1) by reasonably practicable engineering control or administrative
measures, the noise exposure shall be reduced to the greatest extent feasible
by such control measures, and each worker so exposed shall be provided with
suitable ear protectors so as to reduce the exposure to noise to the levels
specified in sub rule (1).
(5) Where
the ear protectors provided in accordance with sub-paragraph (2) and worn by a
worker cannot still attenuate the noise reaching near his ear, as determined by
subtracting the attenuation value in dBA of the ear protectors concerned from
the measured sound pressure level, to a level permissible under Table 1 or
Table 2 as the case may be, the noise exposure period shall be suitably reduced
to correspond to the permissible noise exposures specified in sub-paragraph
(1).
(6)(a) In
all case where the prevailing sound levels exceed the permissible levels specified
in sub-paragraph (1) there shall be administered an effective hearing
conservation programme which shall include among other hearing conservation
measures, pre-employment and periodical auditory surveys conducted on workers
exposed to noise exceeding the permissible levels, and rehabilitation of such
workers either by reducing the exposure to the noise levels or by transferring
them to places where noise levels are relatively less or by any other suitable
means.
(b) Every
worker employed in areas where the noise exceeds the maximum permissible
exposure levels specified in sub-rule (1) shall be subjected to an auditory
examination by a Certifying Surgeon within 14 days of his first employment and
thereafter, shall be re-examined at least once in every 12 months. Such initial
and periodical examinations shall include tests which the Certifying Surgeon
may consider appropriate, and shall include determination of auditory threshold
for pure tones of 125, 250, 500, 1000, 2000, 4000 and 8000 cycles per second.
SCHEDULE XXIV
Highly Flammable Liquids and Flammable Compressed Gases
(1) Application.
These
rules will be applicable to all factories where highly flammable liquids or
flammable compressed gases are manufactured, stored, handled or used.
(2) Definition.
For the
purpose of this schedule—
(a) "highly flammable liquid" means any liquid
including its solution, emulsion or suspension which when tested in a manner
specified by sections 14 and 15 of the Petroleum Act, 1934, (30 of 1934) gives
off flammable vapours at a temperature less than 32 degrees centigrade;
(b) "flammable compressed gas" means flammable
compressed gas as defined in section 2 of the Static and Mobile Pressure
Vessels (Unfired) Rules, 1981 framed under the Explosives Act, 1884.
(3) Storage.
(1) Every flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas used in
every factory shall be stored in suitable fixed storage tank, or in suitable
closed vessel located in a safe position under the ground, in the open or in a
store room of adequate fire resistant construction.
(2) Except as necessary for use, operation or maintenance, every
vessel or tank which contains or had contained a highly flammable liquid or
flammable compressed gas shall be always kept closed and all reasonable
practicable steps shall be taken to contain or immediately drain off to a
suitable container any spill or beak that may occur.
(3) Every container, vessel, tank, cylinder, or store room used
for storing highly flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas shall be
clearly and in bold letters marked "Danger-Highly Flammable Liquid"
or "Danger-Flammable Compressed Gas."
(4) Enclosed Systems for Conveying Highly Flammable Liquids.
Wherever
it is reasonably practicable, highly flammable liquids shall be conveyed within
a factory in totally enclosed systems consisting of pipe lines, pumps and
similar appliances from the storage tank or vessel to the point of use. Such
enclosed systems shall be so designed, installed, operated and maintained as to
avoid leakage or the risk or spilling.
(5) Preventing Formation of Flammable Mixture with Air.
Wherever
there is a possibility for leakage or spills of highly flammable liquid or
flammable compressed gas from an equipment, pipe line, valve, joint or other
part of a system, all practicable measures shall be taken to contain, drain off
or dilute such spills of leakage as to prevent formation of flammable mixture
with air.
(6) Prevention of Ignition.
(1) In every room, work place or other location where highly
flammable liquid or flammable combustible gas is stored, conveyed, handled or
used or where there is danger of fire or explosion from accumulation of highly
flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas in air, all practicable measures
shall he taken to exclude the sources of ignition. Such precautions shall
include the following—
(a) All electrical apparatus shall either be excluded from the
area of risk or they shall be of such construction and so installed and
maintained as to prevent the danger of their being a source of ignition.
(b) effective measures shall be adopted for prevention of
accumulation of static charges to a dangerous extent
(c) No person shall wear or be allowed to wear any foot wear
having iron or steel nails or any other exposed ferrous materials which is
likely to cause sparks by friction;
(d) smoking, lighting or carrying of matches, lighters or smoking
materials shall be prohibited.
(e) transmission belts with iron fasteners shall not be used; and
(f) all other precautions, as are reasonaly practicable, shall be taken to
prevent initiation of ignition from all other possible sources such as open
flames, frictional sparks, overheated surfaces of machinery or plant, chemical
or physical-chemical reaction and radiation heat
(7) Prohibition of smoking.
No person
shall smoke in any place where highly flammable liquid or flammable compressed
gas is present in circumstances that smoking would give rise to a risk of fire.
The occupier shall take all practicable measures to ensure compliance with this
requirement including display of a bold notice indicating prohibition of smoking
at every place where this requirement applies.
(8) Fire Fighting.
In every
factory where highly flammable liquid or flammable compressed gas is
manufactured, stored, handled or used, appropriate and adequate means of
fighting a fire shall be provided. The adequacy and suitability of such means
which expression includes the fixed and portable fire extinguishing systems,
extinguishing material, procedures and the process of fire fighting, shall be
to the standards and levels prescribed by the Indian Standards applicable, and
in any case not inferior to the stipulations under the relevant Fire Safety
Rules 69.
(9) Exemptions.
If in
respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the
exceptional circumstances or infrequency of the processes or for any other
reason all or any of the provisions of this schedule is not necessary for
protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a
certificate in writing, which he may at his discretion revoke at any time,
except such conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
SCHEDULE XXV
Operations in Foundries
(1) Application.
Provision
of this schedule shall apply to all parts of factories where any of the
following operations or processes are carried on:
(a) the production of iron castings or, as the case may be steel
castings by casting in moulds made of sand, loam, moulding composition or other
mixture of materials, or by shell moulding, or by centrifugal casting and any
process incidental to such production;
(b) the production of non-ferrous castings by casting metal in
moulds of sand, loam, metal, moulding composition or other material or mixture
of materials, or by shell mouldings, die-casting (including pressure
die-casting), centrifugal casting or continuous casting and any process
incidental to such production; and
(c) the melting and casting of non-ferrous metal for the
production of ingots, billets, slabs or other similar products, and the
stripping thereof;
but shall
not apply with respect to—
(a) any process with respect to the smelting and manufacture of
lead and the Electric Accumulators;
(b) any process for the purposes of a printing works; or
(c) any smelting process in which metal is obtained by a reducing
operation or any process incidental to such operation; or
(d) the production of steel in the form of ingots; or
(e) any process in the course of the manufacture of solder or any
process incidental to such manufacture; or
(f) the melting and casting of lead or any lead-based alloy for
the production of ingots, billets, slabs or other similar products or the
stripping thereof, or any process incidental to such melting, casting or
stripping.
(2) Definition.
For the
purpose of this schedule—
(a) "approved respirator" means a respirator of a type
approved by the Chief Inspector,
(b) "cupola or furnace" includes a receiver associated
therewith;
(c) "dressing or fettling operations" includes
stripping and other removal of adherent sand, cores, runners, risers, flash and
other surplus metal from a casting and production of reasonably clean and
smooth surface, but does not include (a) the removal of metal from a casting
when performed incidentally in connection with machining or assembling of
castings after they have been dressed or feruled, or (b) any operation which is
knock-out operation within the meaning of this schedule.
(d) "foundry" means those parts of a factory in which
the production of iron or steel or non-ferrous casting (not being the
production of pig iron or the production of steel in the form of ingots) is
carried on by casting in moulds made of sand, loam, moulding composition or
other mixture of materials, or by shell moulding or by centrifugal casting in
metal moulds lined with sand, or the casting including pressure die castings,
together with any part of the factory in which any of the following processes
are carried on as incidental processes in connection with and in the course of,
such production, namely the preparation and mixing of materials used in foundry
process, the preparation of moulds and cores, knock-out operations and dressing
or fettling operations;
(e) "knock-out operations" means all methods of
removing castings from moulds and the following operations, when done in
connection therewith, namely, stripping, coring-out and the removal of runners
and risers;
(f) "pouring aisle" means an aisle leading from a main
gangway or directly from a cupola or furnace to where metal is poured into
moulds.
(3) Prohibition of use of certain materials as parting materials.
(1) A material shall not be used as a parting material if it is a
material containing compounds of silicon calculated as silica to the extent
more than 5 per cent by weight of the dry material:
Provided
that this prohibition shall not prevent the following being used as a parting
material if the material does not contain an admixture of any other silica—
(a) Zirconium silicate (Zircon)
(b) Calcined china clay
(c) Calcined aluminous fireclay
(d) Sillimanite
(e) Calcined or fused alumina
(f) Olivine
(g) Natural sand
(2) Dust or other matter deposited from a fettling or blasting process
shall not be used as a parting material or as a constituent in a parting
material.
(4) Arrangement and storage.
For the
purposes of promoting safety and cleanliness in work-rooms the following
requirements shall be observed:—
(a) moulding boxes, loam plates, ladles, patterns, pattern
plates, frames, boards, box weights, and other heavy articles shall be so
arranged and placed as to enable work to be carried on without unnecessary
risk;
(b) suitable and conveniently accessible racks, bins or other
receptacles shall be provided and used for the storage of other gear and tools;
(c) Where there is bulk storage of sand, fuel, metal scrap or
other materials or residues, suitable bins bunkers or other receptacles shall
be provided for the purpose of such storage.
(5) Construction of Floors.
(1) Floors of indoor workplaces in which the processes are
carried on, other than parts which are of sand, shall have an even surface of
hard material.
(2) No part of the floor of any such indoor workplace shall be of
sand except where this is necessary by reason of the work done.
(3) All parts of the surface of the floor of any such indoor
workplace which are of sand shall, so far as practicable, be maintained in an
even and firm condition.
(6) Cleanliness of indoor workplaces.
(1) All accessible parts of the walls of every indoor workplace
in which the processes are carried on and of everything affixed to those wall
shall be effectively cleaned by a suitable method to a height of not less than
7.2 metres from the floor at least once in every period of fourteen months. A
record of the carrying out of every such effective cleaning in pursuance of
this paragraph including the date (which shall be not less than five months nor
more than nine months after the last immediately preceding washing, cleaning or
other treatment).
(2) Effective cleaning by a suitable method shall be carried out
at least once every working day of all accessible parts of the floor of every
indoor workplace in which the processes are carried on, other than parts which
are of sand; and the parts which are of sand shall be kept in good order.
(7) Manual operations involving molten metal.
(1) There shall be provided and properly maintained for all
persons employed on manual operations involving molten metal with which they
are liable to be splashed, a working space for that operation—
(a) which is adequate for the safe performance of the work; and
(b) which, so far as reasonably practicable, is kept free from
obstruction.
(2) Any operation involving the carrying by hand of a container
holding molten metal shall be performed on a floor all parts of which where any
person walks while engaged in the operation shall be on the same level.
Provided
that, where necessary to enable the operation to be performed without undue
risk, nothing in this paragraph shall prevent the occasional or exceptional use
of a working space on a different level from the floor1, being a space provided
with a safe means of access from the floor for any person while engaged in the
operation.
(8) Gangways and pouring aisles.
(1) In every workroom to which this paragraph applies,
constructed or reconstructed or converted for use as such after the making of
this schedule and so far as reasonably practicable, in every other work-room to
which this paragraph applies, sufficient and clearly defined main gangway shall
be provided and properly maintained which—
(a) shall have an even surface of hard material and shall, in
particular, not be for carrying molten metal shall be—
(i)
where truck ladles are used exclusively, at least
600 millimeters wider than the overall width of the ladle;
(ii)
where hand shanks are carried by not more than
two men, at least 920 millimetres in width;
(iii)
where hand shanks are carried by more than two
men, at least 1.2 metres in width; and
(iv)
where used for simultaneous travel in both
directions by men carrying hand shanks, at least 1.8 meters in width.
(2) In work-room to which this paragraph applies constructed,
reconstructed or converted for use as such after the making of this Schedule,
sufficient and clearly defined pouring aisles shall be provided and properly
maintained which—
(a) shall have an even surface of hard material and shall, in
particular, not be of sand or have on them more sand than is necessary to avoid
risk of flying metal from accidental spillage;
(b) shall be kept so far as reasonably practicable free from
obstruction;
(c) if molten metal is carried in hand ladles by not more than
two men per ladle, shall be at least 460 millimeters wide, but where any moulds
alongside the aisle are more than 510 millimeters above the floor of the aisle,
the aisle shall be not less than 600 millimeters wide;
(d) if molten metal is carried in hand ladles or bulk ladles by
more than two men per ladle, shall be at least 760 millimeters wide; and
(e) if molten metal is carried in crane, trolley or truck ladles,
shall be of a width, adequate for the same performance of the work.
(3) Requirements of sub-paragraphs (1) and (2) shall not apply to
any work-room or part of a work-room if, by reason of the nature of the work
done therein, the floor of that work-room or, as the case may be, that part of
a work-room has to be of sand.
(4) In this paragraph "work-room to which this paragraph
applies" means a part of a ferrous or non-ferrous foundry in which molten
metal is transported or used, and a work-room to which this paragraph applies
shall be deemed for the purposes of this paragraph to have been constructed,
reconstructed or converted for use as such after the making of this schedule if
the construction, reconstruction or conversion thereof was begun after the
making of this schedule.
(9) Work near cupolas and furnaces.
No person
shall carry out any work within a distance of 4 metres from a vertical line
passing through the delivery end of any spout of a cupola or furnace, being a
spout used for delivering molten metal, or within a distance of 2.4 metres from
a vertical line passing through the nearest part of any ladle which is in
position at the end of such a spout, except, in either case, where it is
necessary for the proper use of maintenance of a cupola or furnace that work
should be carried our within that distance of that work his being carried out
at such a time and under such conditions that there is no danger to the person
carrying it out form molten metal which is being obtained from the cupola or furnace
or is in a ladle in position at the end of the spout.
(10) Dust and fumes.
(1) Open coal, coke or wood fires shall not be used for heating
or drying ladles inside a work-room unless adequate measures are taken to
prevent, so far as practicable, fumes or other impurities from entering into or
remaining in the atmosphere of the work-room.
(2) No open coal, coke or wood fires shall be used for drying
moulds except in circumstances in which the use of such fires is unavoidable.
(3) Mould stoves, core-stoves and annealing furnaces shall be so
designed constructed, maintained and worked as to prevent, so far as
practicable, offensive or injurious, fumes from entering into any work-room
during any period when a person is employed therein.
(4) All knock-out operations shall be carried out—
(a) in a separate part of the foundry suitably partitioned off,
being a room or part in which, so far as reasonably practicable, effective and
suitable local exhaust ventilation and a high standard of general ventilation
are provided; or
(b) in an area of the foundry in which, so far as reasonably
practicable, effective and suitable local exhaust ventilation is provided or
where compliance with this requirement is not reasonably practicable, a high
standard of general ventilation is provided.
(5) All dressing or fettling operations shall be carried out—
(a) in a separate room or in a separate part of the foundry
suitably partitioned of; or
(b) in an area of the foundry set apart for the purpose, and
shall, so far as reasonably practicable, be carried out with effective and
suitable local exhaust ventilation or other equally effective means of
suppressing dust, operating as near as possible to the point of origin of the
dust.
(11) Maintenance and examination of exhaust plant
(1) All ventilator plants used for the purpose of extracting,
suppressing or controlling dust or fumes shall be properly maintained.
(2) All ventilating plants used for the purpose of extracting,
suppressing or controlling dust or fumes shall be examined and inspected once
every week by a responsible person. It shall be thoroughly examined and tested
by a competent person at least once in every period of twelve months; and
particulars of the results of every such examination and test shall be entered
in an approved register which shall be available for inspection by an
Inspector. Any defect found on any such examination and test shall be
immediately reported in writing by the persons carrying out the examination and
test to the occupier or manager of the factory.
(12) Protective equipment
(1) The Occupier shall provide and maintain suitable protective
equipment specified for the protection of workers—
(a) suitable gloves or other protection for the hands for workers
engaged in handling any hot material likely to cause damage to the, hands by
burn, scale or scar, or in handling the pig iron, rough castings or other
articles likely to cause damage to hands by cut or abrasion;
(b) approved respirators for workers carrying out any operations
creating a heavy dust concentration which cannot be dispelled quickly and effectively
by the existing ventilation arrangements.
(2) No respirator provided for the purposes of clause 1(b) has
been worn by a person shall be worn by another person if it has not since been
thoroughly cleaned and disinfected.
(3) Persons who for any of their time—
(a) work at a spout of or attend to, a cupola or furnace in such
circumstances that material therefrom may come into contact with the body,
being material at such a temperature that its contact with the body would cause
a burn; or
(b) are engaged in, or in assisting with, the pouring of molten
metal; or
(c) carry by band or move by manual power any ladle, or mould
containing molten metal; or
(d) are engaged in knocking out operations involving material at
such a temperatore that its contact with the body would cause a burn;
shall be
provided with suitable footwear and gaiters which worn by them prevent, so far
as reasonably practicable, risk or burns of his feet and ankles.
(4) Where appropriate, suitable screens shall be provided for
protection against flying materials (including splashes of molten metal and
sparks and chips thrown off in the course of any process).
(5) The occupier shall provide and maintain suitable
accommodation for the storage and make adequate arrangements for cleaning and
maintenance of the protective equipment supplied in pursuance of this
paragraph.
(6) Every person shall make full and proper use of the equipment
provided for his protection in pursuance of sub-paragraphs (1) and (4) and
shall without delay report to the occupier, manager or other appropriate person
any defect in, or loss of, the same.
(13) Washing and bathing facilities.
(1) There shall be provided and maintained in clean state and
good repair for the use of all workers employed in the foundry—
(a) a wash place under cover with either—
(i)
a trough with impervious surface fitted with a
waste pipe without plug, and of sufficient length to allow at least 60
centimeters for every 10 such persons employed at any one time and having a
constant supply of clean water from taps or jets above the trough at intervals
of not more than 60 centimeters; or
(ii)
at least one tap or stand pipe for every 10 such
persons employed at any one time and having a constant supply of clean water
the tap or stand pipe being spaced not less than 1.2 meters apart; and
(b) Not less than one half of the total number of washing places
provided under clause (a) shall be in the form of both rooms;
(c) a sufficient supply of clean towels made of suitable material
changed daily, with sufficient supply of nail brushes and soap.
(2) The facilities provided for the purposes of sub-paragraph (1)
shall be placed in charge of a responsible person or persons and maintained in
able receptacles.
(14) Disposal of dross and skimmings.
Dross and
skimmings removed from molten metal or taken from a furnace shall be placed
forthwith in suitable receptacles.
(15) Disposal of waste.
Appropriate
measures shall be taken for the disposal of all waste products form shall
moulding (including waste burnt and) as soon as reasonably practicable after
the castings have been knocked-out
(16) Material and equipment left out of doors.
All
materials and equipment left out of doors (including material) and equipment so
left only temporarily or occasionally shall be so arranged and placed as to
avoid unnecessary risk. There shall be safe means of access to all such
material and equipment and, so far as reasonably practicable, such access shall
be by roadways or pathways which shall be properly maintained. Such roadways or
pathways shall have a firm and even surface and shall so far as reasonably
practicable be kept free from obstruction.
(17) Medical facilities and records of examinations and tests.
(1) The occupier of every factory to which the Schedule applies,
shall—
(a) employ a qualified medical practitioner for medical
surveillance of the workers employed therein whose employment shall be subject
to the approval of the Chief Inspector of Factories; and
(b) provide to the said medical practitioner all the necessary
facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (a).
(2) The record of medical examinations and appropriate tests
carried out by the said medical practitioner shall be maintained in a separate
register approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept
readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
(18) Medical examination by the Certifying Surgeon.
(1) Every worker employed in a foundry shall be examined by a
Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his first employment. Such medical
examination shall include pulmonary function tests and chest X-ray. No workers
shall be allowed to work after 15 days of his first employment in the factory
unless certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be examined
by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every twelve months. Such examination
shall, whenever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate, include all the
tests as specified in subparagraph (1) except chest X-ray which will be once in
3 years.
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue
a Certificate of Fitness in Form S. The record of examination and
re-examinations carried out shall be entered in the Certificate and the
Certificate shall be kept in the custody of the manager of the factory. The
record of each examination carried out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2),
including the nature and the results of the tests, shall also be entered by the
Certifying Surgeon in a health register in Form 17.
(4) The Certificate of Fitness and the health register shall be
kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that
a worker is no longer fit for employment in the said processes on the ground
that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the
worker, he shall make a record of his findings in the said Certificate and the
health register. The entry of his findings in those documents should also
include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for
work in the said processes. The person so suspended from the process shall be
provided with alternate placement facilities unless he is fully incapacitated
in the opinion of the Certifying Surgeon, in which case the person affected
shall by suitably rehabilitated.
(6) No person who has been found unfit to work as said in
sub-paragraph (S) above shall be re-employed or permitted to work in the said
processes unless the Certifying Surgeon, after further examination, again
certifies him fit for employment in those processes.
(19) Exemption.
If in
respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the
exceptional circumstances or infrequency of the processes of for any other
reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule is not necessary for all
protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may by a
certificate in writing, which he may at his discretion revoke at any time,
exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such
conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
SCHEDULE XXVI
Manipulation of stone or Any Other Material Containing Free
Silica
(1) Application.
This
schedule shall apply to all factories or parts of factories in which
manipulation of stone or any other material containing free silica is carried
on.
(2) Definitions.
For the
purpose of this Schedule—
(a) "Manipulation" means crushing, breaking, chipping
dressing, grinding, sieving, mixing, grading or handling of stone or any other
material containing free silica or any other operation involving such stone or
material;
(b) "stone or any other material containing free
silica" means a stone or any other solid material containing not less than
5% by weight of free silica.
(3) Precautions in manipulation.
No
manipulation shall be carried out in a factory or part of a factory unless one
or more of the following measures, namely:—
(a) damping the stone or other material being processed;
(b) providing water spray;
(c) enclosing the process;
(d) isolating the process; and
(e) providing localized exhaust ventilation.
are
adopted so as to effectively control the dust in any place in the factory when
any person is employed, at a level equal or below the maximum permissible level
for silica dust as laid down in Table 2 appended to Rule 95A.
Provided
that such measures as above said are not necessary if the process or operation
itself is such that the level of dust created and prevailing does not exceed
the permissible level referred to.
(4) Maintenance of floors.
(1) All floors or places where fine dust is likely to settle on
and whereon any person has to work or pass shall be of impervious material and
maintained in such condition that they can be thoroughly cleaned by a moist
method or any other method which would prevent dust being airborne in the
process of cleaning.
(2) The surface of every floor of every work-room or place where
any work is carried on where any person has to pass during the course of his
work shall be cleaned of dust once at least during each shift after being
sprayed with water or by any other suitable method so as to prevent dust being
airborne in the process of cleaning.
(5) Prohibition relating young persons.
No young
persons shall be employed or permitted to work in any. of the operations
involving manipulations or at any place where such operations are carried out
(6) Medical facilities and records of examinations and teats.
(1) The occupier of every factory to which the Schedule applies,
shall—
(a) employ a qualified medical officer for medical surveillance
of the woken employed therein whose employment shall be subject to the approval
of the Chief Inspector of Factories; and
(b) provide to the said medical officer all the necessary
facilities for the purpose referred to in clause (1).
(2) the record of medical examination and appropriate tests
carried out by the said medical officer shall be maintained in a separate register
approved by the Chief Inspector of Factories, which shall be kept readily
available for inspection by the inspector.
(7) Medical examination by Certifying Surgeon.
(1) Every worker employed in the processes specified in
paragraph-1, shall be examined by a Certifying Surgeon within 15 days of his
first employment Such medical examination shall include pulmonary function
tests and chest X-ray. No worker shall be allowed to work after 15 days of
certified fit for such employment by the Certifying Surgeon.
(2) Every worker employed in the said processes shall be
re-examined by a Certifying Surgeon at least once in every twelve months. Such
examination shall, wherever the Certifying Surgeon considers appropriate,
include all the tests as specified in subparagraph (1) except chest X-ray which
will be once in 3 years.
(3) The Certifying Surgeon after examining a worker, shall issue
a certificate of Fitness in Form 5. The record of re-examinations carried out
shall be entered in the Certificate and the Certificate shall be kept in the
custody of the Manager of the Factory. The record of each examination carried
out under sub-paragraphs (1) and (2), including the nature and the results of
tests, shall also be entered by the Certifying Surgeon in a health register in
Form 17.
(4) The Certificate of fitness and the health register shall be
kept readily available for inspection by the Inspector.
(5) If at any time the Certifying Surgeon is of the opinion that
a Worker is no longer fit for employment in the said processes on the ground
that continuance therein would involve special danger to the health of the
worker, he shall make a record of his findings in the said certificate and the
health register. The entry of his findings in those-documents shall also
include the period for which he considers that the said person is unfit for
work in the said processes.
(8) Exemptions.
If in
respect of any factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied that owing to the
exceptional circumstances or infrequency of the processes or for any other
reason, all or any of the provisions of this schedule is not necessary for
protection of the workers in the factory, the Chief Inspector may, by a
Certificate in writing, which he may in his discretion revoke at any time,
exempt such factory from all or any of such provisions subject to such
conditions, if any, as he may specify therein.
Rule 95A.
Permissible
levels of certain chemical substances in work environment without prejudice to
the requirements in any other provisions in the Act or the Rules, the
requirements specified in the Schedule below, shall apply to all factories.
SCHEDULE
(1) Definition.
For the
purpose of this schedule—
(a) "mg/m3", means milligrams of a substance per cubic
meter of air;
(b) "mppcum" means million particles of a substances
per cubic meter of air;
(c) "ppm" means parts of vapour or gas per million
parts of air by volume at 25°C and 760 mm of mercury pressure;
(d) "Time weighted average concentration" means the average
concentration of a substance in the air at any work location in a factory
computed from evaluation of adequate number of air samples taken at that
location, spread over the entire shift on any day, after giving weightage to
the duration for which each such sample is collected and the concentration
prevailing at the time of taking the sample.
Time
weighted average
Concentration
= C1T1 + C2T2 +.....CaTa
Concentration
=T1 + T2 +........Ta
where C1,
represents the concentration of the substance for duration T1 (in hours);
C2
represents the concentration of the substance for duration T2 (in hours); and
Ca represents the concentration of the substance for duration Ta (in hours).
(e) "work location" means a location in a factory at
which worker works or may be required to work at any time during any shift on
any day.
(2) Limits of concentrations of substances at work location.
(1) The time weighted average concentration of any substance
listed in Table 1 or 2 of the schedule, at any work location in a factory during
any shift on any day shall not exceed the limit of the permissible time
weighted average concentration specified in respect of that substance:
Provided
that in the case of a substance mentioned in Table in respect of which a limit
in terms of short term maximum concentration is indicated, the concentration of
such a substance may exceed the permissible limit of the two weighted average
concentration for the substance for short periods not exceeding 15 minutes at a
time, subject to the conditions that—
(a) Such periods during which the concentration exceeds the
prescribed time weighted average concentration are restricted to not more than
4 per shift;
(b) The time interval between any two such periods of higher
exposure shall not be less than 60 minutes; and
(c) At no time the concentration of the substance in the air
shall exceed the limit of short term maximum concentration.
(2) In the case of any substance given in Table 3, the
concentration of the substance at any work location in a factory at any time
during any day shall exceed the limit of exposure for that substance specified
in the table.
(3) In the case where the work "skin" has been
indicated against certain substances mentioned in Tables 1 and 3, appropriate
measures shall be taken to prevent absorption through cutaneous routes
particularly slim, mucous membrane and eyes as the limits specified in these
Tables are for conditions where the exposure is only through respiratory tract
(4) (a) In case, the air of any work location contains a mixture
of such substances mentioned in Tables 1, 2 or 3 which have similar toxic
properties, the time weighted concentration of each of these substances during
the shift should be such, that when these time weighted concentration divided
by the respective permissible time weighted average concentration specified in
the above mentioned tables, and the fractions obtained are added together, the
total shall not exceed unity.
i.e. c1+
c2+.......ca/L1 + L2+........La
should not
exceed unity.
where C1,
C2.....Ca are the time weighted concentration of toxic substances
1,2........and
n
respectively, determined after measurement at work location.
and L1
L2........La are the permissible time weighted average concentration of the
toxic substances 1,2,........and n respectively.
(b) In
case the air at any work location contains a mixture of substances, mentioned
in Tables 1, 2 or 3, and these do not have similar toxic properties, then the
time weighted concentration of each of these substances shall not exceed the
permissible time weighted average concentration specified in the above
mentioned Tables, for that particular substance.
(c) The
requirement in clauses (a) and (b) shall be in addition to the requirement in
paragraphs 2(1) and 2(2).
(3) Sampling and evaluation procedures.
(1) Notwithstanding provisions in any other paragraphs, the
sampling and evaluation procedures to be adopted for checking compliance with
the provisions in the schedule shall be as per standard procedures in vogue
from time to time.
(2) Notwithstanding the provisions in paragraph 5, the following
conditions regarding the sampling and evaluation procedures relevant to
checking compliance with the provisions in this schedule are specified—
(a) for determination of the number of particles per cubic metre
in item 1(a)(i)(1) in Table 2, samples are to be collected by standard or
midget imipinger and the counts made by light-field technique.
(b) The percentage of quartz in the 3 formula given in item
1(a)(i) in Table 2 is to be determined from air born samples.
(c) For determination of number of fibres as specified in item
2(a) of Table 2, the membrane filter method at 430 phase contract should be
used.
(d) Both for determination of concentration and percentage of
quartz for use of the formula given in item 1(a)(i)(2) of Table 2, the fraction
passing through a size selector with the following characteristics should only
be considered.
|
|
Aerodynamic meter unit
don
|
Percentage allowed by
size-selector
|
|
|
2.0
|
90
|
|
|
2.5
|
75
|
|
|
3.5
|
50
|
|
|
5.0
|
25
|
|
|
10.0
|
5
|
(4) Power to require assessment of concentration of substances.
(1) An Inspector may, by an order in writing, direct the occupier
or manager of a factory to get before any specified date, the assessment of the
time weighted average concentration at any work location of any of the
substances mentioned in Tables 1, 2 and 3 carried out
(2) The results of such assessment as well as the method followed
for air sampling and analysis for such assessment shall be sent to the
Inspector within 3 days from the date of completion of such assessment and also
a record of the same kept readily available for inspection by an Inspector.
(5) Exemption.
If in
respect of any factory or a part of a factory, the Chief Inspector is satisfied
that, by virtue of the pattern of working time of the workers at different work
locations or on account of other circumstances, no worker is exposed, in the
air at the work locations, to a substance or substances specified in tables 1,2
or 3 to such an extent as is likely to be injurious to his health, he (the
Chief Inspector) may by an order in writing exempt the factory or a part of the
factory from the requirements in paragraph 2, subject to such conditions, if
any as he may specify therein.
Table 1
|
Substance
|
Permissible limit
exposure
|
|
Time-weighted average
concentration
|
Short term maximum
concertino
|
|
|
ppm
|
mg/m3
|
ppm
|
mg/m3
|
|
Acetic acid
|
10
|
25
|
15
|
37
|
|
Acrolin
|
0.1
|
0.25
|
0.3
|
0.0
|
|
Aldrin-skin
|
-
|
0.25
|
-
|
0.75
|
|
Ammonia
|
25
|
18
|
35
|
27
|
|
Aniline-skin
|
2
|
10
|
5
|
20
|
|
Anisidine
(10-pisomers)-skin
|
0.1
|
0.5
|
-
|
-
|
|
Arsenic & compounds
(as Ab)
|
-
|
0.2
|
-
|
-
|
|
Benzene
|
10
|
30
|
-
|
-
|
|
Bromine
|
0.1
|
0.7
|
0.3
|
2
|
|
2 Butanone methlethyl
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ketene-MEK
|
200
|
590
|
300
|
885
|
|
n-buty; acetate
|
150
|
710
|
200
|
950
|
|
Sec./tert. Buty-acetate
|
200
|
950
|
250
|
1190
|
|
Cadmium-dust and salts
(as Cd)
|
-
|
0.05
|
-
|
0.2
|
|
Calcium oxide
|
|
2
|
-
|
|
|
Carbaryl (Sovin)
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
10
|
|
Carbofuran (Furadan)
|
-
|
0.1
|
-
|
|
|
Carbon disulfide-skin
|
2
|
60
|
30
|
90
|
|
Carbon monoxide
|
50
|
55
|
400
|
440
|
|
Carbon tetrachloride-skin
|
10
|
65
|
20
|
130
|
|
Carbonyl chloride
(Phosgene)
|
0.1
|
0.4
|
-
|
-
|
|
Chlordance-skin
|
-
|
0.5
|
-
|
2
|
|
Chlorobenzene (mono
chloro-
|
|
|
|
|
|
benzene)
|
75
|
350
|
-
|
-
|
|
Chlorine
|
1
|
3
|
3
|
9
|
|
Bis-Chloremethyl ether
|
0.001
|
-
|
-
|
-
|
|
Chromic acid and chromzes
(at Cr)
|
-
|
0.05
|
-
|
-
|
|
Chromium seL chromic,
Chremous salts (as Cr)
|
|
0.5
|
|
|
|
Copper fume
|
-
|
0.2
|
|
-
|
|
Cotton dust, raw
|
|
0.2
|
-
|
0.6
|
|
Cresol all isomers-skin
|
5
|
22
|
-
|
-
|
|
Cyanides, (as Cn)-skin
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
-
|
|
Cyanogen
|
10
|
20
|
-
|
-
|
|
DDT
(Dichlorodiphenyl-trichlore ethene)
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
3
|
|
Demeton-skin
|
0.01
|
0.1
|
0.03
|
0.3
|
|
Diazion-skin
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
0.3
|
|
Dibutyl phythelate
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
10
|
|
Dichlorves (DDVP)-skin
|
0.1
|
1
|
0.3
|
3
|
|
Dieldrin-skin
|
-
|
0.25
|
-
|
0.75
|
|
Dinitrabenzenes (all
isomers)-skin
|
0.15
|
1
|
0.5
|
3
|
|
Dinitrotouence-skin
|
-
|
1.5
|
-
|
5
|
|
Diphenyl
|
0.2
|
1.5
|
0.6
|
4
|
|
Endosulfan (Thiodes)-skin
|
-
|
0.1
|
-
|
0.3
|
|
Endrin-skin
|
-
|
0.1
|
-
|
0.3
|
|
Ethyl acetate
|
400
|
1000
|
-
|
, -
|
|
Ethyl alcohol
|
1000
|
1900
|
-
|
-
|
|
Ethyl amino
|
10
|
18
|
-
|
-
|
|
Fluorides (as F)
|
-
|
2.5
|
-
|
-
|
|
Flourine
|
1
|
2
|
2
|
4
|
|
Hydrogen Cyanide-skin
|
10
|
11
|
15
|
16
|
|
Hydrogen sulfide
|
10
|
15
|
15
|
27
|
|
Iron oxide fume(Fo2 o2 as
Fa)
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
10
|
|
Isoamyl acetate
|
100
|
525
|
125
|
655
|
|
|
ppm
|
mg/m3
|
ppm
|
mg/m3
|
|
Isoamyl alcohol
|
100
|
360
|
125
|
450
|
|
Isobutyl alcohol
|
50
|
150
|
75
|
225
|
|
Lead, inorg, fumes and
dusts (as Pb)
|
-
|
0.15
|
-
|
0.45
|
|
Lindane-skin
|
-
|
0.5
|
-
|
1.5
|
|
Molethion-skin
|
-
|
10
|
-
|
-
|
|
Manganese furne (as Mn)
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
3
|
|
Mercury (as Hg)
|
-
|
0.05
|
-
|
0.15
|
|
Methyl alcohol
(methenol)-skin Methyl cellesolve-skin (2-methyl-
|
200
|
260
|
250
|
310
|
|
ethanol)
|
25
|
88
|
35
|
120
|
|
Methyl isobutyl
ketone-skin
|
100
|
410
|
125
|
510
|
|
Napthalene
|
10
|
50
|
15
|
75
|
|
Nickel carbonyl (as Ni)
|
0.5
|
0.35
|
-
|
-
|
|
Nitric Acid
|
2
|
5
|
4
|
10
|
|
Nitric oxide
|
25
|
30
|
35
|
45
|
|
Nitrobenzene-skin
|
1
|
5
|
2
|
10
|
|
Oil-mist-mineral
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
10
|
|
Parathion-skin
|
-
|
0.1
|
-
|
0.3
|
|
Phenel-skin
|
5
|
19
|
10
|
30
|
|
Phorate (Thimet)-skin
|
-
|
0.05
|
-
|
0.2
|
|
Phosgene (Carbonyl
chloride)
|
0.1
|
0.4
|
-
|
-
|
|
Phosphine
|
0.3
|
0.4
|
1
|
1
|
|
Phosphorus (yellow)
|
-
|
0.1
|
|
0.3
|
|
Phosphorus pentachloride
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
3
|
|
Phosphorus Trichloride
|
0.5
|
3
|
-
|
-
|
|
Picric acid-skin
|
-
|
0.1
|
-
|
0.3
|
|
Pyridine
|
5
|
15
|
10
|
3.0
|
|
Silane (silicon
tetrahydride)
|
0.5
|
0.7
|
1
|
1.5
|
|
Styrene, menomer
(pheny;-ethylene)
|
100
|
420
|
125
|
525
|
|
Sulphur dioxide
|
5
|
13
|
-
|
-
|
|
Sulphuric acid
|
-
|
1
|
-
|
-
|
|
Toluene (toluel)-skin
|
100
|
375
|
150
|
560
|
|
c-Tolufinr
|
5
|
22
|
10
|
44
|
|
Trichroethylene
|
100
|
535
|
'150
|
800
|
|
Vinyl chloride
|
5
|
10
|
-
|
-
|
|
Wekling fumes (NOC)
|
-
|
5
|
-
|
-
|
|
Xylene
(o-m-p-isomers)-skin
|
100
|
435
|
150
|
655
|
TABLE 2
|
Substance
|
Permissible time weighted
average concentration
|
|
1. Silica
(a) Crystaline (i) Quartz
(1) In terms of dust
count
|
|
|
(2) In terms of
respirable dust
|
|
|
(3) In terms of total
dust
|
|
|
(ii) Cristobalite
|
Half the limits given
against quartz.
|
|
(iii) tridymite
|
Half the limits given
against quartz.
|
|
(iv) Silica fused
|
Some limits as for
quartz.
|
|
(v) Tripoli
|
Same limits as in formula
in item 2 given against quartz,
|
|
(b) Amorphous
|
705 mppcum.
|
|
2. Silica to having less
than 1 % free silica by weight
|
|
|
(a) Asbestos—Fibres
longer than 5 microne
|
|
|
(i) Amosite
|
0.S Fibre/cubic
centimeter
|
|
(ii) Chrysetilc
|
2 Fibre/centimeter
|
|
(iii) Cystobalite
|
0.2 Fibre/cubic
centimeter
|
|
(iv) other form
|
2 Fibre/cubic centimeter
|
|
(b) Mica
|
705 mppcm.
|
|
(c) Mineral wool fibre
|
10 mg/m3
|
|
(d) Porliyd
|
1060 mppmc.
|
|
(e) portland cement
|
1060 mppcm.
|
|
(f) Soap stone
|
785 mppcm.
|
|
(g) Tale
(inotabositiform)
|
705 mppcm.
|
|
(h) Tale (fibr-ous)
|
Same limits as for
asbestos
|
|
(i) Tromolite
|
Same limits as for
asbestos
|
|
3. Coal dust
|
|
|
(1) For airborne dust
|
|
|
having less than 5%
|
|
|
silicon dioxide by
|
|
|
weight
|
2 mg/m3
|
|
(2) For airborne dust
|
Same limits as prescribed
by
|
|
having over 5%
|
formulas in item (2)
against quartz.'
|
|
silicon dioxide
|
|
TABLE 3
|
Substance
|
Permissible limit
exposure
|
|
|
ppm
|
mg/m3
|
|
Acetic anhydridie
|
5
|
20
|
|
D-Dichlorobenzene
|
50
|
300
|
|
|
ppm
|
mg/m3
|
|
Formaldehyde
|
2
|
3
|
|
Hydrogen Chloride
|
5
|
7
|
|
Manganese & compounds
(as Mn)
|
-
|
5
|
|
Nitroglycerin-skin
|
0.2
|
2
|
|
Potassium hydroxide
|
-
|
2
|
|
Sodium hydroxide
|
-
|
2
|
|
2, 4, 6 Trinitrotoluene
(TNT)
|
-
|
0.5
|
(Rule 96 prescribed under Section 38 and 88A)
Rule 96. Notification of accidents and dangerous occurrences.
(1) When any accident which results in the death of any person or
which results in such bodily injury to any person as is likely to cause his
death or any dangerous occurrence specified in the Schedule takes place in a
factory, the manager of the factory shall forth-with send a notice thereof by
telephone, special messenger or telegram to the Inspector and the Chief
Inspector.
(2) When any accident or any dangerous occurrence specified in
the Schedule, which results in the death of any person or which results in such
bodily injury to any person as is likely to cause his death, takes place in a
factory, notice as mentioned in sub-rule (i) shall be sent also to:—
(a) the District Magistrate or Sub-Divisional Officer.
(b) the officer in charge of the nearest police station, and
(c) the relatives of the injured or deceased person.
(3) Any notice given as required under sub-rules (1) and (2)
shall be confirmed by the manager of the factory to the authorities mentioned
in these sub-rules within 12 hours of the accident or the dangerous occurrence
by sending the Written report in Form No. 18 in the case of an accident or
dangerous occurrence causing death or bodily injury to any person and in Form
18-A in the case of dangerous occurrence which has not resulted in any bodily
injury to any person.
(4) When any accident or dangerous occurrence specified in the
Schedule takes place in a factory and it causes such bodily injury to any
person and prevents the person injured from working for a period of 48 hours or
more immediately following the accident or the dangerous occurrence, as the
case may be, the manager of the factory shall send a report thereof to the
Inspector in Form No. 18 within 24 hours after the expiry of 48 hours from the
time of the accident or the dangerous occurrence.
Provided
that if in the case of any accident or dangerous occurrence death occurs of any
person injured by such accident or dangerous occurrence after the notices and
reports referred to in the foregoing sub-rules have been sent the manager of
the factory shall forthwith send a notice thereof by telephone, special
messenger or telegram to the authorities and persons mentioned in sub-rules (1)
and (2) and also have this information confirmed in writing within 12 hours of
the death.
Provided
further, that, if the period of disability from working for 48 hours or more
referred to in sub-rule (4) does not occur immediately following the accident,
or the dangerous occurrence, but later on occurs in more than one spell, the
report referred to shall be sent to the Inspector in the prescribed Form 18
within 24 hours immediately following the hour when the actual total period of
disability from working resulting from the accident or the dangerous occurrence
becomes 48 hours.
SCHEDULE
The
following classes of dangerous occurrence, whether or not they are attended by
personal injury disablement:—
(a) bursting of a plant used for containing or supplying steam
under pressure greater than atmospheric pressure.
(b) Collapse or failure of a crane, derrick, which hoist or other
appliances used in raising or lowering persons or goods, or any part thereof,
Or the overturning of a crane.
(c) Explosion, fire, bursting out leakage or escape of any molten
metal, or hot liquor or gas causing bodily injury to any person or damage to
any room or place in which persons are employed or fire in rooms or cotton
pressing factories when a cotton opener is in use.
(d) Explosion of a receiver or container used for the storage at
a pressure greater than atmospheric pressure of any gas or gases (including
air) or any liquid or solid resulting from the compression of gas.
(e) Collapse or subsidence of any floor, gallery, roof, bridge,
tunnel, chimney, wait, building or any other structure.
Rule prescribed under Section 89
Rule 97. Notice of poisoning or disease.
A notice
in Form No. 19 should be sent forthwith both to the Chief Inspector and to the
Certifying Surgeon, the Manager of a factory in which there occurs a case of
lead, phosphorus, mercury, manganese, arsenic, carbon bisulphide or benzene
poisoning by nitrous fumes, or by halogens or halogen derivatives of the
hydrocarbons of the aliphatic series, or of chrome ulceration, anthrax
silicosis toxic anaemia, toxic jaundice primary opitheliomatous cancer of the
skin, or pathological manifestations due to radium or other radio active
substances or X-rays.
CHAPTER X Supplemental
Rule
prescribed under Section 107
Rule 98. Procedure in appeals.
(1)
An appeal presented under Section 107 shall lie to the Chief
Inspector or in cases where the order appealed against is an order passed by that
officer, to the Chief Commissioner or to such authority as the Chief
Commissioner may appoint in this behalf and shall be in the form of a
memorandum setting forth concisely the grounds of objection to the order and
bearing court fee strips in accordance with Article 11 of Schedule II to the
Court-fee Act, 1870, and shall be accompanied by a copy of the order appealed
against
(2)
Appointment of assessors.
On receipt of the memorandum of
appeal the appellate authority shall if it thinks fit or if the appellant has
requested that the appeal should be heard with the aid of assessors, call upon
the body declared under sub-rule (3) to be representative of the industry
concerned, to appoint an assessor within a period of 14 days. If assessor is
nominated by such body, the appellate authority shall appoint a second assessor
itself. It shall then fix a date for the hearing of the appeal and shall give
due notice of such date to the appellant and the Inspector whose order is
appealed against, and shall call upon the two assessors to appear upon such
date to assist in the hearing of the appeal.
(3)
The appellant, shall state in the memorandum presented under
sub-rule (1) whether he is a member of one or more of the following bodies:—
The body empowered to appoint the
assessor shall:—
(a)
if the appellant is a member of one of such bodies, be that body;
(b)
if he is a member of two such bodies, be the body which the
appellant desires should appoint such assessor; and
(c)
if the appellant is not a member of any of the aforesaid bodies or
if he does not state in the memorandum which of such bodies he desires should
appoint the assessor, be the body which the appellate authority considers as
the best fitted to represent the industry concerned.
Name of
bodies
1. The Delhi Factory Owners
Federation, New Delhi.
2....................................................
3....................................................
(4) Remuneration of assessors.
An assessor appointed in
accordance with the provisions of sub-rule (2) and (3) shall receive for the
hearing of the appeal, a fee to be fixed by the appellate authority, subject to
a maximum of fifty rupees per them. He shall also receive the actual travelling
expenses. The fees and travelling expenses shall be paid to the assessors by Government,
but where assessors have been appointed at the request of the appellant and the
appeal has been decided wholly or partly against him the appellate authority
may direct that the fees and travelling expenses of the assessor shall be paid
in whole or in part by the appellant
Rule
prescribed under Section 108
Rule 99. Display of notices.
The abstract of the Act and of
the Rules required to be displayed in every factory shall be in Form No. 20.
Rules prescribed under Section
110
Rule 100. Return.
The occupier or manager of every
factory shall furnish to the Chief Inspector or any other officer designated by
the Chief Commissioner in this behalf the following returns, namely:—
(1)
Annual return.
On or before the 15 January of
each year an annual return, in duplicate, in form No. 21 relating to the
following matters:—
(a)
Average number of workers employed daily and normal hours worked
per week
(b)
Leave with wages;
(c)
Compensatory holidays;
(cc) Accident;
(d)
Canteens in the case of factories notified by the Chief Commissioner,
wherein more than 250 workers are ordinarily employed;
(e)
Creches in the case of factories wherein more than 50 women
workers are ordinarily employed.
(f)
Shelters, rest rooms and lunch rooms in the case of factories
wherein more than 150 workers are ordinarily employed;
(g)
Welfare officer in the case of factories wherein 500 workers or
more are ordinarily employed.
(2)
Annual return of holidays.
Before the end of each year, a
return giving notice of all the days on which it is intended to close the
factory during the next ensuing year. This return shall be submitted whether
the factory is working or is not working during the year preceding the year to
which the return relates:
Provided that the Chief
Commissioner may dispense with this return in the case of any specified factory
or any class of factories or of factories in any particular area:
Provided further that where the
manager of any factory makes any departure from the list of holidays, as
aforesaid, prior intimation shall be given to the Chief Inspector:
Provided also that in the Case of
a factory in which work is carried on only during certain period or periods of
the year the manager shall if so required by the Chief Commissioner, or if the
Chief Commissioner directs, through the Chief Inspector, submit the usual or
half yearly return, as the case of the last of those periods in the year, as
the case may be.
(3)
Half-yearly return.
On or before the 15th January and
15th July of each year, a half-yearly return, in duplicate, in Form No. 22.
Rule prescribed
under Section 109
Rule 101. Service of notices.
The despatch by post under
registered cover of any notice or order shall be deemed sufficient service on
the occupier, owner or manager of a factory of such notice or order.
Rules 102
to 106 prescribed under Section 112
Rule 102. Information required by the Inspector.
The occupier, owner or manager of
a factory shall furnish any information that an Inspection may require for the
purpose of satisfying himself whether any provision has been duly carried out
Any demand by an Inspector, for any such information, if made, during the
course of an inspection shall be complied with forthwith if the information is
available in the factory or, if made in writing, shall be complied with within
seven days of receipt thereof.
Rule 103. Muster-roll.
The manager of every factory
shall maintain a muster-roll of all the workers employed in the Factory in Form
No. 26 showing (a) the name of each worker;
(c)
the nature of the work and;
(d)
the daily attendance of the worker
Provided that, if the daily
attendance is noted in the Register of Adult Workers in Form No. 12 or the
particulars required under this rule noted in any other register, a separate
muster roll required under this rule need not be maintained.
Rule 104. Register of accidents and dangerous occurrences.
The Manager of every factory
shall maintain a Register of all accidents and dangerous occurrences which
occur in the factory in Form No. 27.
Rule 105. Maintenance of Inspection book.
The Manager of every factory
shall maintain a bound inspection book and shall produce it when so required by
the Inspector or Certifying Surgeon.
Rule 106. Information regarding closure of factories.
The Occupier or Manager of every
factory shall report in writing in the Inspector any intended closure of the
factory or any section or department thereof, immediately it is decided to do
so, intimating the reasons for the closure, the number of workers on the
register on the date of the report, the number of workers likely to be affected
by the closure and the probable period of the closure. An intimation shall also
be sent to the Inspector as soon as the factory or section or department of the
factory as the case may be, starts working again.
Inserted vide Delhi Gazette (Extra) Part IV Dated
28.5.90.
Inserted vide Delhi Gazette (Extra) Part IV Dated 28.2.91.